Attached files

file filename
EX-23.1 - EXHIBIT 23.1 - ASPEN TECHNOLOGY INC /DE/a2199410zex-23_1.htm
EX-23.2 - EXHIBIT 23.2 - ASPEN TECHNOLOGY INC /DE/a2199410zex-23_2.htm
EX-21.1 - EXHIBIT 21.1 - ASPEN TECHNOLOGY INC /DE/a2199410zex-21_1.htm
EX-10.52 - EXHIBIT 10.52 - ASPEN TECHNOLOGY INC /DE/a2199410zex-10_52.htm
EX-10.43 - EXHIBIT 10.43 - ASPEN TECHNOLOGY INC /DE/a2199410zex-10_43.htm
EX-10.20AC - EXHIBIT 10.20AC - ASPEN TECHNOLOGY INC /DE/a2199410zex-10_20ac.htm

Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2010

Registration No. 333-          

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  7371
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  04-2739697
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
(781) 221-6400

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Mark E. Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer
Aspen Technology, Inc.
200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
(781) 221-6400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:
Mark L. Johnson, Esq.   Frederic G. Hammond, Esq.   Stuart M. Cable, Esq.
Nicole C. Brookshire, Esq.   Senior Vice President and General Counsel   Jocelyn M. Arel, Esq.
Cooley LLP   Aspen Technology, Inc.   Michael J. Minahan, Esq.
500 Boylston Street   200 Wheeler Road   Goodwin Procter LLP
Boston, Massachusetts 02116   Burlington, Massachusetts 01803   Exchange Place
(617) 937-2300   (781) 221-6400   Boston, Massachusetts 02109
(617) 570-1000



          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:    o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer ý   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

Calculation of Registration Fee

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

 

Common stock, $0.10 par value per share

  17,250,000 shares   $10.93   $188,542,500   $13,443.09

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, and based upon the average of the high and low prices of the registrant's common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on July 29, 2010. Includes the offering price attributable to 2,250,000 shares available for purchase by the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)
An aggregate of $8,313 was previously paid by the registrant in connection with the registration of shares under Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-141959) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2007, which registration was terminated on July 31, 2008.

          The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 30, 2010

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and the selling stockholders are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Preliminary Prospectus

15,000,000 Shares

LOGO

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Common Stock



        The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus, which consist of funds managed by Advent International Corporation, are selling all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus and will receive all of the proceeds from this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering.

        Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AZPN." On July 29, 2010, the last reported sale price of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market was $10.92 per share.

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9.

 
  Per share   Total  

Public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $     $    

Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses

  $     $    

        The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of 2,250,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotment of shares, if any. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                        , 2010.



J.P. Morgan   Deutsche Bank Securities

                        , 2010


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS



        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this prospectus.

        No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in a jurisdiction outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.



        ASPENONE, ASPENTECH, the AspenTech logo, DMCPLUS, HTFS, HYSYS and INFOPLUS.21 are our registered trademarks, and ASPEN BASIC ENGINEERING, ASPEN CAPITAL COST ESTIMATOR, ASPEN COLLABORATIVE DEMAND MANAGER, ASPEN INVENTORY MANAGEMENT & OPERATIONS SCHEDULING, ASPEN OLEFINS SCHEDULER, ASPEN PETROLEUM SCHEDULER, ASPEN PETROLEUM SUPPLY CHAIN PLANNER, ASPEN PIMS, ASPEN PLANT SCHEDULER, ASPEN RETAIL and ASPEN SUPPLY CHAIN PLANNER are our trademarks. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

        Except as otherwise indicated, or as the context may otherwise require, the words "we," "our," "us," and "our company" refer to Aspen Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

        Our fiscal year ends on June 30, and references to a specific fiscal year are to the twelve months ended June 30 of that year. For example, "fiscal 2010" refers to the year ended June 30, 2010.


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. Before deciding whether to buy shares of our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9 and our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1.


Aspen Technology

        We are a leading global provider of mission-critical process optimization software solutions, which are designed to manage and optimize plant and process design, operational performance, and supply chain planning. Our aspenONE software and related services have been developed specifically for companies in the process industries, including the energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and engineering and construction industries. Customers use our solutions to improve their competitiveness and profitability by increasing throughput and productivity, reducing operating costs, enhancing capital efficiency, and decreasing working capital requirements.

        Our software incorporates our proprietary empirical models of manufacturing and planning processes and reflects the deep domain expertise we have amassed from focusing on solutions for the process industries for nearly 30 years. We have developed our applications to design and optimize processes across three principal business areas: engineering, manufacturing and supply chain. We are a recognized market and technology leader in providing process optimization software for each of these business areas.

        We have more than 1,500 customers globally. Our customers include manufacturers in process industries such as energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, consumer packaged goods, power, metals and mining, pulp and paper, and biofuels, as well as engineering and construction firms that help design process manufacturing plants. As of June 30, 2010, our installed base included 19 of the 20 largest petroleum companies, all of the 20 largest chemical companies, and 15 of the 20 largest pharmaceutical companies. Customers outside the United States accounted for a majority of our total revenue in each of fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and no single customer represented 10% or more of our total revenue in fiscal 2007, 2008 or 2009.

        We have established sustainable competitive advantages based on the breadth, flexibility and return on investment associated with our software offerings, as well as our market leadership position, our extensive process industry expertise and our established, diversified customer base. We consult and collaborate with customers to identify new applications, which leads to innovative, targeted solutions and fosters long-term customer relationships. This approach has helped us develop software solutions that are embedded in our customers' operations and integrated with their core business processes.

        In July 2009 we introduced our aspenONE licensing model under which license revenue is recognized over the term of a license contract. Our new licensing model provides customers with increased access to our applications, and we believe this flexibility will lead to increased usage and revenue over time. Because we previously recognized a substantial majority of our license revenue upon shipment of software, our revenue for fiscal 2010 was significantly less than in the preceding fiscal years. We expect that, as customers renew under our new licensing model, our revenue will increase gradually over the next several fiscal years.

Industry Background

        The process industries consist of companies that typically manufacture finished products by applying a controlled chemical process either to a raw material that is fed continuously through the plant or to a specific batch of raw material. The process industries include energy, chemicals,

1


Table of Contents


pharmaceuticals, consumer packaged goods, power, metals and mining, pulp and paper, and biofuels as well as engineering and construction firms that design process manufacturing plants.

        Process manufacturing is often complex because small changes in the feedstocks used, or to the chemical process applied, can have a significant impact on the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of manufacturing operations. Companies in the process industries have extensive technical requirements and need a combination of software, services and domain expertise to help design, operate and manage manufacturing environments. The unique characteristics associated with process manufacturing create special demands for business applications that frequently exceed the capabilities of generic or non-process manufacturing software.

        In addition to the technical requirements associated with the process industries, several industry trends are driving the growing complexity of these industries:

    Globalization of markets.  Growing demand and available feedstock in emerging markets are leading process companies to design, build and operate plants in China, India, Russia, Latin America and the Middle East.

    Volatile markets.  Unpredictable commodity markets are straining the manufacturing and supply chain operations of process manufacturers, which must react quickly to frequent changes in the prices and availability of feedstock and in the pricing of finished products.

    Increased margin pressure.  Increasingly competitive global markets are driving process companies to design more efficient plants while increasing throughput and reducing costs at existing plants.

    Shrinking engineering workforce.  Decreasing numbers of chemical engineers in mature markets are driving process companies to adopt technology solutions that can capture knowledge and automate tasks.

    Environmental and safety regulations.  Expanding regulatory requirements are presenting compliance challenges for process companies, which face heightened scrutiny because of the environmental, safety and other implications of their products and manufacturing processes.

Market Opportunity

        Technology solutions historically have played a major role in helping companies in the process industries improve their manufacturing productivity. In the 1980s process manufacturers implemented distributed control systems, or DCS, to automate the management of plant hardware. In the 1990s they adopted enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems to streamline back office functions and interact with DCS. Many process manufacturers have implemented both DCS and ERP systems but have realized that these systems are incapable of optimizing what is produced, how it is produced or where it is produced.

        Process optimization software addresses the gap between DCS and ERP systems by optimizing the manufacturing process itself: how the process is run and the economics of that process. By connecting DCS and ERP systems with intelligent, dynamic applications, process optimization software allows a manufacturer to make better, faster economic decisions closer to the process. This software can optimize a manufacturing environment by, for example, incorporating process manufacturing domain knowledge, supporting real-time decision making, and providing the ability to forecast and simulate potential actions. Furthermore, these solutions can optimize the supply chain by helping a manufacturer to understand the operating conditions in each plant, which enables a manufacturer to decide where to manufacture products based on economics.

        The market for engineering, manufacturing and supply chain process optimization software and services for the energy, chemicals and pharmaceuticals industries was $2.4 billion in 2008, based on

2


Table of Contents


information from reports issued in 2009 by ARC Advisory Group. More specifically, based on this information, it is estimated that:

    the engineering market was $443 million in 2008 and will grow 8% annually through 2013;

    the manufacturing market was $1.7 billion in 2008 and will grow 12% annually through 2013; and

    the supply chain market was $279 million in 2008 and will grow 5% annually through 2013.

aspenONE Solutions

        We provide integrated process optimization software solutions designed and developed specifically for the process industries. We also offer customer support, professional services and training services. Our aspenONE software applications are organized into two suites, which are centered on our principal business areas of engineering, manufacturing and supply chain:

    aspenONE Engineering.  Our engineering software is used on an engineer's desktop to design new plants, re-design existing plants, and simulate and optimize plant processes.

    aspenONE Manufacturing and Supply Chain.  Our manufacturing software is designed to optimize day-to-day processing activities, enabling process manufacturers to make better, more profitable decisions and to improve plant performance. Our supply chain management software is designed to enable process manufacturers to reduce inventory levels, increase asset efficiency and optimize supply chain decisions.

        The key benefits of our aspenONE solutions include:

        Broad and comprehensive software suites.    We are the only software provider that has developed comprehensive suites of software applications addressing the engineering, manufacturing and supply chain requirements of process manufacturers.

        Mission-critical, integrated software solutions.    aspenONE provides a standards-based framework that integrates applications, data and models within each of our software suites. Process manufacturers seeking to improve their mission-critical business operations can use our integrated applications to support real-time decision-making—both for individual production facilities and across multiple sites.

        Flexible commercial model.    Our new aspenONE licensing model provides customers access to all of the applications within a licensed aspenONE suite, enabling them to use those applications whenever required and to test them to solve and optimize whatever critical business challenges the customers face. Customers can easily increase their usage of our software as their business requirements evolve, without disrupting their business processes.

        Hardware-independent technology.    Our software can be easily integrated and used with equipment manufactured by any major process manufacturing hardware vendor. Because of our hardware-independent approach, customers can use our software to create a unified view of their operations across plants with hardware from different vendors.

3


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe our key competitive advantages include, in addition to the comprehensive breadth of our integrated software solutions and the flexibility of our new aspenONE licensing model, the following:

        Market leadership.    We are a leader in each of the markets addressed by our software. Based on information presented in reports of ARC Advisory Group relating to performance in 2008, in our core process manufacturing industries of energy, chemicals and pharmaceuticals we ranked:

    #1 in the market addressed by our engineering software;

    #2 in the market addressed by our manufacturing software; and

    #1 in the market addressed by our supply chain software.

        Industry-leading innovation based on substantial process expertise.    Over the past 30 years, we have designed a number of major process engineering advances considered to be industry-standard applications. As of June 30, 2010, approximately 50% of our software development personnel had degrees in chemical engineering or a similar discipline, which helps us address the specific challenges of the process industries.

        Rapid, high return on investment.    Many customers purchase our software because they believe it will provide rapid, demonstrable and significant returns on their investment. For some customers, cost reductions in the first year following installation have exceeded the total cost of our software. For many customers, even a relatively small improvement in productivity can generate substantial recurring benefits due to the large production volumes and limited profit margins typical in process industries.

        Established, diversified customer base.    As of June 30, 2010, our installed base of more than 1,500 customers included 19 of the 20 largest petroleum companies, all of the 20 largest chemical companies, and 15 of the 20 largest pharmaceutical companies. We consult and collaborate with customers to identify new applications, which leads to innovative, targeted solutions and fosters long-term customer relationships.

Growth Strategy

        Our objective is to further establish and extend our position as a leading global provider of process optimization software and related services to the process industries. We intend to build upon our market and technology leadership position by pursuing the following:

    continue to provide innovative, market-leading solutions;

    further penetrate our existing customer base;

    expand our presence in emerging markets; and

    extend our vertical reach and indirect sales channel.

Risk Factors

        Our business is subject to a number of risks that you should understand before deciding to invest in our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9, and they include:

    we depend on our aspenONE software for a substantial portion of our revenue, and our business will suffer if demand for, or usage of, our software declines for any reason or if existing customers do not renew under our new aspenONE licensing model;

4


Table of Contents

    our operating results for fiscal 2010 have been, and for the foreseeable future will be, adversely affected by the transition to our new licensing model;

    in preparing our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2009, our management identified four material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and our failure to remedy these material weaknesses could result in material misstatements in our financial statements and the loss of investor confidence in our reported financial information;

    arbitration and litigation involving a former reseller in the Middle East may subject us to substantial damages and expenses;

    our operating results may suffer if customers in the energy, chemicals, engineering and construction, or pharmaceuticals industries experience an economic downturn or other adverse events; and

    unfavorable economic and market conditions and a lessening demand in the market for process optimization software could adversely affect our operating results.

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in Massachusetts in 1981 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1998. Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Wheeler Road, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803, and our telephone number at that address is (781) 221-6400. Our website address is www.aspentech.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

5


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by selling stockholders   15,000,000 shares

Common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2010

 

92,434,816 shares

Use of proceeds

 

The selling stockholders are selling all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

Symbol on The NASDAQ Global Select Market

 

"AZPN"

        The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2010 excludes:

    630,640 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding and exercisable as of June 30, 2010, at an exercise price of $3.33 per share;

    5,266,354 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding and vested as of June 30, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.11 per share;

    129,516 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding but not vested as of June 30, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $10.24 per share;

    1,512,263 shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of June 30, 2010, without payment of an exercise price; and

    8,348,803 shares authorized and available as of June 30, 2010, for future issuance under our equity compensation plans.



        Except as otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

6


Table of Contents


Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods presented. You should read these data together with the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1, as well as "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

                               

Revenue:

                               
 

Subscription

  $   $   $   $   $ 5,198  
 

Software

    199,761     168,404     179,591     137,979     34,772  
                       
   

Total subscription and software(1)

    199,761     168,404     179,591     137,979     39,970  
 

Services and other

    141,268     143,209     131,989     102,346     88,130  
                       
   

Total revenue

    341,029     311,613     311,580     240,325     128,100  
                       

Cost of revenue:

                               
 

Subscription and software

    21,134     15,916     12,409     8,587     4,887  
 

Services and other

    72,426     69,077     63,411     47,139     43,725  
                       
   

Total cost of revenue

    93,560     84,993     75,820     55,726     48,612  
                       
   

Gross profit

    247,469     226,620     235,760     184,599     79,488  
                       

Operating costs:

                               
 

Selling and marketing(2)

    88,694     94,965     84,126     62,519     69,576  
 

Research and development(2)

    47,396     49,899     46,375     34,904     36,128  
 

General and administrative(2)

    51,342     54,496     58,256     42,923     47,290  
 

Restructuring charges

    4,634     8,623     2,446     2,025     260  
 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

            623     623      
                       
   

Total operating costs

    192,066     207,983     191,826     142,994     153,254  
                       
 

Income (loss) from operations

    55,403     18,637     43,934     41,605     (73,766 )
 

Interest income

    21,909     23,784     22,698     17,046     15,116  
 

Interest expense

    (18,613 )   (17,783 )   (10,516 )   (7,827 )   (6,725 )
 

Other (expense) income, net

    (734 )   3,386     (1,824 )   (3,969 )   (97 )
                       
   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    57,965     28,024     54,292     46,855     (65,472 )
 

Provision for income taxes

    (12,447 )   (3,078 )   (1,368 )   (4,145 )   (8,001 )
                       
   

Net income (loss)

    45,518     24,946     52,924     42,710     (73,473 )
 

Accretion of preferred stock discount and dividends

    (7,290 )                
                       
   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 38,228   $ 24,946   $ 52,924   $ 42,710   $ (73,473 )
                       

Earnings (loss) per common share:

                               
 

Basic

  $ 0.54   $ 0.28   $ 0.59   $ 0.47   $ (0.81 )
                       
 

Diluted

  $ 0.50   $ 0.27   $ 0.57   $ 0.46   $ (0.81 )
                       

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                               
 

Basic

    70,879     89,640     90,053     90,042     90,923  
                       
 

Diluted

    91,869     94,092     92,578     92,620     90,923  
                       

(1)
In July 2009 we introduced our aspenONE licensing model under which license revenue is recognized over the term of a license contract. We previously recognized a substantial majority of our license revenue upfront, upon shipment of software. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations—New aspenONE Licensing Model."

(2)
Certain costs previously recorded as selling and marketing costs in fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been reclassified to research and development costs and general and administrative costs, as described in note 3(y) to the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.

7


Table of Contents

        In the following table, as adjusted data reflect the estimated offering expenses we expect to incur in connection with this offering.

 
  March 31, 2010  
 
  Actual   As
Adjusted
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 119,054   $ 118,204  

Working capital

    106,844     105,994  

Accounts receivable, net

    28,612     28,612  

Installments receivable (including current portion), net

    146,339     146,339  

Collateralized receivables, net

    63,506     63,506  

Total assets

    427,017     426,167  

Secured borrowing (including current portion)

    87,386     87,386  

Total stockholders' equity

    172,986     172,136  

8


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below before purchasing our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would likely suffer. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could fall, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

We depend on our aspenONE software for a substantial portion of our revenue, and our business will suffer if demand for, or usage of, our software declines for any reason or if existing customers do not renew under our new aspenONE licensing model.

        Our aspenONE suites account for a significant majority of our license revenue and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. If demand for, or usage of, our software declines for any reason or if existing customers do not renew under our new aspenONE licensing model, our revenue would decline and our operating results would suffer. As a result, our revenue could be adversely affected by:

    any decline in demand for or usage of our aspenONE suites;

    the failure of our aspenONE suites to achieve continued market acceptance;

    the introduction of products and technologies that serve as a replacement or substitute for, or represent an improvement over, our aspenONE suites;

    technological innovations that our aspenONE suites do not address; and

    our inability to release enhanced versions of our aspenONE suites on a timely basis.

        In July 2009 we introduced our aspenONE licensing model under which we recognize license revenue over the term of a license contract. Our future success depends substantially on our customers' acceptance of our new licensing model. We are not able to predict the rate at which customers will renew under our new licensing model and therefore cannot predict the timing or amount of our future revenue or profitability. If customers fail to renew under our new licensing model, we may lose customers, which would negatively impact our financial performance. We intend to expend significant resources to continue to improve our aspenONE solutions and to train our customers in using our solutions, but the successful development of our new licensing model cannot be predicted and we cannot guarantee we will succeed in these goals. Furthermore, customers may elect to continue to purchase our applications on a point product basis, which could limit our ability to grow our business successfully.

Our revenue and net income for fiscal 2010 have been, and for the foreseeable future will be, adversely affected by the transition to our new aspenONE licensing model.

        Our new aspenONE licensing model, which we introduced in July 2009, provides customers with access to all of the applications within the aspenONE suite or suites they license and includes software maintenance and support, or SMS, for the term of the license contract. Prior to July 2009 we primarily recognized license revenue "upfront," upon shipment of software, on a net present value basis in the period in which a license contract was signed, not over the license term.

        As a result of the transition to our new aspenONE licensing model, our revenue for 2010 was significantly less than the level achieved in the preceding years and we expect our license revenue will remain below that level for several more years. Our new licensing model makes it difficult for us to increase our license revenue rapidly through additional bookings in a period, as license revenue from new customers will be recognized over the applicable license term. Similarly, the full effect of a decline in bookings in any period would not be fully recognized in our revenue for that period, but would

9


Table of Contents


negatively affect revenue in subsequent quarters. Moreover, the marked decrease in revenue levels following our introduction of our new licensing model will not result in, or be accompanied by, a corresponding reduction in operating costs. As a result, the change to our new licensing model will result in our reporting not only significantly lower revenue but also large operating losses for at least the near term and potentially several years. A number of the measures of financial performance calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or GAAP and typically considered by investors for technology companies like ours will be of limited value in assessing our performance, growth and financial condition for the foreseeable future. Our announcement of GAAP-based operating results, as well as our lack of visibility into future operating results, may have a significant adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

In preparing our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2009, our management identified four material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and our failure to remedy these material weaknesses could result in material misstatements in our financial statements and the loss of investor confidence in our reported financial information.

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act. Our management identified four material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

        The material weaknesses identified by management as of June 30, 2009 consisted of inadequate and ineffective:

    monitoring controls;

    controls over the periodic financial close process;

    controls over income tax accounting and disclosure; and

    controls over the recognition of revenue.

        As a result of these material weaknesses, our management concluded as of June 30, 2009 that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective based on criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—An Integrated Framework (September 1992).

        We have been implementing and continue to implement remedial measures designed to address these material weaknesses. We cannot be certain that the measures we have taken since these restatements are effective or will ensure that restatements will not occur in the future. If these remedial measures are insufficient to address these material weaknesses, or if additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control are discovered or occur in the future, our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements and we could be required to restate our prior period financial results. We restated our consolidated financial statements for each of the fiscal years from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2007 and for the first quarter of fiscal 2008. Any future restatement of consolidated financial statements could place a significant strain on our internal resources and harm our operating results. Further, any additional or unremedied material weakness may preclude us from meeting our reporting obligations on a timely basis. We have previously not been in compliance with SEC reporting requirements and NASDAQ listing requirements. As a result of the restatements of our consolidated financial statements, we did not maintain our status as a timely filer with the SEC during the period from September 2007 to November 9, 2009 and from November 10, 2009 to December 21, 2009, and as a result our common stock was delisted from The NASDAQ Global Select Market in February 2008 and not relisted until February 2010. If we again fail to remain in compliance with SEC

10


Table of Contents


reporting requirements and NASDAQ listing requirements, there may be a material adverse effect on our business and the market for our common stock. If we were required to restate our consolidated financial statements, we could be subject to class action litigation and SEC proceedings and could incur monetary judgments, penalties or other sanctions that could adversely affect our financial condition and could cause our stock price to decline.

        Any failure to address the identified material weaknesses or any additional material weaknesses in our internal control could also adversely affect the results of the periodic management evaluations regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that are required to be included in our annual reports on Form 10-K. Internal control deficiencies could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. We can give no assurance that the measures we have taken and plan to take in the future will remediate the material weaknesses identified or that any additional material weaknesses or additional restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. In addition, even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, in the future those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of our consolidated financial statements.

Arbitration and litigation involving a former reseller in the Middle East may subject us to substantial damages and expenses.

        Prior to October 6, 2009, we had an exclusive reseller relationship covering certain countries in the Middle East with AspenTech Middle East W.L.L., a Kuwaiti corporation (now known as Advanced Technology Middle East W.L.L.) that we refer to below as ATME. Under the reseller agreement, we had the right to terminate for, among other things, a material breach in the event of ATME's willful misconduct or fraud. Effective October 6, 2009, we terminated the reseller relationship for material breach by ATME, based on certain actions of ATME.

        On November 2, 2009, ATME commenced an action in the Queen's Bench Division (Commercial Court) of the High Court of Justice (England & Wales) captioned In The Matter Of An Intended Arbitration Between AspenTech Middle East W.L.L. and Aspen Technology, Inc., 2009 Folio 1436, seeking preliminary injunctive relief restraining us from taking any steps to impede ATME from serving as our exclusive reseller in the countries covered by the reseller agreement with ATME. We filed evidence in opposition to that request for relief on November 12, 2009. At a hearing on November 13, 2009, the court dismissed ATME's application for preliminary injunctive relief. The court sealed an Order to this effect on November 23, 2009, and further ordered that ATME pay our costs of claim.

        Relatedly, on November 11, 2009, we filed a request for arbitration against ATME in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, captioned Aspen Technology, Inc. v. AspenTech Middle East W.L.L., Case No. 16732/VRO. Our request for arbitration asserted claims against ATME seeking a declaration that ATME committed a material breach of our agreement and that our termination of our agreement was lawful, and seeking damages for ATME's willful misconduct in connection with the reseller relationship. On November 18, 2009, ATME filed its answer to that request for arbitration and asserted counterclaims against us seeking a declaratory judgment that we unlawfully terminated our agreement with ATME and seeking damages for breach of contract by reason of our purported unlawful termination of our agreement. Our reply to those counterclaims was filed on December 18, 2009.

        We expect a determination to be made in the second half of calendar year 2011 with respect to the pending arbitration. However, we can provide no assurance as to the actual timing or outcome of the arbitration. In general, neither party will have the ability to appeal the determination reached. Regardless of the outcome, the proceedings may result in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business. The reseller agreement with ATME contained a

11


Table of Contents


provision whereby we could be liable for a termination fee if the agreement were terminated other than for material breach. This fee is to be calculated based on a formula contained in the reseller agreement that we believe was originally developed based on certain assumptions about the future financial performance of ATME, as well as ATME's actual financial performance. Based on the formula and the financial information provided to us by ATME, which we have not yet verified independently, a recent calculation based on the formula would result in a termination fee of between $60 million and $77 million. Under the terminated reseller agreement, no termination fee is owed on termination for material breach. If we are found to have breached the terms of our agreement with ATME, we could be found liable for the termination fee, the amount of which may be greater or less than the number indicated above. If we are found liable, we would incur damages that could have a material adverse effect on our cash flow and cash position.

        On March 11, 2010, a Kuwaiti entity (known as ATME Group and affiliated with ATME) filed a lawsuit in a Kuwaiti court naming as defendants ATME, us and a reseller newly appointed by us in Kuwait. In this lawsuit, ATME Group claims that it was an exclusive reseller for ATME in Kuwait and that it therefore is entitled to damages resulting from purported customer contracts in Kuwait.

Our operating results may suffer if customers in the energy, chemicals, engineering and construction, or pharmaceuticals industries experience an economic downturn or other adverse events.

        We derive a majority of our revenue from companies in the energy, chemicals, engineering and construction, and pharmaceutical industries. Accordingly, our future success depends upon the continued demand for process optimization software and related services by companies in these process industries. These industries are highly cyclical and highly reactive to the price of oil, as well as general economic conditions. Adverse changes in these industries could and have caused delays and reductions in information technology spending by our customers, which could lead to reductions, delays, postponements or cancellations of customer purchases of our products and services, particularly the aspenONE Manufacturing and Supply Chain suite, and in turn could negatively impact our operating results.

        Because of the nature of their products and manufacturing processes, companies in these process industries are subject to heightened risk of adverse or even catastrophic environmental, safety and health accidents or incidents, such as the recent oil spill in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. Further, our customers are often subject to ever-changing standards and regulations, and the global nature of their operations can subject them to numerous regulatory regimes. Legislation or regulations regarding these areas may require us to make rapid changes in our products and services, and our inability to effect those changes could adversely impact our revenue, operating margins and other operating results. Any of the foregoing types of events that affects our customers may adversely impact their operations and information technology spending, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

        In addition, in the past, worldwide economic downturns and pricing pressures experienced by energy, chemical, pharmaceutical and other process industries have led to consolidations and reorganizations. These downturns, pricing pressures and reorganizations have caused delays and reductions in capital and operating expenditures by many of these companies. These delays and reductions have reduced demand for products and services like ours.

        In addition, as the global economy deteriorated in 2009, some of our customers elected to change from paying for term licenses upfront to paying in installments over the contract term, which deferred our receipt of cash from those customers. A recurrence of these industry patterns, including any recurrence that may occur in connection with current global economic events, as well as general domestic and foreign economic conditions and other factors that reduce spending by companies in these industries, could harm our operating results in the future. There is no assurance that customers may not seek bankruptcy or other similar relief from creditors, fail to pay amounts due to us, or pay those amounts more slowly, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

12


Table of Contents

Unfavorable economic and market conditions or a lessening demand in the market for process optimization software could adversely affect our operating results.

        Our business is influenced by a range of factors that are beyond our control and difficult or impossible to predict. If the market for process optimization software grows slower than we anticipate, demand for our products and services could decline and our operating results could be impaired. Further, the state of the economy, which deteriorated in the recent broad recession, may deteriorate further in the future. Our operating results may be adversely affected by unfavorable global economic and market conditions as well as a lessening demand for process optimization software generally. Customer demand for our products is intrinsically linked to the strength of the economy. If weakness in the economies of the United States and other countries persists, many customers may delay or reduce technology purchases. This could result in reductions in sales of our products, longer sales cycles, slower adoption of new technologies, increased price competition or reduced use of our products by our customers. We will lose revenue if demand for our products is reduced because potential customers experience weak or deteriorating economic conditions, catastrophic environmental or other events and our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow from operations would likely be adversely affected.

The majority of our revenue and an increasing percentage of our operations are attributable to operations outside the United States, and our operating results therefore may be materially affected by the economic, political, regulatory and other risks of foreign operations.

        As of June 30, 2010, we had 26 offices in 22 countries. We sell our products primarily through a direct sales force located throughout the world. In the event that we are unable to adequately staff and maintain our foreign operations, we could face difficulties managing our international operations.

        Customers outside the United States accounted for a significant amount of our total revenue in fiscal 2007, 2008, and 2009 and in the nine months ended March 31, 2010. We anticipate that revenue from customers outside the United States will continue to account for a significant portion of our total revenue for the foreseeable future. Our operations outside the United States are subject to additional risks, including:

    unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, exchange rates, tariffs and other barriers;

    political and economic instability and possible nationalization of property by governments without compensation to the owners;

    less effective protection of intellectual property;

    requirements of foreign laws and other governmental controls;

    difficulties and delays in translating products and product documentation into foreign languages;

    difficulties and delays in negotiating software licenses compliant with accounting revenue recognition requirements in the United States;

    difficulties in collecting trade accounts receivable in other countries;

    adverse tax consequences; and

    the challenges of handling legal disputes in foreign jurisdictions.

13


Table of Contents

Competition from software offered by current competitors and new market entrants, as well as from internally developed solutions by our customers, could adversely affect our ability to sell our software products and related services and could result in pressure to price our products in a manner that reduces our margins.

        Our markets in general are highly competitive and differ among our principal product areas: engineering, manufacturing, and supply chain management. Our engineering software competes with products of businesses such as ABB Ltd., Chemstations, Inc., Honeywell International, Inc., Invensys plc, KBC Advanced Technologies plc, and Shell Global Solutions International BV. Our manufacturing software competes with products of companies such as ABB Ltd., Honeywell International, Inc., Invensys plc, OSIsoft, Inc., Rockwell Automation, Inc., Siemens AG, SAP AG and Yokogawa Electric Corporation. Our supply chain management software competes with products of companies such as JDA Software Group, Inc., Oracle Corporation and SAP AG. In addition, we face challenges in selling our solutions to large companies in the process industries that have internally developed their own proprietary software solutions.

        Many of our current and potential competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing, service and other resources than we have. As a result, these companies may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services, or other incentives that we cannot match or offer. These competitors may be in a stronger position to respond more quickly to new technologies and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. We believe they also have adopted and may continue to pursue more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to potential customers, employees and strategic partners. For example, some competitors may be able to initiate relationships through sales and installations of hardware and then seek to expand their customer relationships by offering process optimization software at a discount. In addition, many of our competitors have established, and may in the future continue to establish, cooperative relationships with third parties to improve their product offerings and to increase the availability of their products in the marketplace. Competitors with greater financial resources may make strategic acquisitions to increase their ability to gain market share or improve the quality or marketability of their products.

        Competition could seriously impede our ability to sell additional software products and related services on terms favorable to us. Businesses may continue to enhance their internally developed solutions, rather than investing in commercial software such as ours. Our current and potential commercial competitors may develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future products obsolete, unmarketable or less competitive. In addition, if these competitors develop products with similar or superior functionality to our products, we may need to decrease the prices for our products in order to remain competitive. If we are unable to maintain our current pricing due to competitive pressures, our margins will be reduced and our operating results will be negatively affected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or that competitive pressures will not materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to develop new software products, enhance existing products and services, or penetrate new vertical markets, we will be unable to implement our growth strategy successfully and our business could be seriously harmed.

        The maintenance and extension of our market leadership and our future growth is largely dependent upon our ability to develop new software products that achieve market acceptance with acceptable operating margins. Enterprises are requiring their application software vendors to provide greater levels of functionality and broader product offerings. Moreover, our industry is characterized by rapidly changing technologies and evolving industry standards and operating platforms. Competitors continue to make rapid technological advances in computer hardware and software technology and frequently introduce new products, services and enhancements. We must continue to enhance our current product line and develop and introduce new products and services that keep pace with

14


Table of Contents


increasingly sophisticated customer requirements and the technological developments of our competitors. Our business and operating results could suffer if we cannot successfully respond to the technological advances of competitors, or if our new products or product enhancements and services do not achieve market acceptance.

        Under our business plan, we are implementing a product strategy that unifies our software solutions under the aspenONE brand with differentiated aspenONE vertical solutions targeted at specific process industry segments. We cannot assure you that our product strategy will result in products that will meet market needs and achieve significant market acceptance. If we fail to introduce new products that meet the demands of our customers or our target markets, or if we fail to penetrate new vertical markets in the process industries, our revenue will likely grow at a slower rate than we anticipate and our financial condition could suffer.

Defects or errors in our software products could harm our reputation, impair our ability to sell our products and result in significant costs to us.

        Our software products are complex and may contain undetected defects or errors. We have not suffered significant harm from any defects or errors to date, but we have from time to time found defects in our products and we may discover additional defects in the future. We may not be able to detect and correct defects or errors before releasing products. Consequently, we or our customers may discover defects or errors after our products have been implemented. We have in the past issued, and may in the future need to issue, corrective releases of our products to remedy defects or errors. The occurrence of any defects or errors could result in:

    lost or delayed market acceptance and sales of our products;

    delays in payment to us by customers;

    product returns;

    injury to our reputation;

    diversion of our resources;

    legal claims, including product liability claims, against us;

    increased service and warranty expenses or financial concessions; and

    increased insurance costs.

Defects and errors in our software products could result in an increase in service and warranty costs or claims for substantial damages against us.

We are subject to a number of lawsuits and disputes arising out of the conduct of our business.

        We are subject to a number of lawsuits and disputes arising out of the conduct of our business. Resolution of these matters can be prolonged and costly, and the ultimate results or judgments are uncertain due to the inherent uncertainty in litigation and other proceedings. Moreover, our potential liabilities are subject to change over time due to new developments, changes in settlement strategy or the impact of evidentiary requirements, and we may be required to pay damage awards or settlements that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

        In March 2006, we settled class action litigation, including related derivative claims, arising out of our originally filed consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2000 through 2004, the accounting for which we restated in March 2005. Certain members of the class (representing 1,457,969 shares of common stock, or less than 1% of the shares putatively purchased during the class action period) opted

15


Table of Contents


out of the settlement and had the right to bring their own state or federal law claims against us, referred to as "opt-out" claims. Opt-out claims were filed on behalf of the holders of approximately 1.1 million of such shares. One of these actions was settled and three were dismissed. The claims in the remaining actions (described below) include claims against us and one or more of our former officers alleging securities and common law fraud, breach of contract, deceptive practices and/or rescissory damages liability, based on the restated results of one or more fiscal periods included in our restated consolidated financial statements referenced in the class action.

    Herbert G. and Eunice E. Blecker, et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc., et al., filed in June 2006 in the Business Litigation Session of the Massachusetts Superior Court for Suffolk County and docketed as Civ. A. No. 06-2357-BLS1, was an opt-out claim asserted by persons who received 248,411 shares of our common stock in an acquisition. Fact discovery in this action closed in July 2008, and a non-jury trial was conducted in November 2009. In January 2010, the court issued its order granting judgment in our favor and dismissing the case. In February 2010, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal of the judgment.

    380544 Canada, Inc., et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc., filed on February 15, 2007 in the federal district court for the Southern District of New York and docketed as Civ. A. No. 1:07-cv-01204-JFK in that court, is a claim asserted by persons who purchased 566,665 shares of our common stock in a private placement. Certain motions to dismiss filed by other defendants were resolved on May 5, 2009, and discovery is in process. The claims in the 380544 Canada action are for damages totaling at least $4.0 million, not including claims for attorneys' fees. We plan to defend the 380544 Canada action vigorously.

        We can provide no assurance as to the outcome of these cases or the likelihood of the filing of additional opt-out claims, and these claims may result in judgments against us for significant damages. Regardless of the outcome, such litigation has resulted in the past, and may continue to result in the future, in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be subject to significant expenses and damages because of pending liability claims and other claims related to our products and services.

        The sale and implementation of certain of our software products and services, particularly in the areas of advanced process control and supply chain management, entail the risk of product liability claims and associated damages. Our software products and services are often integrated with our customers' networks and software applications and are used in the design, operation and management of manufacturing and supply chain processes at large facilities, often for mission critical applications.

        Any errors, defects, performance problems or other failures of our software could result in significant liability to us for damages or for violations of environmental, safety and other laws and regulations. Our software products and implementation services could give rise to warranty and other claims. We are unable to determine whether resolution of any of these matters will have a material adverse impact on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations, or, in many cases, reasonably estimate the amount of the loss, if any, that may result from the resolution of these matters.

16


Table of Contents

        Our agreements with customers generally contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential product liability claims. It is possible, however, that the limitation of liability provisions in our agreements may not be effective as a result of federal, foreign, state or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. A substantial product liability judgment against us could materially and adversely harm our operating results and financial condition. Even if our software is not at fault, a product liability claim brought against us could be time-consuming, costly to defend and harmful to our operations.

Implementation of some of our products can be difficult and time-consuming, and customers may be unable to implement those products successfully or otherwise achieve all of the potential benefits of the products.

        Some of our scheduling, production management and execution, and supply chain products must integrate with the existing computer systems and software programs of our customers. This process can be complex, time-consuming and expensive. As a result, some customers may have difficulty in implementing those products or be unable to implement them successfully or otherwise achieve the products' potential benefits. Delayed or ineffective implementation of those software products or related services may limit our revenue or may result in customer dissatisfaction, harm to our reputation and customer unwillingness to pay the fees associated with these products.

We may suffer losses on fixed-price professional service engagements.

        We undertake a portion of our professional service engagements on a fixed-price basis. Under these types of engagements, we bear the risk of cost overruns and inflation. In the past we have experienced cost overruns, which on occasion have been significant. Should the number of our fixed-price engagements increase in the future, we may experience additional cost overruns that could have a pronounced impact on our operating results.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could result in declines in our reported revenue and operating results.

        In fiscal 2009, 14% of our total revenue was denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, certain of our operating costs incurred outside the United States are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our reported revenue and operating results are subject to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Foreign currency risk arises primarily from the net difference between non-U.S. dollar receipts from customers outside the United States and non-U.S. dollar operating costs for subsidiaries in foreign countries. Currently, our largest exposures to foreign exchange rates exist primarily with the Euro, Pound Sterling, Canadian dollar and Japanese Yen against the U.S. dollar. Over recent months, the value of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar has fluctuated dramatically. Since late fiscal 2008, we have not entered into derivative financial instruments, such as forward currency exchange contracts, intended to manage the volatility of these market risks. We cannot predict the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, and foreign currency fluctuations in the future may adversely affect our revenue and operating results. Any hedging policies we may implement in the future may not be successful, and the cost of those hedging techniques may have a significant negative impact on our operating results.

If we fail to comply or are deemed to have failed to comply, with our ongoing Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, consent decree, our business may suffer.

        In December 2004, we entered into a consent decree with the FTC with respect to a civil administrative complaint filed by the FTC in August 2003 alleging that our acquisition of Hyprotech in May 2002 was anticompetitive in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act and Section 7 of the Clayton Act. In July 2009, we announced that the FTC closed an investigation relating to the alleged violations of the decree, and issued an order modifying the consent decree, which

17


Table of Contents


became final in August 2009. We are subject to ongoing compliance obligations under the FTC consent decree. There is no assurance that the actions required by the FTC's modified order and related settlement with Honeywell will not require significant attention and resources of management, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, if we fail to comply, or are deemed to have failed to comply, with such consent decree, our business may suffer.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights, which could make us less competitive and cause us to lose market share.

        We regard our software as proprietary. Our strategy is to rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, and to rely on license and confidentiality agreements and software security measures to further protect our proprietary technology and brand. We have obtained or applied for patent protection with respect to some of our intellectual property, but generally do not rely on patents as a principal means of protecting our intellectual property. We have registered or applied to register some of our trademarks in the United States and in selected other countries. We generally enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees and customers, and historically have restricted third-party access to our software source code and licenses, which we regard as proprietary information. In certain cases, we have provided copies of source code to customers for the purpose of special product customization or have deposited copies of the source code in third-party escrow accounts as security for ongoing service and license obligations. In these cases, we rely on non-disclosure and other contractual provisions to protect our proprietary rights.

        The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to deter misappropriation of our technology or independent development by others of technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. Our intellectual property rights may expire or be challenged, invalidated or infringed upon by third parties or we may be unable to maintain, renew or enter into new licenses on commercially reasonable terms. Any misappropriation of our technology or development of competitive technologies could harm our business and could diminish or cause us to lose the competitive advantages associated with our proprietary technology, and could subject us to substantial costs in protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights and/or temporarily or permanently disrupt our sales and marketing of the affected products or services. The laws of some countries in which our products are licensed do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Moreover, in some non-U.S. countries, laws affecting intellectual property rights are uncertain in their applications, which can affect the scope of enforceability of our intellectual property rights.

Third-party claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others may be costly to defend or settle and could damage our business.

        We cannot be certain that our software and services do not infringe issued patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights of third parties. Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the software industry, and we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims from time to time, including claims of alleged infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties by us or our licensees concerning their use of our software products and integration technologies and services. Although we believe that our intellectual property rights are sufficient to allow us to market our software without incurring liability to third parties, third parties may bring claims of infringement against us. Because our software is integrated with our customers' networks and business processes, as well as other software applications, third parties may bring claims of infringement against us, as well as our customers and other software suppliers, if the cause of the alleged infringement cannot easily be determined.

18


Table of Contents

        Claims of alleged infringement may have a material adverse effect on our business and may discourage potential customers from doing business with us on acceptable terms, if at all. Defending against claims of infringement may be time-consuming and may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, including our management's attention to our business. Furthermore, a party making an infringement claim could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from selling our software or require that we re-engineer some or all of our products. Claims of intellectual property infringement also might require us to enter costly royalty or license agreements. We may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed significantly if any of these events occurred, and the price of our common stock could be adversely affected. Furthermore, former employers of our current and future employees may assert that our employees have improperly disclosed confidential or proprietary information to us. In addition, we have agreed, and may agree in the future, to indemnify certain of our customers against claims that our software infringes upon the intellectual property rights of others. Although we carry general liability insurance, our current insurance coverage may not apply to, and likely would not protect us from, liability that may be imposed under any of the types of claims described above.

If we are not successful in attracting, integrating and retaining highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.

        Our ability to establish and maintain a position of technology leadership in the highly competitive software market depends in large part upon our ability to attract, integrate and retain highly qualified managerial, sales, technical and accounting personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the software industry is intense. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract, integrate and retain a sufficient number of highly qualified personnel, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our business plan.

        We expect that our current cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. We may need to obtain additional financing thereafter or earlier, however, if our current plans and projections prove to be inaccurate or our expected cash flows prove to be insufficient to fund our operations because of lower-than-expected revenue, fewer sales of installment receivable contracts, unanticipated expenses or other unforeseen difficulties.

        Our ability to obtain additional financing will depend on a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance, the quality of our receivables, and the availability of capital in the credit markets. These factors may make the timing, amount, terms and conditions of any financing unattractive. If adequate funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable terms, we may have to forego strategic acquisitions or investments, reduce or defer our development activities or delay our introduction of new products and services.

        Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute the existing stockholder percentage ownership of our common stock. Furthermore, any new securities we issue may have rights, preferences and privileges superior to our common stock. Capital raised through debt financings may require us to make periodic interest and principal payments and may impose potentially restrictive covenants on the conduct of our business.

19


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be adversely affected as more shares of our common stock become available for resale upon, or following, this offering.

        There may be negative pressure on our stock price as more shares of our common stock become available for resale as a consequence of this offering.

        In addition, other shares of our common stock held by the selling stockholders and not included in this offering will be eligible for resale in the public market, subject to volume limitations pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, although each of the selling stockholders has agreed to certain restrictions on transfers of our common stock during the 90-day period following the date of this prospectus except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. We previously granted to the selling stockholders rights to require that we register up to all of those shares under the Securities Act, although the selling stockholders will not be able to request a registration in connection with an additional underwritten public offering for a period of 18 months following completion of this offering. Sales by the selling stockholders, or other holders of a large number of our shares, of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that those sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could materially impair our future ability to raise capital through offerings of our common stock. Further, if a large number of shares of our common stock are sold in the public market after they become eligible for sale as a result of this offering, these sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock.

Following completion of this offering, the selling stockholders will continue to own a substantial portion of our capital stock and may have significant influence over our affairs.

        Upon completion of this offering, the selling stockholders collectively will own 14,512,336 shares of common stock, or 15.7% of our outstanding common stock, based upon shares outstanding as of July 2, 2010, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option. In addition, two of our seven current directors previously were elected by the selling stockholders in their prior capacities as holders of shares of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock. As a result, the selling stockholders may exercise significant influence over corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including:

    any amendment of our charter or bylaws;

    the approval of some mergers and other significant corporate transactions, including a sale of substantially all of our assets; or

    the defeat of any non-negotiated takeover attempt that might otherwise benefit the other stockholders.

Our common stock may experience substantial price and volume fluctuations.

        The equity markets have from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, particularly in the high technology sector, and those fluctuations often have been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. In addition, factors such our new aspenONE licensing model, our financial performance, announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors, and market conditions in the computer software or hardware industries, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock.

        In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a public company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. This type of litigation

20


Table of Contents


against us could result in substantial liability and costs and divert management's attention and resources.

Our corporate documents and provisions of Delaware law may prevent a change in control or management that stockholders may consider desirable.

        Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our charter and our by-laws contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover of our company. These provisions include:

    limitations on the removal of directors;

    a classified board of directors, so that not all members of the board are elected at one time;

    advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

    the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings;

    the ability of the board to make, alter or repeal our by-laws; and

    the ability of the board to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval.

        These provisions could:

    have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or a change in our management that stockholders may consider favorable or beneficial;

    discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions; and

    limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

21


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "potential," "should," "target," or the negative of these terms or other similar words. These statements are only predictions. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our, our customers' or our industry's actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, to differ. "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," as well as other sections in this prospectus, discuss some of the factors that could contribute to these differences. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

        This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates, that are based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts, including those generated by ARC Advisory Group. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. Although we believe the information in these industry publications, surveys and forecasts is reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors."

22


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        The selling stockholders are offering all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus and will receive all of the proceeds from this offering. For information about the selling stockholders, see "Principal and Selling Stockholders—Selling Stockholders."

        We will not receive any of the proceeds from this offering. We are obligated to pay all expenses we incur in connection with this offering, including all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and expenses of our counsel and of one separate counsel designated by the selling stockholders, and state Blue Sky fees and expenses. The selling stockholders will pay other expenses they incur in connection with this offering, including all underwriting discounts and commissions.


MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK

        Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AZPN." Our common stock was traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market (and its predecessors, the NASDAQ National Market and NASDAQ Global Market) from our initial public offering in 1994 through February 18, 2008, and then was quoted on the over the counter Pink OTC Markets under the symbol "AZPN.PK" until being relisted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on February 10, 2010. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported by The NASDAQ Global Select Market or the Pink OTC Markets, as applicable:

 
  Low   High  

Fiscal 2010

             

Quarter ended June 30, 2010

  $ 9.52   $ 12.01  

Quarter ended March 31, 2010

    8.32     10.59  

Quarter ended December 31, 2009

    9.20     10.89  

Quarter ended September 30, 2009

    8.55     10.75  

Fiscal 2009

             

Quarter ended June 30, 2009

  $ 6.00   $ 9.60  

Quarter ended March 31, 2009

    5.50     8.25  

Quarter ended December 31, 2008

    5.10     13.00  

Quarter ended September 30, 2008

    11.45     15.10  

        On July 29, 2010, the last reported sale price for our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market was $10.92 per share. On July 15, 2010, there were 785 holders of record of our common stock. The number of record holders does not include persons who held our common stock in nominee or "street name" accounts through brokers.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all earnings, if any, to finance the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and future prospects and such other factors as the board may deem relevant. In addition, under the terms of our credit facility, we may not declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock without the prior approval of the lender, Silicon Valley Bank.

23


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table describes our current portion of secured borrowing and our capitalization as of March 31, 2010. You should read this table together with the other financial information contained in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning at page F-1.

 
  March 31,
2010
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Current portion of secured borrowing

  $ 33,175  
       

Long-term secured borrowing

 
$

54,211
 
       

Stockholders' equity:

       
 

Undesignated preferred stock, $0.10 par value:

       
   

Authorized—10,000,000 shares

       
   

Issued and outstanding—no shares

     
 

Common stock, $0.10 par value:

       
   

Authorized—210,000,000 shares

       
   

Issued—92,364,108 shares

       
   

Outstanding—92,130,644 shares

    9,236  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    513,496  
 

Accumulated deficit

    (357,066 )
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    7,833  
 

Treasury stock, at cost—233,464 shares of common stock

    (513 )
       
   

Total stockholders' equity

    172,986  
       

Total capitalization

  $ 227,197  
       

        The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2010 excludes:

    630,640 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2010, at an exercise price of $3.33 per share;

    5,410,262 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding and vested as of March 31, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.12 per share;

    200,599 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding but not vested as of March 31, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $10.31 per share;

    1,706,354 shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of March 31, 2010, without payment of an exercise price; and

    1,278,365 shares authorized and available as of March 31, 2010, for future issuance under our equity compensation plans.

A total of 7,000,000 additional shares were authorized and became available for future issuance as of April 15, 2010 under a newly adopted equity compensation plan.

24


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the other financial information presented in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 are derived from consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP. The consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended June 30, 2007 are derived from consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus in reliance on the report of Deloitte & Touche LLP. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2010 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus that, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected in the future. Basic and diluted income (loss) per share and weighted average shares outstanding have been computed as described in note 3(i) to the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.

25


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

                                           

Revenue:

                                           
 

Subscription

  $   $   $   $   $   $   $ 5,198  
 

Software

    128,809     153,730     199,761     168,404     179,591     137,979     34,772  
                               
   

Total subscription and software(1)

    128,809     153,730     199,761     168,404     179,591     137,979     39,970  
 

Services and other

    140,319     140,686     141,268     143,209     131,989     102,346     88,130  
                               
   

Total revenue

    269,128     294,416     341,029     311,613     311,580     240,325     128,100  
                               

Cost of revenue:

                                           
 

Subscription and software

    25,084     25,364     21,134     15,916     12,409     8,587     4,887  
 

Services and other

    82,744     72,690     72,426     69,077     63,411     47,139     43,725  
                               
   

Total cost of revenue

    107,828     98,054     93,560     84,993     75,820     55,726     48,612  
                               
   

Gross profit

    161,300     196,362     247,469     226,620     235,760     184,599     79,488  
                               

Operating costs:

                                           
 

Selling and marketing(2)

    94,713     79,283     88,694     94,965     84,126     62,519     69,576  
 

Research and development(2)

    48,838     49,544     47,396     49,899     46,375     34,904     36,128  
 

General and administrative(2)

    51,775     44,708     51,342     54,496     58,256     42,923     47,290  
 

Restructuring charges

    24,960     3,993     4,634     8,623     2,446     2,025     260  
 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

                    623     623      
                               
   

Total operating costs

    220,286     177,528     192,066     207,983     191,826     142,994     153,254  
                               
 

(Loss) income from operations

    (58,986 )   18,834     55,403     18,637     43,934     41,605     (73,766 )
 

Interest income

    18,972     19,978     21,909     23,784     22,698     17,046     15,116  
 

Interest expense

    (16,772 )   (19,532 )   (18,613 )   (17,783 )   (10,516 )   (7,827 )   (6,725 )
 

Other (expense) income, net

    (3,427 )   (2,874 )   (734 )   3,386     (1,824 )   (3,969 )   (97 )
                               
   

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (60,213 )   16,406     57,965     28,024     54,292     46,855     (65,472 )
 

Provision for income taxes

    (8,847 )   (9,941 )   (12,447 )   (3,078 )   (1,368 )   (4,145 )   (8,001 )
                               
   

Net (loss) income

    (69,060 )   6,465     45,518     24,946     52,924     42,710     (73,473 )
 

Accretion of preferred stock discount and dividends

    (14,450 )   (15,383 )   (7,290 )                
                               
   

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $ (83,510 ) $ (8,918 ) $ 38,228   $ 24,946   $ 52,924   $ 42,710   $ (73,473 )
                               

(Loss) earnings per common share:

                                           
 

Basic

  $ (1.97 ) $ (0.20 ) $ 0.54   $ 0.28   $ 0.59   $ 0.47   $ (0.81 )
                               
 

Diluted

  $ (1.97 ) $ (0.20 ) $ 0.50   $ 0.27   $ 0.57   $ 0.46   $ (0.81 )
                               

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                                           
 

Basic

    42,381     44,627     70,879     89,640     90,053     90,042     90,923  
                               
 

Diluted

    42,381     44,627     91,869     94,092     92,578     92,620     90,923  
                               

(1)
In July 2009 we introduced our aspenONE licensing model under which license revenue is recognized over the term of a license contract. We previously recognized a substantial majority of our license revenue upfront, upon shipment of software. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations—New aspenONE Licensing Model."

(2)
Certain costs previously recorded as selling and marketing costs in fiscal 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been reclassified to research and development costs and general and administrative costs, as described in note 3(y) to the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.

26


Table of Contents

 
  June 30,    
 
 
  March 31,
2010
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 68,149   $ 86,272   $ 132,267   $ 134,038   $ 122,213   $ 119,054  

Working capital (deficit)

    (12,162 )   10,440     53,019     116,307     97,914     106,844  

Accounts receivable, net

    50,968     48,332     47,200     86,870     49,882     28,612  

Installments receivable (including current portion), net

    27,490     47,410     42,827     134,290     177,921     146,339  

Collateralized receivables, net

        211,262     245,076     135,349     96,366     63,506  

Total assets

    475,257     465,951     528,897     554,626     515,976     427,017  

Secured borrowings (including current portion)

    213,037     182,404     206,150     147,207     112,096     87,386  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    121,210     125,475                  

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (47,210 )   (22,602 )   137,206     172,813     229,410     172,986  

27


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1. In addition to historical information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read "Risk Factors" for a discussion of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations.

        Our fiscal year ends on June 30, and references to a specific fiscal year are to the twelve months ended June 30 of that year. For example, "fiscal 2010" refers to the year ended June 30, 2010.

Business Overview

        We are a leading global provider of mission-critical process optimization software solutions, which are designed to manage and optimize plant and process design, operational performance, and supply chain planning. Our aspenONE software and related services have been developed specifically for companies in the process industries. Customers use our solutions to improve their competitiveness and profitability by increasing throughput and productivity, reducing operating costs, enhancing capital efficiency, and decreasing working capital requirements.

        We have more than 1,500 customers globally. Our customers include manufacturers in process industries such as energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, consumer packaged goods, power, metals and mining, pulp and paper, and biofuels, as well as engineering and construction firms that help design process manufacturing plants. As of June 30, 2010, our installed base included 19 of the 20 largest petroleum companies, all of the 20 largest chemical companies, and 15 of the 20 largest pharmaceutical companies. Customers outside the United States accounted for a majority of our total revenue in each of fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and no single customer represented 10% or more of our total revenue in fiscal 2007, 2008 or 2009.

        In July 2009 we began offering our new aspenONE licensing model under which we recognize license revenue over the term of a license contract. Our new licensing model provides customers with access to all of the applications within the aspenONE suite or suites they license, and it includes software maintenance and support, or SMS, for the term of the license and the right to unspecified future software products and upgrades that may be introduced into the licensed suite during the term of the arrangement. Prior to July 2009 we primarily recognized license revenue "upfront," upon shipment of software, on a net present value basis in the period in which a license contract was signed, not over the license period. Generally SMS was bundled for the first year of a license contract, recognized ratably and renewed annually at the customer's discretion. Under both our earlier upfront model and our new licensing model, license contracts typically have terms of five to six years.

        Since introducing our new aspenONE licensing model, we have experienced favorable customer adoption rates that are driving our transition to a subscription revenue model. As a result of this transition, our revenue for fiscal 2010 was significantly less than in the preceding fiscal years. We expect that, as customers renew under our new licensing model, our revenue will increase gradually over the next several fiscal years. Our new licensing model has not changed the method or timing of our customer billing and cash collections.

New aspenONE Licensing Model

        In July 2009, we announced that for the fiscal year commencing July 1, 2009, we would offer a new term licensing model for our software. Our new aspenONE licensing model provides customers with access to all products within the aspenONE suite or suites they license. As part of our new licensing model, customers receive, for no additional fee, SMS for the term of the license and the right to

28


Table of Contents


unspecified future software products and upgrades that may be introduced into the licensed suite during the term of the arrangement. Our new licensing model provides customers the ability to utilize any product within a licensed aspenONE suite through the use of tokens (exchangeable units of measurement), which they license in quantities they determine to be sufficient for their business needs. Our new licensing model provides customers with increased access to aspenONE products, and we believe this flexibility will lead to increased usage and revenue over time.

        Prior to fiscal 2010, we offered term licenses to our customers with extended payment terms for specifically defined sets of aspenONE products, referred to as point products, based upon the customers' particular needs. We typically recognized revenue for these term license agreements upon shipment of the software, at the net present value of the aggregate license fees, provided all other revenue recognition criteria were met. We refer to this revenue recognition approach as the "upfront revenue model." We also sold perpetual licenses, for which revenue also was recognized on an upfront basis. An increasing majority of our software licenses were term-based. License fees that did not qualify for upfront revenue recognition were either deferred until such time as all revenue recognition criteria had been met or recognized over the license term.

        Under the upfront revenue model, we offered annually renewable post-contract SMS as a component of our arrangements. Generally SMS was provided for the first year of the license agreement and renewed annually at the customer's discretion. Revenue from SMS was recognized ratably over the term of the SMS agreement. For the majority of our existing software arrangements under the upfront revenue model, customers renewed their support contracts when eligible to do so.

        Arrangements under our new aspenONE licensing model do not qualify for upfront revenue recognition because customers have the right to future unspecified products. Revenue under our new licensing model is recognized over the term of the agreement on a subscription basis, beginning when the first payment is due, which typically is 30 days after execution of the agreement.

        As a result of the changes to our business model, the majority of our license revenue is no longer recognized on an upfront basis, but instead is recognized over the contract term, either on a subscription basis or as payments become due. Because we previously recognized a substantial majority of our license revenue upon shipment of software, our revenue for fiscal 2010 was significantly lower than in the preceding years. We expect that, as customers renew under our new licensing model, our revenue will increase gradually over the next several fiscal years. Additionally, if a professional service arrangement is contracted in close proximity to a related license agreement that qualifies for recognition under our new aspenONE licensing model, the professional services revenue will be recognized over the contract term. Because there will not be a corresponding reduction in operating costs, we anticipate reporting significant operating and net losses for the next several fiscal years.

        Our new aspenONE licensing model has not changed the method or timing of our customer billing and cash collections. We continue to invoice a customer over the contract term (generally on an annual basis), provided the customer does not elect to make payment in full at the outset of the arrangement. Consequently, we do not expect any material change to net cash provided by operating activities as a result of the changes to the way we license our products, assuming the introduction of our new licensing model does not negatively impact customer retention.

        Under the upfront revenue model, we record the net present value of the uninvoiced payments remaining on our license contracts as installments receivable. Under our new aspenONE licensing model, the arrangement fees are not deemed to be fixed or determinable and as a result uninvoiced payments remaining on these new license contracts will not be recorded on the balance sheet. We expect that the transition to our new licensing model will cause the installments receivable balance to decline over time. Additionally, we expect deferred revenue will increase over time because the annual installments for license transactions executed under our new licensing model will be deferred and recognized on a subscription basis. We will not realize a significant increase in deferred revenue until a

29


Table of Contents


significant portion of the existing term contracts recognized under the upfront revenue model expire and are renewed under our new licensing model.

        We continue to offer term licenses for specifically defined sets of point products. In July 2009 we began licensing point products with SMS included for the full license term. Revenue from these arrangements is recognized over the term of the contract as payments become due. The related SMS revenue is recognized over the term of the SMS agreement, beginning with the due date of the annual payment, and is reported in services and other revenue on our consolidated statements of operations. We expect that occasionally a customer will elect upfront payment terms, in which case all of the license revenue will be recognized upfront by applying the residual method of accounting.

        We generally do not intend to enter into new or renewal term contracts that will qualify for revenue recognition under the upfront revenue model, but we may elect to do so on a limited basis. The incremental revenue associated with amendments to existing term contracts that was recognized under the upfront revenue model will continue to be accounted for on an upfront basis, provided all other revenue recognition requirements have been met. Additionally, we will continue to offer perpetual license arrangements. We do not anticipate that either of these types of arrangements will generate a significant portion of our license revenue in the future.

Operating Segments

        An overview of our three operating segments follows.

    Software Licenses

        We provide integrated process optimization software solutions designed specifically for the process industries. Our aspenONE software applications are organized into two suites: aspenONE Engineering and aspenONE Manufacturing and Supply Chain. While a significant number of our customers have already migrated to our new aspenONE licensing model, we also offer our customers the ability to purchase applications as point products.

        Because fees for our software can be substantial and the decision to purchase our software often involves members of our customers' senior management, the sales process for our solutions is frequently lengthy and can exceed one year. Accordingly, the timing of our license bookings is difficult to predict. Additionally, because we derive a majority of our total revenue from companies in or serving the energy, chemicals and pharmaceutical industries, our future success depends upon the continued demand for process optimization software and services by companies in or serving those industries. The energy, chemicals and pharmaceutical industries are highly cyclical and highly reactive to the price of oil, as well as general economic conditions.

    Maintenance, Training and Other

        Our maintenance business consists primarily of providing customer technical support and access to software fixes and upgrades. Our customer technical support services are provided throughout the world by our three global call centers as well as via email and through our support website. Our training business consists of a variety of training solutions ranging from standardized training, which can be delivered in a virtual environment or at a customer's location, to customized training sessions that can be tailored to fit customer needs.

        Revenue generated by our maintenance, training and other business is closely correlated to changes in our installed base of software licenses. For the majority of our existing software arrangements under the upfront revenue model, customers renewed their support contracts when eligible to do so.

30


Table of Contents

        We expect SMS revenue to decrease as we transition our business to a predominantly subscription-based model, because the revenue associated with SMS will be reported as subscription revenue. Further, we anticipate reduced SMS revenue due to the continued trend of customers electing to replace perpetual agreements with new term contracts. Moving customers to term-based contracts generally results in larger combined software and SMS revenue, although it results in lower SMS revenue. We expect the majority of our customers eventually will license our products under our new aspenONE licensing model, and accordingly the majority of revenue associated with SMS will be included in subscription revenue.

    Professional Services

        We offer professional services that include implementing and integrating our software applications for customers that are seeking to integrate our technology with their existing systems in order to further improve their plant performance and gain better operational data. Customers who use our professional services typically engage us to provide those services over periods of up to 24 months. We charge customers for professional services on a time-and-materials or fixed-price basis. Professional services generate lower operating margins than our other business segments.

31


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of operations data as percentages of total revenue for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  

Revenue:

                               
 

Subscription

    %   %   %   %   4.1 %
 

Software

    58.6     54.0     57.6     57.4     27.1  
                       
   

Total subscription and software

    58.6     54.0     57.6     57.4     31.2  
 

Services and other

    41.4     46.0     42.4     42.6     68.8  
                       
   

Total revenue

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0  
   

Total cost of revenue

    27.4     27.3     24.3     23.2     37.9  
                       
   

Gross margin

    72.6     72.7     75.7     76.8     62.1  
                       

Operating costs:

                               
 

Selling and marketing

    26.0     30.4     27.0     26.0     54.3  
 

Research and development

    13.9     16.0     14.9     14.5     28.2  
 

General and administrative

    15.1     17.5     18.7     17.9     36.9  
 

Restructuring charges

    1.4     2.8     0.8     0.8     0.2  
 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

            0.2     0.3      
                       
   

Total operating costs

    56.4     66.7     61.6     59.5     119.6  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    16.3     6.0     14.1     17.3     (57.6 )

Interest income

    6.4     7.6     7.3     7.1     11.8  

Interest expense

    (5.5 )   (5.7 )   (3.4 )   (3.2 )   (5.2 )

Other (expense) income, net

    (0.2 )   1.1     (0.6 )   (1.7 )   (0.1 )
                       
   

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    17.0     9.0     17.4     19.5     (51.1 )

Provision for income taxes

    (3.7 )   (1.0 )   (0.4 )   (1.7 )   (6.3 )
                       
   

Net income (loss)

    13.3     8.0     17.0     17.8     (57.4 )

Accretion of preferred stock discount and dividends

    (2.1 )                
                       
   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

    11.2 %   8.0 %   17.0 %   17.8 %   (57.4 )%
                       

    Comparison of Nine Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

    Revenue

        Total revenue for the first nine months of fiscal 2010 decreased by $112.2 million, or 46.7%, compared to the corresponding period of the prior year. This decrease was primarily attributable to our transition to our new aspenONE licensing model. The components of the decrease consisted of a $103.2 million reduction in software revenue and a $14.2 million reduction in services and other revenue, offset by $5.2 million of subscription revenue.

        Subscription

        Subscription revenue relates to the licensing of our products under our new aspenONE licensing model, where SMS is included for the entire term of the arrangement and the customer receives the right to unspecified future software products and upgrades that may be introduced during the term of the arrangement for no additional fee. License and SMS revenue for arrangements sold under our new

32


Table of Contents

licensing model are combined and presented together as subscription revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

        During the nine months ended March 31, 2010, we recognized $5.2 million of revenue from subscription agreements. Subscription agreements were not offered prior to fiscal 2010. The relatively small amount of subscription revenue recognized in the current year is a reflection of the short time span that our new aspenONE licensing model has been available. We expect that subscription revenue will grow in the future as our new licensing model gains greater market acceptance.

        Software

        Software revenue consists of all license transactions that do not contain rights to future unspecified software products for no additional fee. Specifically, software revenue includes license revenue recognized under the upfront revenue model upon the delivery of the license products (that is, both perpetual and term license contracts), license revenue recognized over the term of the license agreements with SMS bundled for the entire license term, and other license revenue derived from transactions that are being recognized over time as the result of not previously meeting one or more of the requirements for recognition under the upfront revenue model.

        Software revenue in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 was $34.8 million as compared to $138.0 million in the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year, a decrease of $103.2 million, or 74.8%. The decrease was primarily attributable to the changes to our business model described above. Prior to July 1, 2009, the majority of our license revenue was recognized on an upfront basis. We expect that most of our software revenue after July 1, 2009 will be recognized over the contract term. Of the $34.8 million of software revenue in the first nine months of fiscal 2010, $8.0 million was recognized in the same quarter in which it was booked, with $6.0 million being derived from point product term license arrangements and $2.0 million attributable to perpetual license arrangements. The remaining $26.8 million of software revenue represented amounts that had been deferred in prior periods.

        Services and Other

        Services and other revenue primarily consists of professional services, SMS on software fees (excluding SMS bundled in our new aspenONE license offering) and training. This revenue depends on a number of factors, including:

    the number, value and rate per hour of service transactions booked during the current and preceding periods;

    the number and availability of service resources actively engaged on billable projects;

    the timing of milestone acceptance for engagements contractually requiring customer sign-off;

    the timing of negotiating and signing maintenance renewals;

    the timing of collection of cash payments when collectability is uncertain; and

    the size of the installed base of license contracts.

        Services and other revenue in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 decreased by $14.2 million, or 13.9%, compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

        Professional Services.    Professional services revenue decreased by $7.0 million during the first nine months of fiscal 2010 as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. The most significant portion of the decrease was due to the decline in the global economic environment, which impacted our customers' ability to commit to more discretionary spending initiatives. We began to

33


Table of Contents


experience the impact of this reduction in consulting projects during the second quarter of fiscal 2009. We expect our professional services revenue to remain relatively consistent in the near term.

        SMS and Training.    Revenue from SMS decreased $5.3 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. The decrease was due to the continued trend of customers electing to replace perpetual agreements with new term contracts and customers transitioning to our new aspenONE licensing model. Moving customers to term-based contracts generally results in larger combined software license and SMS revenue for the business; however, it results in a reduction in SMS revenue. Another contributing factor to the decrease in SMS revenue was slightly lower customer renewal rates. We expect SMS revenue to continue to decrease as we transition our business to a predominantly subscription-based model, because the revenue associated with SMS will be reported as subscription revenue on our consolidated statements of operations.

        Training and other revenue decreased $1.9 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year, principally due to the overall decline in the global economic environment.

    Cost Overview

 
  Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2009   2010  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Total cost of revenue

  $ 55,726   $ 48,612  

Total operating costs

    142,994     153,254  
           
 

Total costs

    198,720     201,866  

Less stock-based compensation

    3,633     13,351  
           
 

Total costs, excluding stock-based compensation

  $ 195,087   $ 188,515  
           

        Total costs, which include cost of revenue and total operating costs, increased $3.1 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2010 as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. Excluding stock-based compensation, comparative adjusted total costs decreased $6.6 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2010.

        During the period from mid-September 2007 until November 9, 2009 and from November 16, 2009 to December 21, 2009, we did not maintain our status as a timely filer with the SEC and we were unable to issue stock-based compensation to our directors and employees. On November 9, 2009, we were a timely filer and we issued 2.7 million restricted stock units and 0.3 million stock options to our directors and employees. A portion of these awards were vested upon issuance to reflect the fact that we were unable to issue equity grants for the past two years. The stock-based compensation cost recognized during the second quarter of fiscal 2010 associated with the November grants represented $9.2 million of the total $13.4 million of expense recorded for the first nine months of fiscal 2010. These costs are included in the cost of revenue and each of the respective operating cost lines on our consolidated statements of operations and materially impact the comparative analysis of the year-to-date amounts.

        Cost of Subscription and Software

        Cost of subscription and software consists of royalties, amortization of capitalized software costs, the costs of providing SMS related to our new aspenONE license offering, and costs related to delivery of software.

34


Table of Contents

        Cost of subscription and software in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 decreased $3.7 million, or 43.1%, compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. This period-over-period reduction was primarily due to decreases in royalty costs recorded during the period related to our licensed products and, to a lesser extent, lower capitalized software amortization charges. In connection with the adoption of our new aspenONE licensing model during the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we renegotiated the majority of our royalty arrangements to a flat-fee basis. Previously our royalty expense was correlated to the mix of products sold and was recognized in the period in which revenue for those products was recorded. As a result of the change to flat-fee arrangements, these costs are expected to be incurred evenly over each fiscal year.

        Cost of Services and Other

        Cost of services and other consists primarily of personnel-related and external consultant costs associated with providing professional services, SMS on arrangements not licensed on a subscription basis, and training to customers. The costs of providing SMS for our new aspenONE license offering are included in cost of subscription and software.

        Cost of services and other for the first nine months of fiscal 2010 was $43.7 million compared to $47.1 million in the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year, a decrease of $3.4 million, or 7.2%. Our gross profit margin deteriorated slightly to 50.4% in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 as compared to 53.9% in the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. Since SMS has a high gross profit margin relative to the other streams included in services and other revenue, the reported gross profit margin of services and other revenue will likely decline over the next several years, even though the underlying economics of the business are unchanged.

        Professional Services.    The largest component of the reduction in cost of services and other in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 pertained to our professional services business, which accounted for $3.6 million of the year-over-year decrease. We reduced our staffing levels over the course of fiscal 2009 to better align our cost structure with a decreased demand for professional services, which led to a period-over-period reduction in our costs of $2.9 million. We also experienced a decrease in project-related reimbursable costs as a result of lower professional services project activity, partially offset by an increase in stock-based compensation.

        SMS and Training.    Costs associated with SMS and training revenue increased $0.2 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. Gross profit margin on SMS and training remained strong despite a modest year-over-year decline resulting from decreased SMS revenue as described above.

        As the subscription business grows, we expect SMS revenue will migrate from services and other revenue to subscription revenue, because it will be included in a single bundled fee paid by the customer. Currently it is not possible to predict the rate at which this migration will occur, because that rate will be a function of the rate of adoption of our new aspenONE licensing model. We do not have sufficient experience with the rate of adoption to provide a meaningful forecast of this change. Eventually, we expect the majority of our SMS revenue to be included as part of our term license contracts, and accordingly, the majority of maintenance revenue will be accounted for in subscription revenue.

35


Table of Contents

    Selling and Marketing

        Selling costs are primarily the personnel and travel expenses related to the effort expended to license our products and services to current and potential customers, as well as for overall management of customer relationships. Marketing costs include expenses needed to promote our company and our products and to acquire market research and measure customer opinions to help us better understand our customers and their business needs.

        Selling and marketing costs in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 increased by $7.1 million, or 11.3%, compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. The increase was predominantly the result of higher stock-based compensation, commissions, and payroll and related expenses, partially offset by reductions in third-party selling costs and travel expenses.

    Research and Development

        Research and development costs primarily consist of personnel and external consultant costs related to the creation of new products and to enhancements and engineering changes to existing products.

        Research and development costs in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 increased by $1.2 million, or 3.5%, compared to the corresponding period of the prior year. Research and development spending increased principally as a result of higher stock-based compensation. The amount of capitalized computer software development costs decreased from $1.9 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2009 to $0.4 million in the comparable period of fiscal 2010.

    General and Administrative

        General and administrative costs include the costs of corporate and support functions, such as executive leadership and administration groups, finance, legal, human resources and corporate communications, and other costs, such as outside professional and consultant fees and provision for bad debts.

        General and administrative costs in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 increased by $4.4 million, or 10.2%, compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily attributed to higher stock-based compensation expense, audit and accounting expenses, legal fees, and payroll and related costs. During the first nine months of fiscal 2010, we incurred incremental audit costs as a result of accelerating our efforts to become current with our SEC filings and significant legal costs. These increases were partially offset by our reduced reliance on, and use of, financial consultants and contractors later in the nine-month period, as well as a reduction in our provision for bad debts.

    Restructuring Charges

        Restructuring charges in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 decreased by $1.8 million, or 87.2%, compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. Activity during the first nine months of fiscal 2010 was the result of adjustments to existing restructuring plans.

    Interest Income

        Interest income is recorded for the accretion of interest on the installment payments of our term software license contracts when revenue is recognized upfront at net present value and, to a lesser extent, from the investment of cash balances in short-term instruments. Under our new aspenONE licensing model, receivables are recorded when the payments become due and payable and we no longer record installment receivables. Therefore, we expect interest income to decrease going forward.

36


Table of Contents

        Interest income in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 decreased by $1.9 million, or 11.3%, as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year, principally due to declines in our collateralized receivables balances and lower interest rates on our cash and cash equivalent balances. Accreted interest income on installment receivables increased for the first nine months of fiscal 2010 as compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2009.

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense is incurred principally as the result of our secured borrowings. Interest expense recorded in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 decreased by $1.1 million, or 14.1%, as compared to the corresponding period of the prior year. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower average secured borrowing balances, resulting from the continued paydown of our existing arrangements.

    Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense), net is comprised primarily of foreign currency exchange gains (losses) generated from the settlement and remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our operating units.

        Other income (expense), net changed from a loss of $4.0 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2009 to a loss of $0.1 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2010. The change was primarily due to foreign currency gains recognized in the first nine months of fiscal 2009 from the strengthening of the Japanese Yen and Canadian dollar, offset in part by losses resulting from the weakening of the Pound Sterling and Euro. The losses recorded in the first nine months of fiscal 2009 were primarily the result of the weakening of the Pound Sterling, Euro and Canadian dollar throughout the period.

    Provision for Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 increased by $3.9 million, or 93.0%, compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. The period-over-period increase was primarily a result of reversals of reserves for uncertain tax positions in a foreign jurisdiction and higher profit before tax in our foreign subsidiaries.

        We expect that we incurred a consolidated loss before provision for income taxes in fiscal 2010 as a result of the change to our new aspenONE licensing model. While we are expecting profitable results for certain of our foreign subsidiaries, the anticipated loss is primarily related to U.S. results and, therefore, cannot be used to offset foreign income or reduce foreign taxes. Our foreign subsidiaries are required to remit income tax payments to their respective taxing authorities and provide for such taxes on a quarterly basis.

    Comparison of Fiscal 2009 to Fiscal 2008

    Revenue

        Total revenue in fiscal 2009 remained fairly consistent with fiscal 2008. Total revenue from customers outside the United States was $213.9 million, or 68.7% of total revenue, for fiscal 2009 and $198.1 million, or 63.6% of total revenue, for fiscal 2008. The geographical mix of revenue can vary from period to period.

        Software

        Software revenue in fiscal 2008 and 2009 was generated primarily from term license contracts and, to a lesser degree, from perpetual arrangements. Since we have relationships with many leading companies in the process industries, growth in our software revenue is derived from the expansion of existing customer relationships, either through licensing for incremental users or by licensing additional

37


Table of Contents

software products in our aspenONE suite. The addition of new customers has traditionally represented a smaller component of our revenue growth.

        During each of fiscal 2008 and 2009, a significant portion of our bookings was not recorded as revenue in the same fiscal period due to certain revenue recognition criteria not being met. (For more information, see the discussion under "—Liquidity and Capital Resources" related to deferred revenue.) Software revenue in fiscal 2009 increased $11.2 million compared to fiscal 2008. The year-over-year revenue increase was primarily driven by the timing of revenue recognition under GAAP as opposed to an indication of actual business activity.

        Bookings during fiscal 2009 were $37.0 million lower than fiscal 2008, which reflected the impact of the global economic downturn. Bookings associated with a number of large contracts totaling $52.1 million in fiscal 2009 and $57.5 million in fiscal 2008 did not meet the criteria for revenue recognition as of the end of the fiscal year. However, during fiscal 2009 $31.6 million of revenue was recognized from business booked in fiscal 2008. This level of license revenue deferral represented a significant divergence from prior fiscal years.

        Services and Other

        Services and other revenue in fiscal 2009 decreased by $11.2 million compared to fiscal 2008. This decrease was due to lower professional services revenue in fiscal 2009 of $11.4 million. The global economic environment during fiscal 2009 generally impacted our customers' ability to commit to more discretionary spending initiatives, which affected our professional services business. Maintenance and training revenue in fiscal 2009 remained fairly consistent compared to fiscal 2008.

    Cost Overview

        Cost of Subscription and Software

        In fiscal 2008 and 2009, cost of subscription and software consisted of: royalties; amortization of capitalized software costs; and costs related to delivery of software, including disk duplication; third-party software costs; and printing of manuals and packaging.

        Cost of subscription and software in fiscal 2009 decreased $3.5 million compared to fiscal 2008. This year-over-year reduction was primarily due to lower capitalized software amortization charges, reduced royalty expenses; and third-party fees. Royalty expenses and third-party fees were lower as a result of a change in the mix of license products sold.

        Cost of Services and Other

        In fiscal 2008 and 2009, cost of services and other consisted primarily of personnel-related and external consultant costs associated with providing professional services, post-contract maintenance support, and training to customers.

        Cost of services and other in fiscal 2009 decreased $5.7 million compared to fiscal 2008 primarily due to lower staffing needs as a result of decreased demand for our professional services. Stock-based compensation expense decreased because we were unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards because during the period from mid-September 2007 until November 9, 2009 and from November 16, 2009 to December 21, 2009, we did not maintain our status as a timely filer with the SEC. Finally, the cost to deliver maintenance support was reduced by consolidating work and bringing in-house services that were formerly outsourced, which carried a higher cost to us.

38


Table of Contents

    Selling and Marketing

        Selling and marketing costs in fiscal 2009 decreased $10.8 million compared to fiscal 2008. This decrease was largely the result of lower personnel-related costs including salaries, commissions, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expense decreased because we were unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards because we were not timely in our filings with the SEC. Additionally, there were other decreases in costs related to travel, external consultants and marketing events.

    Research and Development

        Research and development costs in fiscal 2009 decreased $3.5 million compared to fiscal 2008 related primarily to a reduction in incentive bonuses for employees and decreases in stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expense decreased because we were unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards as a result of our not being timely in our filings with the SEC. Additionally, we capitalized a higher portion of our research and development expenses during fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008, which contributed to a year-over-year decrease in research and development expenses.

    General and Administrative

        General and administrative costs in fiscal 2009 increased $3.8 million compared to fiscal 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to the extended time and effort to complete the fiscal 2008 audit. These higher costs were significant and included extensive use of external financial consultants, higher audit fees, and to a lesser extent, an increase in personnel costs. These finance cost increases were partially offset by lower legal costs. Stock-based compensation expense also decreased because we were unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards as a result of our not being timely in our filings with the SEC.

    Restructuring Charges

        Restructuring charges in fiscal 2009 decreased $6.2 million compared to fiscal 2008. During fiscal 2009, we initiated a plan to reduce operating costs that resulted in the reduction of our workforce. We recorded a restructuring charge of $2.4 million during fiscal 2009 primarily associated with this program. This charge was significantly lower than the restructuring charge that was incurred in the prior year associated with the relocation of our corporate headquarters.

    Interest Income

        Interest income decreased $1.1 million in fiscal 2009 as compared to 2008 primarily due to lower average receivables balances for both installment and collateralized receivables.

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense in fiscal 2009 decreased $7.3 million compared to fiscal 2008. The decrease was attributable to lower average secured borrowing balances, principally due to the payoff of three significant securitizations during fiscal 2008.

    Other Income (Expense), Net

        We occasionally enter into foreign currency forward contracts to attempt to minimize the adverse impact related to unfavorable exchange rate movements. Our foreign currency forward contracts have not been designated as hedging instruments and, therefore, do not qualify for fair value or cash flow hedge treatment under the criteria of ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Therefore, the

39


Table of Contents

unrealized gains and losses on the foreign currency forward contracts, as well as the underlying transactions we are attempting to shield from exchange rate movements, have been recognized as a component of other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net in fiscal 2009 decreased $5.2 million compared to fiscal 2008, primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Pound Sterling and Euro.

    Provision for Income Taxes

        We recorded a provision for income taxes of $1.4 million for fiscal 2009, primarily related to our income in foreign jurisdictions, withholding taxes imposed on license fees paid to us from customers outside the United States, and changes in estimates under FIN 48. The income tax provision also included state income taxes. We did not record a federal income tax provision on our domestic income, since we are able to reduce such standard tax provision by net operating loss carryforwards that expire at various dates from 2010 through 2025 and by available tax credit carryforwards.

    Comparison of Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2007

    Revenue

        Total revenue for fiscal 2008 decreased by $29.4 million, or 8.6%, to $311.6 million from $341.0 million in fiscal 2007. Total revenue from customers outside the United States was $198.1 million, or 63.6% of total revenue, for fiscal 2008 and $180.0 million, or 52.8% of total revenue, for fiscal 2007.

        Software

        Software revenue represented 54.0% of total revenue for fiscal 2008 and 58.6% of total revenue for fiscal 2007. Software revenue in fiscal 2008 decreased 15.7% to $168.4 million from $199.8 million in fiscal 2007.

        Services and Other

        Services and other revenue in fiscal 2008 increased by $1.9 million, or 1.3%, to $143.2 million from $141.3 in fiscal 2007. This increase was driven by an increase in maintenance and training revenue of 6.2%, to $83.5 million in fiscal 2008 from $78.6 million in fiscal 2007 due to the continued growth of our installed base of maintenance contracts. This increase was partially offset by a 4.8% decline in the professional services business, to $59.7 million from $62.7 million, which was due to a $1.1 million decrease in reimbursable expenses included in revenue, coupled with $2.2 million of revenue related to the completion of a sizeable customer application project milestone.

    Cost Overview

        Cost of Subscription and Software

        Cost of subscription and software for fiscal 2008 decreased $5.2 million, or 24.7%, to $15.9 million from $21.1 million in fiscal 2007. This year-over-year decrease was due to decreased amortization expense of intangible assets from acquisitions of $6.5 million and capitalized software of $1.4 million, partially offset by an increase of $2.8 million in increased royalty payments attributable to the mix of software licenses sold. The lower amortization expense of intangible assets from acquisitions and the capitalized software development costs were attributable to the achievement of technological feasibility occurring near the end of fiscal 2008.

40


Table of Contents

        Cost of Services and Other

        Cost of services and other for fiscal 2008 decreased $3.3 million, or 4.6%, to $69.1 million from $72.4 million for fiscal 2007. This decrease was attributable to a $1.0 million reduction in sub-contractor fees associated with service and maintenance contract renewals, stemming from the termination of an external contractor. The work that was previously contracted to the third-party contractor was brought in-house. Additionally, there was a $0.9 million reduction in infrastructure-related expenses resulting principally from facility consolidations and lower project reimbursable expenses of $1.1 million.

    Selling and Marketing

        Selling and marketing costs for fiscal 2008 increased $6.3 million, or 7.1%, to $95.0 million from $88.7 million in fiscal 2007. This was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel costs of $5.0 million resulting from annual merit increases and an increase in headcount, as well as to an increase of $1.5 million in marketing costs, principally due to increased participation in tradeshows and events.

    Research and Development

        Research and development costs for fiscal 2008 increased $2.5 million, or 5.3%, to $49.9 million from $47.4 million in fiscal 2007. During fiscal 2007, $3.5 million of research and development costs were capitalized for a development effort that began in the prior fiscal year. In fiscal 2008, only $0.8 million of software research and development costs were capitalized due to the achievement of technological feasibility occurring near the end of the fiscal year.

    General and Administrative

        General and administrative costs for fiscal 2008 increased $3.2 million, or 6.2%, to $54.5 million from $51.3 million in fiscal 2007. The increase was attributable primarily to external consultant and audit fees of $8.4 million associated with the restatement of our fiscal 2007 financial statements and professional fee costs associated with the extended period of time to complete our fiscal 2008 audit, as well as a $1.2 million increase in recruiting fees. These costs were partially offset by lower legal fees of $4.1 million compared to fiscal 2007. The decrease in legal fees from fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008 was associated with expenses incurred in fiscal 2007 associated with an SEC civil enforcement action and an arbitration proceeding alleging that software products and implementation services failed to meet customer expectations. This change was further explained by a decrease in the provision for bad debt of $2.4 million as a result of our having collected cash for customer account balances previously considered uncollectible.

    Restructuring Charges

        During fiscal 2008, we recorded $8.6 million in restructuring charges. The restructuring charges of $6.0 million were related to costs associated with our plan to relocate our corporate headquarters and recorded under the May 2007 restructuring plan. The remainder of the restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2008 consisted of revisions of estimates associated with lease exit costs and accretion of the discounted restructuring accruals under previous restructuring plans.

    Interest Income

        Interest income for fiscal 2008 increased $1.9 million, or 8.7%, to $23.8 million from $21.9 million in fiscal 2007. The year-over-year increase in interest income was a result of a higher average receivables balance, both installment and collateralized, during fiscal 2008.

41


Table of Contents

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense in fiscal 2008 decreased 4.3% to $17.8 million from $18.6 million in fiscal 2007. The overall decrease was attributable to a lower level of secured borrowings, in particular a lower level of high interest debt due to the repayment of the securitization arrangements entered into during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2007, referenced below at "—Liquidity and Capital Resources," which occurred in fiscal 2008.

    Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense), net of $3.4 million in fiscal 2008 principally reflected a $3.6 million foreign currency exchange gain that resulted from significant increases in two primary foreign currency cash accounts, the balances of which doubled during the fiscal year.

    Provision for Income Taxes

        We recorded a provision for income taxes of $3.1 million for fiscal 2008, primarily related to our income in foreign jurisdictions, withholding taxes imposed on license fees paid to us by customers outside the United States and changes in estimates under our reserve for uncertain tax positions. The income tax provision also includes state income taxes. We did not record a federal income tax provision on our domestic income, because we are able to reduce the standard tax provision by net operating loss (NOL and FTC) carryforwards that expire by various status from 2009 through 2025 and by available tax carryforwards. The decrease in the provision for income taxes from fiscal 2007 to 2008 was attributable to utilization of deferred tax benefits outside the United States. In addition, the provision for uncertain tax positions was $32.8 million in fiscal 2008 compared to a provision for tax contingencies of $27.3 million in fiscal 2007.

    Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each quarter of fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2010, as well as the percentage of total revenue for each line item shown. This information has been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the information for the quarters presented. You should read these data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes beginning on page F-1.

42


Table of Contents

 
  Quarter Ended  
 
  Fiscal 2008   Fiscal 2009   Fiscal 2010  
 
  Sept. 30,
2007
  Dec. 31,
2007
  Mar. 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
  Sept. 30,
2008
  Dec. 31,
2008
  Mar. 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
 
 
  (In thousands)
 
Revenue:                                                                    
  Subscription   $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $ 25   $ 1,214   $ 3,959  
  Software     31,119     37,579     40,018     59,688     49,637     47,272     41,070     41,612     11,082     8,976     14,714  
                                               
    Total subscription and software     31,119     37,579     40,018     59,688     49,637     47,272     41,070     41,612     11,107     10,190     18,673  
  Services and other     33,719     36,640     34,226     38,624     36,769     35,355     30,222     29,643     28,689     32,496     26,945  
                                               
    Total revenue     64,838     74,219     74,244     98,312     86,406     82,627     71,292     71,255     39,796     42,686     45,618  
    Total cost of revenue     19,715     21,900     21,450     21,928     19,166     18,164     18,396     20,094     17,469     16,469     14,674  
                                               
    Gross profit     45,123     52,319     52,794     76,384     67,240     64,463     52,896     51,161     22,327     26,217     30,944  
                                               
Operating costs:                                                                    
  Selling and marketing     21,280     22,320     24,105     27,260     22,138     19,887     20,494     21,607     20,552     23,757     25,267  
  Research and development     12,690     11,555     12,852     12,802     12,652     10,514     11,738     11,471     10,894     12,515     12,719  
  General and administrative     12,306     13,083     13,854     15,253     14,106     14,376     14,441     15,333     15,414     19,226     12,650  
  Restructuring charges     7,226     1,291     111     (5 )   34     231     1,760     421     271     34     (45 )
  Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets                         623                      
                                               
    Total operating costs     53,502     48,249     50,922     55,310     48,930     45,631     48,433     48,832     47,131     55,532     50,591  
                                               
    Loss (income) from operations     (8,379 )   4,070     1,872     21,074     18,310     18,832     4,463     2,329     (24,804 )   (29,315 )   (19,647 )
Interest, net     1,804     914     1,626     1,657     3,061     3,212     2,946     2,963     3,038     2,603     2,750  
Other (expense) income, net     163     2,030     2,653     (1,460 )   (3,581 )   2,920     (3,308 )   2,145     2,269     (222 )   (2,144 )
                                               
    Loss (income) before provision for income taxes     (6,412 )   7,014     6,151     21,271     17,790     24,964     4,101     7,437     (19,497 )   (26,934 )   (19,041 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes     (2,591 )   2,244     (2,118 )   (613 )   (6,137 )   (2,003 )   3,995     2,777     (1,565 )   (3,723 )   (2,713 )
                                               
    Net (loss) income   $ (9,003 ) $ 9,258   $ 4,033   $ 20,658   $ 11,653   $ 22,961   $ 8,096   $ 10,214   $ (21,062 ) $ (30,657 ) $ (21,754 )
                                               

43


Table of Contents

 
  Quarter Ended  
 
  Fiscal 2008   Fiscal 2009   Fiscal 2010  
 
  Sept. 30,
2007
  Dec. 31,
2007
  Mar. 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
  Sept. 30,
2008
  Dec. 31,
2008
  Mar. 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
 
 
  (Percentage of total revenue)
 

Revenue:

                                                                   
 

Subscription

    %   %   %   %   %   %   %   %   0.1 %   2.9 %   8.7 %
 

Software

    48.0     50.6     53.9     60.7     57.4     57.2     57.6     58.4     27.8     21.0     32.2  
                                               
   

Total subscription and software

    48.0     50.6     53.9     60.7     57.4     57.2     57.6     58.4     27.9     23.9     40.9  
 

Services and other

    52.0     49.4     46.1     39.3     42.6     42.8     42.4     41.6     72.1     76.1     59.1  
                                               
   

Total revenue

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0  
   

Total cost of revenue

    30.4     29.5     28.9     22.3     22.2     22.0     25.8     28.2     43.9     38.6     32.2  
                                               
   

Gross profit

    69.6     70.5     71.1     77.7     77.8     78.0     74.2     71.8     56.1     61.4     67.8  
                                               

Operating costs:

                                                                   
 

Selling and marketing

    32.8     30.1     32.5     27.8     25.6     24.1     28.7     30.3     51.6     55.7     55.4  
 

Research and development

    19.6     15.6     17.3     13.0     14.6     12.7     16.5     16.1     27.4     29.3     27.9  
 

General and administrative

    19.0     17.6     18.7     15.5     16.3     17.4     20.3     21.5     38.7     45.8     27.7  
 

Restructuring charges

    11.1     1.7     0.1             0.3     2.5     0.6     0.7     0.1     (0.1 )
 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

                        0.8                      
                                               
   

Total operating costs

    82.5     65.0     68.6     56.3     56.6     55.2     67.9     68.5     118.4     130.1     110.9  
                                               
   

Loss (income) from operations

    (12.9 )   5.5     2.5     21.4     21.2     22.8     6.3     3.3     (62.3 )   (68.7 )   (43.1 )

Interest, net

    2.8     1.2     2.2     1.7     3.5     3.9     4.1     4.2     7.6     6.1     6.0  

Other (expense) income, net

    0.3     2.7     3.6     (1.5 )   (4.1 )   3.5     (4.6 )   3.0     5.7     (0.5 )   (4.7 )
                                               
   

Loss (income) before provision for income taxes

    (9.9 )   9.5     8.3     21.6     20.6     30.2     5.8     10.4     (49.0 )   (63.1 )   (41.7 )

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (4.0 )   3.0     (2.9 )   (0.6 )   (7.1 )   (2.4 )   5.6     3.9     (3.9 )   (8.7 )   (5.9 )
                                               
   

Net (loss) income

    (13.9 )%   12.5 %   5.4 %   21.0 %   13.5 %   27.8 %   11.4 %   14.3 %   (52.9 )%   (71.8 )%   (47.7 )%
                                               

44


Table of Contents

        Since the first quarter of fiscal 2010, our revenue has decreased due to our change to our new aspenONE licensing model. We expect that revenue will grow gradually over the next several fiscal years, as our customers transition to our new licensing model.

        We have focused on controlling our operating costs in recent periods. However, the variability in our historical quarterly cost trends may not reflect the true recurring costs of the business, due to factors such as significant external financial consulting and audit fees, restructuring charges and variability in our stock-based compensation granting practices resulting from being delisted. As a result, quarterly cost comparisons may not be meaningful.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Resources

        We historically have financed our operations through cash generated from operating activities, public offerings of our convertible debentures and common stock, private offerings of our preferred stock and common stock, borrowings secured by our installment receivable contracts and borrowings under bank credit facilities. As of June 30, 2010, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of $124.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and up to $16.4 million of borrowing capacity under our credit facility. The amount of borrowing capacity available under the credit facility varies in accordance with the terms of the agreement. We are not currently dependent upon short-term funding, and the limited availability of credit in the market has not affected our liquidity or materially impacted our funding costs.

        We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and our cash flow from operating activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. To the extent our cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operating activities, and credit facility borrowing are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through the financing of additional receivables or from public or private equity or debt financings. We also may need to raise additional funds in the event we determine in the future to effect one or more acquisitions of businesses, technologies and products. If additional funding is required, we may not be able to effect a receivable, equity or debt financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.

        The following table summarizes our cash flow activities for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Cash flow provided by (used in):

                               
 

Operating activities

  $ 55,770   $ 71,464   $ 33,032   $ 28,720   $ 24,030  
 

Investing activities

    (7,914 )   (10,391 )   (5,354 )   (3,711 )   (2,535 )
 

Financing activities

    (2,182 )   (59,761 )   (38,419 )   (30,656 )   (24,369 )
 

Effect of exchange rates on cash balances

    321     469     (1,094 )   (2,144 )   (285 )
                       

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 45,995   $ 1,781   $ (11,835 ) $ (7,791 ) $ (3,159 )
                       

    Operating Activities

        Cash generated by operating activities is our primary source of liquidity.

45


Table of Contents

        Nine Months Ended March 31, 2010

        For the first nine months of fiscal 2010, cash from operating activities provided $24.0 million of cash. This amount resulted from a net loss of $73.5 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $19.4 million, and an increase in cash of $78.2 million due to lower working capital.

        Non-cash items consisted primarily of $13.4 million of stock-based compensation and $5.1 million of depreciation and amortization.

        The cash generated from the change in working capital consisted primarily of (a) decreases in installment and collateralized receivables totaling $64.5 million, (b) a decrease in accounts receivable of $20.5 million, and (c) an increase in deferred revenue of $6.9 million. These sources of cash were partially offset by decreases in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities totaling $13.0 million, as well as unbilled revenue of $1.7 million.

        Our accounts receivable balance decreased during the period primarily as a result of improved collections and lower overdue balances. The decrease in installments receivable was primarily due to the adoption of our new aspenONE licensing model. Under our new licensing model and for point product arrangements sold with SMS bundled for the entire license term, receivables are recorded when the payments become due and payable. As such, we expect the trend of lower installments receivable to continue as customers begin to subscribe to our new licensing model. Our collateralized receivables balance continued to decline as we have not financed additional receivables to generate cash.

        Fiscal 2009

        For fiscal 2009, cash from operating activities provided $33.0 million of cash. This amount resulted from net income of $52.9 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $17.1 million, and a net $37.0 million use of cash due to an increase in working capital. Non-cash items within net income in fiscal 2009 consisted primarily of $8.7 million of depreciation of property and equipment, $4.7 million of stock-based compensation, and $3.8 million of net foreign currency losses driven by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar.

        Our cash balance decreased in part due to a $37.0 million increase in working capital. The change in working capital consisted primarily of decreases of (a) $27.7 million in deferred revenue, (b) $10.2 million in income taxes payable, (c) $11.6 million in prepaid expenses, (d) $6.7 million in other non-current liabilities attributable to adjustments to our reserve for uncertain tax positions, (e) $10.1 million in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and (f) $8.0 million in installments and collateralized receivables. These were partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $34.6 million and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in unbilled services.

        The decrease in deferred revenue was primarily attributable to the timing of revenue recognition for certain license agreements that were signed, but not fully delivered, during fiscal 2008, and therefore did not meet revenue recognition criteria until fiscal 2009. While we had a material amount of license bookings during fiscal 2009 that were not recognized as revenue during that year, unlike fiscal 2008 the majority of these license bookings were not recorded as receivables and deferred revenue on our year-end balance sheet. The decrease in accounts receivable resulted from a number of large contracts closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 where customers elected to pay for their multi-year contract at the outset of the arrangement, resulting in the full contract value of the receivable being recorded as accounts receivable at the end of fiscal 2008. There was a lower dollar value of contracts with similar terms in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. The decreases in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities were primarily due to lower income taxes payable and accrued bonus amounts.

46


Table of Contents

    Investing Activities

        During the first nine months of fiscal 2010, we used $2.5 million of cash, primarily to upgrade our financial reporting and management information systems. We have ongoing efforts to enhance our information system and implement internal control enhancements, which have been designed in part to remediate our deficiencies in internal controls over financial reporting. A portion of the remediation costs are expected to be incurred to upgrade our existing financial applications. We do not expect the costs we are investing in our financial reporting and management systems to be materially different from our IT investment costs in prior fiscal years.

        During fiscal 2009, we used $5.4 million of cash for investments to upgrade our financial reporting and management information systems and for the development of our aspenONE v7 software release, which provided additional integration benefits within our aspenONE suite.

        We are not currently party to any material purchase contracts related to future capital expenditures.

    Financing Activities

        During the first nine months of fiscal 2010, we used $24.4 million of cash for financing activities. We used $36.7 million to reduce our secured borrowings balance and $3.4 million to pay withholding taxes on vested restricted stock units. Of the total $36.7 million of payments on secured borrowings, $9.8 million of payments immediately offset proceeds of $9.5 million related to the exchange of previously financed receivables for purposes of simplifying the administration of the program. We did not finance any receivables to fund operations in the first nine months of fiscal 2010. Additionally, we received proceeds of $6.1 million from the exercise of employee stock options during the third quarter of fiscal 2010.

        During fiscal 2009, we used $38.4 million of cash for financing activities, of which $38.1 million was used to reduce our secured borrowings balance. We did not finance any receivables to fund operations in fiscal 2009.

        Credit Facility

        We are party to a credit facility arrangement with Silicon Valley Bank that we originally entered into January 2003 and have amended several times subsequently. This arrangement provides a line of credit of up to the lesser of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 80% of eligible domestic receivables. The line of credit bears interest at the greater of (1) the bank's prime rate (4.00% at June 30, 2010) plus 0.50% and (2) 4.75%. If we maintain a $10.0 million compensating cash balance with the bank, our unused line of credit fee is 0.1875% per annum; otherwise it is 0.375% per annum. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of our assets, and we are required to meet certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum cash balances and an adjusted quick ratio. The terms of the credit facility restrict our ability to pay dividends in cash.

        We were in compliance with the terms of the credit facility as of June 30, 2010. As of June 30, 2009, we were not in compliance with certain financial reporting requirements under the terms of the credit facility. We obtained waivers for that non-compliance and on November 3, 2009, we executed an amendment to the credit facility that adjusted certain terms of covenants, including modifying the date we must provide quarterly unaudited and annual audited financial statements to the bank. In June 2010, we executed an amendment to the loan arrangement that extended the maturity date of the credit facility to November 15, 2010.

47


Table of Contents

        As of June 30, 2010, there were $4.4 million in letters of credit and no outstanding debt under the line of credit and $16.4 million was available for future borrowing. Our total borrowing through SVB is limited to $95 million. In the event we utilize the full $85 million available through the traditional programs with Silicon Valley Bank, our total credit line could not exceed $10 million.

        Borrowings Collateralized by Receivable Contracts

        We historically have maintained arrangements, which we refer to as our Traditional Programs, with General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America and Silicon Valley Bank providing for borrowings that are secured by our installment and other receivable contracts, and for which limited recourse exists against us. Under the Traditional Programs, we and the financial institution must agree to enter into each transaction and negotiate the amount borrowed and interest rate secured by each receivable. The customers' payments of the underlying receivables fund the repayment of the related amounts borrowed. The weighted average interest rate on the secured borrowings was 8.1% at June 30, 2009 and 8.3% at June 30, 2010.

        The collateralized receivables earn interest income, and the secured borrowings accrue borrowing costs at approximately the same interest rate. When we receive cash from a customer, the collateralized receivable balance is reduced and the related secured borrowing is reclassified to an accrued liability for amounts we must remit to the financial institution. The accrued liability is reduced when payment is remitted to the financial institution. The terms of the customer receivables range from amounts due within 30 days to receivables due over five years.

        Under the Traditional Programs, we received aggregate cash proceeds of $74.1 million in fiscal 2008, $30.2 million in fiscal 2009 and $9.5 million in fiscal 2010. We have not sold any receivables for the purpose of raising cash since December 2007, but we have sold some large dollar receivables in order to fund the repurchase of several large groups of smaller receivables previously sold to the financial institutions, for the purpose of simplifying our administration of the Traditional Programs. As of June 30, 2010, we had outstanding secured borrowings of $76.1 million under the Traditional Programs that were secured by collateralized receivables totaling $51.4 million.

        We estimate that in excess of $49.3 million was available under the Silicon Valley Bank program at June 30, 2010. As the collection of the collateralized receivables and resulting payment of the borrowing obligation reduces the outstanding balance, the availability under the arrangement can be increased. We expect to maintain our access to cash under this arrangement and to transfer installments receivable as business requirements dictate. Our ongoing ability to access the available capacity will depend upon a number of factors, including the generation of additional customer receivables and the financial institution's willingness to continue to enter into these transactions.

        Under the terms of the Traditional Programs, we have transferred the receivables to the financial institutions with limited financial recourse to us. We can be required to repurchase the receivables under certain circumstances in case of specific defaults by us as set forth in the program terms. Potential recourse obligations are primarily related to the Silicon Valley Bank arrangement, which requires us to pay interest to Silicon Valley Bank when the underlying customer has not paid by the receivable due date. This recourse is limited to a maximum period of 90 days after the due date. A total of $32.2 million of outstanding receivables had this potential recourse obligation as of June 30, 2010. This 90-day recourse obligation is recognized as interest expense as incurred and totaled $0.4 million for fiscal 2008, $0.1 million for fiscal 2009 and less than $0.1 million for fiscal 2010. Otherwise, recourse generally results from circumstances in which we failed to perform requirements related to contracts with the customer. Other than the specific items noted above, the financial institution bears the credit risk of the customers associated with the receivables the institution purchased.

48


Table of Contents

        In the ordinary course of our acting as a servicing agent for receivables transferred to Silicon Valley Bank, we regularly receive funds from customers that are processed and remitted onward to Silicon Valley Bank. While in our possession, these cash receipts are contractually owned by Silicon Valley Bank, are held by us on behalf of Silicon Valley Bank until remitted, and are restricted from our use. Cash receipts held for the benefit of Silicon Valley Bank recorded in our cash balances and current liabilities totaled $2.9 million as of June 30, 2010. We did not hold any such funds as of June 30, 2009.

        The terms of the asset purchase agreement for one of the Traditional Programs requires the timely reporting of financial information. As of June 30, 2009, we were not in compliance with that requirement. We obtained waivers for such non-compliance that extended the deadlines for delivering financial information for fiscal 2009 and the first quarter of fiscal 2010. We are now in compliance with the timely filing requirement of the agreement. Accordingly, we have classified the long-term portion of the related obligation as non-current in the accompanying balance sheet as of March 31, 2010.

        In June 2008, we repurchased the outstanding invoices under the Bank of America program at its carrying value of $2.7 million, inclusive of a one percent pre-payment penalty.

        Securitization of Accounts Receivable

        During fiscal 2005 and 2007 we entered into two securitization arrangements under which we securitized and transferred receivables with a net carrying value of $71.9 million and $32.1 million, respectively, and received cash proceeds of $43.8 million and $20.0 million, respectively. These borrowings were secured by the transferred receivables, and the debt and borrowing costs were repaid as the receivables were collected. Neither arrangement met the criteria for a sale, and as such each was accounted for as a secured borrowing. We received and retained collections on the receivables after all borrowing and related costs were paid to the financial institution. The financial institutions' rights to repayment were limited to the payments received from the receivables. Both securitizations were paid off during fiscal 2008 at their respective carrying values of $4.2 million and $12.2 million. The payments resulted in a reclassification to accounts receivable of $9.8 million and to current installments receivable of $17.8 million from the current portion of collateralized receivables, and $23.9 million from non-current collateralized receivables to non-current installment receivables.

    Contractual Obligations and Requirements

        Our contractual obligations at June 30, 2010 primarily consisted of operating leases for our headquarters and other facilities, purchase commitments, and other debt obligations. Other than these, there were no other commitments for capital or other expenditures. Our obligations related to these items at June 30, 2010 were as follows:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 to 3
Years
  3 to 5
Years
  More than
5 Years
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Contractual cash obligations:

                               
 

Operating leases

  $ 31,812   $ 10,832   $ 12,440   $ 6,737   $ 1,803  
 

Fixed fee royalty obligations

    7,857     3,590     3,422     681     164  
 

Contractual royalty obligations

    8,525     4,411     3,591     523      
                       
   

Total contractual cash obligations

  $ 48,194   $ 18,833   $ 19,453   $ 7,941   $ 1,967  
                       

Other commercial commitments:

                               
 

Standby letters of credit

  $ 4,429   $ 2,030   $ 684   $   $ 1,715  
                       

        As of June 30, 2010, we had multiple agreements, which expire through 2012, to sublease 95,093 square feet of our former office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The above table does not reflect

49


Table of Contents


contractual future sublease rental income, which totaled $6.2 million at June 30, 2010. See note 12 to the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 for additional information regarding our operating leases.

        The standby letters of credit were issued by Silicon Valley Bank in the United States and National Westminster Bank in the United Kingdom, and secure performance on professional services contracts and rental agreements.

        The above table does not reflect any amounts relating to past transfers of certain receivables under our receivable sale facilities. Repayments of borrowings under these facilities are funded by the payments made by the customer either to the applicable financial institution directly or to us as agent, with no financial recourse to us. Because we do not have any contractual obligation to fund these payments and there are no financial guarantees issued in relation to these transactions, we do not have any contractual payment obligations relating to these transactions.

Controls and Procedures

    Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2009. The term "disclosure controls and procedures," as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to its management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2009, and due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2009, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective.

    Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, our management and our independent registered public accounting firm reported to our board of directors material weaknesses in the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined by the standards issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants as a significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Because of the material weaknesses described below, management concluded that, as of June 30, 2009, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective and KPMG LLP, in its audit report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, expressed an adverse opinion as we had not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

50


Table of Contents

    Inadequate and ineffective monitoring controls

        Management did not sufficiently monitor internal control over financial reporting, specifically:

    we lacked a sufficient number of accounting, tax and finance professionals to perform adequate supervisory reviews and monitoring activities over financial reporting matters and controls;

    we did not have sufficient personnel with an appropriate level of technical accounting knowledge, experience, and training who could execute appropriate monitoring and review controls particularly in situations where transactions were complex or non-routine;

    we did not have sufficient personnel to monitor the timely review of period-end account reconciliations to ensure appropriate and timely recording of required adjustments; and

    we lacked a sufficient number of qualified professionals to monitor compliance with certain established policies and procedures related to our internal controls.

        This material weakness contributed to the additional material weaknesses discussed below.

    Inadequate and ineffective controls over the periodic financial close process

        We did not have adequate controls in our financial close process that would provide reasonable assurance that financial statements could be prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we did not have: (a) properly designed or effectively operating processes, systems and review of our periodic closing activities to ensure accurate and timely generation of financial statements; primarily with respect to timely and accurate recording of license and professional services revenue, non-standard expense accruals, tax expenses and deferred tax assets; (b) properly designed and consistently performed account reconciliations and review of manual journal entries; (c) effectively designed and operating controls for consolidation and accounting for intercompany activities including those denominated in foreign currencies; and (d) effectively operating reconciliation or review controls to ensure the appropriate accounting for stock-based awards.

        This material weakness resulted in material post-closing adjustments reflected in the financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2009. These adjustments resulted in changes to assets, liabilities, stockholders' equity, revenue and expenses.

    Inadequate and ineffective controls over income tax accounting and disclosure

        We did not have adequate design or operation of controls that provide reasonable assurance that the accounting for income taxes and related disclosures were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we did not have sufficient staffing and technical expertise in the tax function to provide adequate review and control with respect to the (a) foreign subsidiary tax provisions and related accruals; (b) complete and accurate recording of deferred tax assets and liabilities due to differences in accounting treatment for book and tax purposes; and (c) complete and accurate recording of income tax accounting entries and corresponding tax provisions and accruals.

        This material weakness contributed to material post-closing adjustments which have been reflected in the financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2009. These adjustments resulted in changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accrued tax liability, income tax expense, retained earnings and related disclosures.

    Inadequate and ineffective controls over the recognition of revenue

        We did not have adequate controls that provided reasonable assurance that revenue was recorded in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, the complexity of arrangements and timing of license shipments make it difficult to consistently determine appropriate revenue recognition in an accurate and timely

51


Table of Contents

manner. In addition, we did not have: (a) appropriately documented revenue recognition policies and procedures, and adequately designed or effectively operating review controls to ensure that revenue would be recorded consistently in accordance with GAAP; (b) effective communications between each of our departments regarding matters that may have accounting consequences; (c) appropriately designed or effectively operating review controls performed by individuals with appropriate technical expertise to ensure that multiple-element arrangements and non-routine transactions were properly accounted for; (d) appropriately designed system configuration controls or effectively operating review and reconciliation controls to ensure that reports generated from our information systems could be relied upon for the purpose of recording revenue transactions in accordance with GAAP; (e) appropriately designed and effectively operating review controls to ensure that appropriate customer discount rates were used to calculate the present value of license contracts with extended payment terms; and (f) effectively designed and operating review controls to ensure that the delivery criterion was met for all license transactions prior to being recognized as revenue.

        This material weakness resulted in material post closing adjustments that are reflected in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2009. These adjustments caused changes in accounts receivable, unbilled services, deferred revenue, revenue, commissions and royalty expenses.

        Throughout fiscal 2010, we continued to implement the following measures that we initiated in fiscal 2009 to improve our internal controls over the financial reporting process:

    integrated and automated our quote to invoicing revenue process within Oracle, to help management increase the level of quality and timely review and reconciliation of complex revenue transactions;

    improved system configuration to automate some critical financial reports to provide management with reliable data to record revenue accurately and completely;

    enhanced management review controls to help ensure that proper accounting for all complex, non-routine transactions is researched, detailed in memoranda and reviewed by senior management prior to recording;

    implemented detailed period end closing and reporting schedule to help ensure that all closing activities were properly monitored and completed in a timely manner;

    enhanced information technology general controls including configuration and user access review to help provide a reliable information infrastructure and reduce level of inefficient manual reviews and reconciliations;

    enhanced procedures to include establishment, review and approval of customer creditworthiness; and

    enhanced procedures and implemented system configuration controls to help ensure that cash flows used or provided from operating, investing and financing activities used to compile the cash flow statement are calculated accurately.

        We also continued remedial actions including reviewing, updating, redesigning and defining ownerships and implementing our procedures and internal controls in the areas where material weaknesses were identified.

        The remediation policies and procedures we have implemented and plan to implement may be insufficient to address our material weaknesses and additional material weaknesses may be discovered in the future. The existence of one or more material weaknesses precludes a conclusion that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Such conclusion is required to be disclosed in our future Annual Reports on Form 10-K and may impact the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting and the reliability of our internal control over financial reporting.

52


Table of Contents

Effects of Inflation

        Inflation and changing prices have not had a material effect on our business, and we do not expect that they will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future. However, the impact of inflation on replacement costs of equipment, cost of revenue and operating costs, especially employee compensation costs, may not be readily recoverable in the price of our software and service offerings.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

        As of March 31, 2010, we did not have any significant off-balance-sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K of the SEC.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        In the ordinary course of conducting business, we are exposed to certain risks associated with potential changes in market conditions. These market risks include changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates. In order to manage the volatility of our more significant market risks, we may enter into derivative financial instruments such as forward currency exchange contracts.

    Foreign Currency Exposure

        Foreign currency risk arises primarily from the net difference between (a) non-U.S. dollar receipts from customers outside the United States and (b) non-U.S. dollar operating costs for subsidiaries in foreign countries. Although it was our historical practice to hedge the majority of our non-U.S. dollar receipts, beginning in late fiscal 2008 we revised this practice to evaluate the need for hedges based on only the net exposure to foreign currencies. We measure our net exposure to each currency for which we have either cash inflows or outflows.

        During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010, our largest exposures to foreign exchange rates existed primarily with the Euro, Pound Sterling, Canadian dollar, and Japanese Yen against the U.S. dollar. Based on the anticipated net exposures to these currencies, we believe that our foreign currency risk is not large enough to warrant hedging, and we therefore had no foreign currency exchange contracts outstanding at June 30, 2009 or March 31, 2010.

        During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010, we recorded $1.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of net foreign currency exchange losses related to the settlement and remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our operating units. During the nine months ended March 31, 2009, the comparative foreign currency activity for similar non-functional currency denominated transactions resulted in a net loss of $4.0 million. Our analysis of operating results transacted in various foreign currencies indicated that a hypothetical 10% change in the foreign currency exchange rates could have increased or decreased the consolidated results of operations by $4.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and by $1.7 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2010.

    Investment Portfolio

        We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We place our investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines. We do not expect any material loss with respect to our investment portfolio from changes in market interest rates or credit losses, as our investments consist primarily of money market accounts. At June 30, 2010, all of the instruments in our investment portfolio were included in cash and cash equivalents.

53


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

    Revenue Recognition

        We generate revenue from the following sources:

    licensing software products;

    providing SMS; and

    providing professional services, including consulting and training.

        We sell our software products to end-users under fixed-term and perpetual licenses. As a standard business practice, we offer extended payment term options for our fixed-term license contracts, which are generally payable on an annual basis. Certain of our fixed-term license agreements include product mixing rights that allow customers the flexibility to change or alternate the use of multiple products included in the license arrangement after those products are delivered to the customer. We refer to these arrangements as token arrangements. Tokens are fixed units of measure. The amount of software usage is limited by the value of the tokens purchased by the customer.

        Historically, we executed software license arrangements with contractual provisions that resulted in the "upfront" recognition of license revenue upon delivery of the software products, provided all other revenue recognition requirements were met. In July 2009, we began offering our new aspenONE licensing model, which provides customers with access to all products within the aspenONE suite or suites they license. As part of our new licensing model, customers receive, for no additional fee, SMS for the term of the license and the right to unspecified future software products and upgrades that may be introduced into the licensed suite during the term of the arrangement. Under our new licensing model, we recognize revenue over the term of the agreement on a subscription basis, beginning when the first payment is due, typically 30 days after signing the agreement, provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met.

        Additionally, in July 2009, we began licensing fixed-term point products with SMS included for the full license term. With the inclusion of SMS for the full term of the license, revenue can no longer be recognized under the upfront revenue model, as the aggregate fees are not considered fixed or determinable. Revenue for these arrangements is recognized as payments become due over the term of the contract, provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met. The related SMS revenue is recognized over the term of the SMS agreement, beginning with the due date of the annual payment, and is reported in services and other revenue on our consolidated statements of operations. We expect that occasionally a customer will elect upfront payment terms, in which case all of the license revenue will be recognized upfront by applying the residual method of accounting when the four revenue recognition requirements below have been met.

        Over the next several years, we expect to transition substantially all of our customers to our new aspenONE licensing model or to point product arrangements with SMS bundled for the contract term. However, during this transition period, we expect to execute some license contracts under the upfront revenue model, including perpetual licenses, which will continue to be recognized on an upfront basis.

54


Table of Contents

        Four basic criteria must be satisfied before license revenue can be recognized: persuasive evidence of an arrangement between us and an end user; delivery of our product has occurred; the fee for the product is fixed or determinable; and collection of the fee is probable.

        Persuasive evidence of an arrangement—We use a contract signed by the customer as evidence of an arrangement for software licenses and SMS. For professional services we use a signed contract and a statement of work to evidence an arrangement. In cases where both a signed contract and a purchase order are required by the customer, we consider both taken together as evidence of the arrangement.

        Delivery of our product—Software and the corresponding access keys are generally delivered to customers via disk media with standard shipping terms of free carrier, our warehouse. Our software license agreements do not contain conditions for acceptance.

        Fee is fixed or determinable—We assess whether a fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement. Significant judgment is involved in making this assessment. Under our upfront revenue model, we are able to demonstrate that the fees are fixed or determinable for all arrangements, including those for our term licenses that contain extended payment terms. We have an established history of collecting under the terms of these contracts without providing concessions to customers. In addition, we also assess whether contract modifications to an existing term arrangement constitute a concession. In making this assessment, significant analysis is performed to ensure that no concessions are given. Our software license agreements do not include right of return or exchange. For license arrangements executed under the upfront revenue model, we recognize license revenue upon delivery of the software products, provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met.

        With the introduction of our new aspenONE licensing model and the changes to the licensing terms of our point product agreements sold on a fixed-term basis, we cannot assert that the fees in these arrangements are fixed or determinable because the rights provided to customers and the economics of the arrangements are not comparable to our historical transactions with other customers under the upfront revenue model. As a result, the amount of revenue recognized for these new arrangements will be limited by the amount of customer payments currently due, which generally results in the fees being recognized over the term of the contracts.

        Collection of fee is probable—We assess the probability of collecting from each customer at the outset of the arrangement based on a number of factors, including the customer's payment history, its current creditworthiness, economic conditions in the customer's industry and geographic location, and general economic conditions. If in our judgment collection of a fee is not probable, revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met.

        Our management uses its judgment concerning the satisfaction of these four basic criteria, particularly the criteria relating to the determination of whether the arrangement fees are fixed or determinable and to the collectability of the arrangement fees, during evaluation of each revenue transaction. Additionally, judgment is required concerning the satisfaction of these criteria for reseller transactions. We typically recognize the fees related to reseller transactions on a net basis using the sell-through method of accounting. To date, revenue related to our reseller arrangements has not been material.

        We have established vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair value for SMS and professional services, but not for our software products. Our VSOE determination is based upon the price charged to similarly situated customers when the elements are sold separately. We allocate the arrangement consideration among the elements included in our multi-element arrangements using the residual method. Under the residual method, the VSOE of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee for perpetual and term licenses is recognized as revenue upon delivery of the software, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE does

55


Table of Contents


not exist for an undelivered element in an arrangement, revenue is deferred until such evidence does exist for the undelivered elements, or until all elements are delivered, whichever is earlier.

        Under the upfront revenue model, the residual license fee is recognized upfront upon delivery of the software, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For arrangements entered into since July 1, 2009, the arrangement fees are generally recognized over the term of the license agreement because these arrangements include contractual provisions such as rights to future unspecified software products for no additional fee or because we cannot assert that the fees are fixed or determinable.

    Subscription Revenue

        When a customer elects to license our products under our new aspenONE licensing model, SMS is included for the entire term of the arrangement and the customer receives, for no additional fee, the right to unspecified future software products and upgrades that may be introduced into the licensed aspenONE suite during the term of the arrangement. These agreements combine the right to use all software products within a given product suite with SMS for the term of the arrangement. Due to our obligation to provide unspecified future software products and upgrades, we are required to recognize the revenue ratably (that is, on a subscription basis) over the term of the license, once the four revenue recognition criteria noted above are met. License and SMS revenue for arrangements sold under our new licensing model are combined and presented together as subscription revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

    Software Revenue

        Software revenue consists of all license transactions that do not contain rights to future unspecified software products for no additional fee. Specifically, software revenue includes:

    license revenue recognized under the upfront revenue model upon the delivery of the license products (that is, both perpetual and term license contracts);

    license revenue recognized over the term of the license agreements for fixed-term contracts, including point product licenses with SMS bundled for the entire license term; and

    other license revenue derived from transactions that are being recognized over time as the result of not previously meeting one or more of the requirements for recognition under the upfront revenue model.

        The license fees derived from the sale of fixed-term point product arrangements with SMS included for the contract term are recognized under the residual method, as payments come due. The related SMS revenue is recognized over the term of the SMS agreement, beginning with the due date of the annual payment, and is reported in services and other revenue on the consolidated statements of operations. We expect that occasionally a customer will elect upfront payment terms, in which case all of the license revenue will be recognized upfront by applying the residual method of accounting when the above four revenue recognition requirements have been met.

        Perpetual license arrangements do not include the same rights as those provided to customers under our new aspenONE licensing model. Accordingly, the license fees for perpetual license agreements will continue to be recognized upon delivery of the software products using the residual method provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met. The revenue attributable to perpetual software licenses is recognized in software revenue on our consolidated statements of operations.

56


Table of Contents

    Services and Other Revenue

        SMS Revenue

        Under the upfront revenue model, SMS typically is bundled with the license for the initial year of the license term. Under these arrangements, the fair value of SMS is deferred and subsequently amortized into services and other revenue on our consolidated statements of operations over the contractual term of the SMS arrangement. SMS renewals are at the option of the customer.

        For arrangements executed under our new aspenONE licensing model or where point product licenses are sold with SMS for the contract term, the customer commits to SMS for the entire term of the license arrangement. The revenue related to the SMS component of our new licensing model is reported in subscription revenue on our consolidated statements of operations. The revenue related to the SMS component of point product licenses, for which we have VSOE, is reported in services and other revenue on our consolidated statements of operations.

        Professional Services Revenue

        Professional services are provided to customers on a time-and-materials or fixed-price basis and are generally recognized as the services are performed, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue from committed professional services arrangements that are sold within close proximity or in contemplation of a new aspenONE license transaction is deferred and recognized on a ratable basis over the term of the related software arrangement. We recognize professional services fees for our time-and-materials contracts based upon hours worked and contractually agreed-upon hourly rates. Revenue from fixed-price engagements is recognized using the proportional performance method, based on the ratio of costs incurred, substantially all of which are labor-related, to the total estimated project costs. All revenue amounts are recognized within services and other revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Project costs are based on standard rates, which vary by the consultant's professional level, plus all direct expenses incurred to complete the engagement that are not reimbursed by the client. All project costs are expensed as incurred. The use of the proportional performance method depends upon our ability to reliably estimate the direct costs to complete a project. We use historical experience as a basis for future estimates to complete current projects. Additionally, management believes that costs are the best available measure of performance. Reimbursable amounts received from customers for out-of-pocket expenses are recorded as revenue. If the costs to complete a project are not estimable or the completion is uncertain, the revenue is recognized upon completion of the services.

        Occasionally, we provide professional services considered essential to the functionality of the software. We recognize the combined revenue from the sale of the software and related services using the percentage-of-completion method. However, when these professional services are combined with, and essential to, the functionality of a new aspenONE license transaction, the amount of combined revenue recognized will be the lesser of the amount determined by either the subscription method or the percentage-of-completion method.

        In the past, we have occasionally been required to commit unanticipated additional resources to complete projects, which have resulted in lower than anticipated income or losses on those contracts. We may experience similar situations in the future. Provisions for estimated losses on contracts are made during the period in which such losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated. To date, such losses have not been significant.

        Installments Receivable

        Installments receivable resulting from product sales under the upfront revenue model are discounted to present value at prevailing market rates. Finance fees are recognized using the effective

57


Table of Contents

interest method over the relevant license term and are classified as interest income. The amount of the installments receivable is split between current and non-current on our consolidated balance sheet.

        Under our new aspenONE licensing model and for point product arrangements sold with SMS bundled for the entire license term, receivables are recorded when the payments become due and payable. Payment amounts under extended payment term arrangements are not presented on our consolidated balance sheets as the related arrangement fees are not fixed or determinable. As a result, all contractual payments are recorded as revenue on a gross basis on our consolidated statements of operations, as either subscription or software revenue.

        Deferred Revenue

        Under the upfront revenue model and point product arrangements, a portion of the arrangement fee is generally recorded as deferred revenue due to the inclusion of an undelivered element, typically SMS. The amount of revenue allocated to undelivered elements is based on the VSOE of fair value for those elements using the residual method and is earned and recognized as revenue as each element is delivered. Deferred revenue related to these transactions generally consists of SMS and represents payments received in advance of services rendered as of the balance sheet dates.

        Under our new aspenONE licensing model, customers receive SMS for the full contract term and receive rights to unspecified future products for no additional fee. As VSOE does not exist for both of these undelivered elements, we are required to recognize the revenue ratably (that is, on a subscription basis) over the term of the license. Therefore, deferred revenue is recorded as each payment comes due and revenue is recognized ratably over the associated license period.

    Other Licensing Matters

        Our standard licensing agreements include a product warranty provision for all products. These warranties are accounted for in accordance with Topic 460, Guarantees, of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification or ASC. The likelihood that we will be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote. Historically, any such payments have been de minimis.

        Under the terms of substantially all of our license agreements, we have agreed to indemnify customers for costs and damages arising from claims against such customers based on, among other things, allegations that our software products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. In most cases, in the event of an infringement claim, we retain the right to procure for the customer the right to continue using the software product or to replace or modify the software product to eliminate the infringement while providing substantially equivalent functionality. If neither of those actions can be reasonably achieved, we may terminate the license agreement and provide a refund to the customer. These indemnification provisions are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 460. The likelihood that we will be required to make refunds to customers under these indemnification provisions is considered remote. In most cases, and where legally enforceable, the indemnification refund is limited to the amount of the license fees paid by the customer.

    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        In accordance with ASC Topic 360, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, we review the carrying value of long-lived assets when circumstances dictate that they should be reevaluated, based upon the expected future operating cash flows of our business or other factors that trigger an evaluation for potential impairment. The evaluation of the undiscounted results of any impairment evaluation is based upon our expected future cash flows. These future undiscounted cash flow estimates are based on historical results, adjusted to reflect our best estimate of future markets and operating conditions, and are updated based on actual operating trends. Historically, actual results

58


Table of Contents


have occasionally differed from our estimated future cash flow estimates. In the future, actual results may differ materially from these estimates and accordingly cause impairment of our long-lived assets.

        In accordance with ASC Topic 360, we conduct an assessment of the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31 of each year, based on weighting estimates of future cash flows from the reporting units or estimates of the market value of the reporting units, based on comparable companies. We also perform impairment analyses whenever events or circumstances indicate that goodwill or certain intangibles may be impaired. Currently our reporting units are the same as our operating segments. These estimates of future discounted cash flows are based upon historical results, adjusted to reflect our best estimate of future market and operating conditions. Historically, actual results have occasionally differed from our estimated future cash flow estimates. In the future, actual results may differ materially from these estimates. In addition, the comparable companies used to establish market value for our reporting units is based on management's judgment. As discussed above, we expect to experience a significant reduction in revenue for the next several years. However, we do not expect a material change in cash flows, and as a result do not expect to negatively impact our impairment analysis of goodwill.

        Certain negative macroeconomic factors began to impact the global credit markets in late calendar 2008 and we noted significant unfavorable trends in business conditions in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. Concurrently with these unfavorable developments, we commenced the annual impairment assessment of goodwill and certain intangible assets. In connection with preparing the annual impairment assessment, we identified significant deterioration in the expected future financial performance of the professional services segment compared to the expected future financial performance of this segment at the end of fiscal 2008. As a result, we recorded impairment charges of $0.5 million for goodwill and $0.1 million for intangible assets within the professional services segment during the quarter ended December 31, 2008. The method for determining fair value was based on weighting estimates of future cash flows from the reporting units and estimates of the market value of the reporting units, based on comparable companies. These impairment losses were recorded as impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the consolidated statements of operations. We did not record impairment charges during the first three quarters of fiscal 2010.

        The timing and size of any future impairment charges involves the application of our estimates and judgment and could result in the impairment of all, or substantially all, of our goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets.

    Accounting for Income Taxes

        We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and statutes that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets can result from unused operating losses, and research and development and foreign tax credit carry forwards and deductions recorded for financial statement purposes prior to their deduction on a tax return. Valuation allowances are provided against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the reversal of taxable temporary differences. We consider, among other available information, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, limitations on the availability of net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards, and other evidence assessing the potential realization of deferred tax assets. Adjustments to the valuation allowance are included in the tax provision in our consolidated statements of operations in the period they become known or can be estimated.

59


Table of Contents

        Significant management judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets and liabilities. The valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income for jurisdictions in which we operate and the period over which our deferred tax assets may be recoverable. Historically, our U.S. taxable income has been unpredictable and highly dependent upon closing a small number of large license transactions, the loss of which would result in a pre-tax loss.

        With our adoption of our new aspenONE licensing model, we expect to recognize significantly lower revenue over the near term, which will result in substantial pre-tax losses. Consequently, we have concluded that it is appropriate to maintain our U.S. valuation allowance. When our U.S. tax profitability becomes predictable we may reverse some or all of the valuation allowance related to our U.S. net deferred tax assets, which totaled $31.2 million at June 30, 2009. Any such reversal would be recorded as an income tax benefit in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that the utilization of deferred tax assets is determined to be more likely than not. For fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, we also provided full or partial valuation allowances for net deferred tax assets in several foreign tax jurisdictions.

        Our U.S. and foreign tax returns are subject to periodic compliance examinations by various local and national tax authorities through periods defined by tax codes in the applicable jurisdiction. The years prior to 2007 are closed in the United States, although the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards generated in earlier periods will keep these periods open for examination. Similarly, the years prior to 2008 are closed in the United Kingdom, although the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards generated in earlier year periods will keep the periods open for examination. Our Canadian subsidiaries are subject to audit from 2007 forward, and certain other of our international subsidiaries are subject to audit from 2003 forward. In connection with examinations of tax filings, tax contingencies can arise from differing interpretations of applicable tax laws and regulations relative to the amount, timing or proper inclusion or exclusion of revenue and expenses in taxable income or loss. For periods that remain subject to audit, we have asserted and unasserted potential assessments that are subject to final tax settlements.

        In 2009, our income tax provision includes amounts determined under the provisions of ASC Topic 740 (formerly FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions), which was adopted as of July 1, 2007 and is intended to satisfy additional income tax assessments, including interest and penalties, that could result from any tax return positions for which the likelihood of sustaining the position on audit does not meet a threshold of "more likely than not." Prior to fiscal 2008, we evaluated tax contingencies in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 450, Contingencies, based on the information currently then available, and had accrued for income tax contingencies that met both the criteria of ASC Topic 450. The tax accrual includes penalties and interest, which are recorded as a component of our income tax expense. Tax liabilities under ASC Topic 740 are recorded as a component of our income taxes payable and other non-current liabilities balance and totaled $19.2 million as of June 30, 2009. The ultimate amount of taxes due will not be known until examinations are completed and settled or the audit periods are closed by statute.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which enhances existing guidance for measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, the FASB permitted companies to partially defer the effective date of ASC Topic 820 for one year for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. We adopted ASC Topic 820 on July 1, 2008. The adoption of ASC Topic 820 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and

60


Table of Contents


Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. This ASU requires new disclosures including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and a reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements including purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis. It also clarifies existing disclosures regarding the level of disaggregation, inputs and valuation techniques. We adopted ASU No. 2010-06 during the third quarter of fiscal 2010 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events. ASC Topic 855 establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC Topic 855 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. We adopted ASC Topic 855 on April 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC Topic 855 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-09, Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements. As a result of ASU No. 2010-09, ASC Topic 855 no longer requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events have occurred. We adopted ASU No. 2010-09 during the third quarter of fiscal 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-09 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. ASC Topic 805 establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. The authoritative guidance also establishes disclosure requirements which will enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. ASC Topic 805 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We adopted ASC Topic 805 effective July 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC Topic 805 will have an impact on our accounting for any future business combinations.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC Topic 810, Consolidation, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. The authoritative guidance also establishes reporting requirements that provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. ASC Topic 810 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of ASC Topic 810 as of July 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC Topic 810 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as there were no minority interests reported as of June 30, 2009.

        In April 2008, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance to ASC Topic 350-30, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—General Intangibles Other Than Goodwill. The guidance amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC Topic 350. The updated guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of our new guidance as of July 1, 2009. The adoption of our new provisions did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, due to the immaterial value of intangibles as of June 30, 2009.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets. SFAS No. 166 removes the concept of a QSPE from ASC Topic 860 and removes the exception from applying FIN 46R. This statement also clarifies the requirements for isolation and limitations on portions of financial assets that are eligible for sale accounting. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after Nov. 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 166 on July 1, 2010. The adoption of SFAS No. 166 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

61


Table of Contents

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R). SFAS No. 167 amends the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities and affects the overall consolidation analysis under FASB Interpretation No. 46(R). SFAS No. 167 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 167 as of July 1, 2010. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 167 on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162. SFAS No. 168 stipulates the FASB Accounting Standards Codification is the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. SFAS No. 168 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 168 on July 1, 2009. The implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In September 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2009-13 (previously Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 08-1, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables). ASU 2009-13 superseded EITF 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, to eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have VSOE or third-party evidence before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or third-party evidence of the standalone selling price for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or third-party evidence or are based on the entity's estimated selling price. Application of the "residual method" of allocating an overall arrangement fee between delivered and undelivered elements will no longer be permitted upon adoption of ASU 2009-13. Additionally, our new guidance will require entities to disclose more information about their multiple-element revenue arrangements. ASU 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted ASU 2009-13 on July 1, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 will not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

        In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-14 (previously EITF 09-3, Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements). ASU 2009-14 amends the scope of software revenue recognition to exclude tangible products that contain both software and non-software components that function together to deliver a product's essential functionality. ASU 2009-14 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted ASU 2009-14 on July 1, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 will not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

62


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading global provider of mission-critical process optimization software solutions, which are designed to manage and optimize plant and process design, operational performance, and supply chain planning. Our aspenONE software and related services have been developed specifically for companies in the process industries, including the energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and engineering and construction industries. Customers use our solutions to improve their competitiveness and profitability by increasing throughput and productivity, reducing operating costs, enhancing capital efficiency, and decreasing working capital requirements.

        Our software incorporates our proprietary empirical models of manufacturing and planning processes and reflects the deep domain expertise we have amassed from focusing on solutions for the process industries for nearly 30 years. We have developed our applications to design and optimize processes across three principal business areas: engineering, manufacturing and supply chain. We are a recognized market and technology leader in providing process optimization software for each of these business areas.

        We have more than 1,500 customers globally. Our customers include manufacturers in process industries such as energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, consumer packaged goods, power, metals and mining, pulp and paper, and biofuels, as well as engineering and construction firms that help design process manufacturing plants. As of June 30, 2010, our installed base included 19 of the 20 largest petroleum companies, all of the 20 largest chemical companies, and 15 of the 20 largest pharmaceutical companies. Customers outside the United States accounted for a majority of our total revenue in each of fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and no single customer represented 10% or more of our total revenue in fiscal 2007, 2008 or 2009.

        We have established sustainable competitive advantages based on the breadth, flexibility and return on investment associated with our software offerings, as well as our market leadership position, our extensive process industry expertise and our established, diversified customer base. We consult and collaborate with customers to identify new applications, which leads to innovative, targeted solutions and fosters long-term customer relationships. This approach has helped us develop software solutions that are embedded in our customers' operations and integrated with their core business processes.

        In July 2009 we introduced our aspenONE licensing model under which license revenue is recognized over the term of a license contract. Our new licensing model provides customers with increased access to our applications, and we believe this flexibility will lead to increased usage and revenue over time. Because we previously recognized a substantial majority of our license revenue upon shipment of software, our revenue for fiscal 2010 was significantly less than in the preceding fiscal years. We expect that, as customers renew under our new licensing model, our revenue will increase gradually over the next several fiscal years.

63


Table of Contents

Industry Background

        The process industries consist of companies that typically manufacture finished products by applying a controlled chemical process either to a raw material that is fed continuously through the plant or to a specific batch of raw material. The process industries include energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, consumer packaged goods, power, metals and mining, pulp and paper, and biofuels as well as engineering and construction firms that design process manufacturing plants.

        Process manufacturing is often complex because small changes in the feedstocks used, or to the chemical process applied, can have a significant impact on the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of manufacturing operations. As a result, process manufacturers, as well as the engineering and construction firms that partner with these manufacturers, have extensive technical requirements and need a combination of software, services and domain expertise to help design, operate and manage manufacturing environments. The unique characteristics associated with process manufacturing create special demands for business applications that frequently exceed the capabilities of generic software applications or non-process manufacturing software packages. The process industries require sophisticated, integrated software applications capable of designing and optimizing their complex, interconnected manufacturing and business processes.

    Industry-Specific Challenges Facing The Process Industries

        Companies in different process industries face specific challenges that are driving the need for solutions that design, operate and manage their manufacturing environments more effectively:

    Energy.  The energy industry encompasses refineries as well as oil and gas exploration and production companies:

    The refining sector is characterized by high volumes and low operating margins. Refineries are under pressure to maximize output, optimize product mix and minimize inventory levels in the face of volatile market conditions.

    Exploration and production companies are targeting reserves in increasingly diverse geographic areas. They face the challenge of designing production platform processes effectively and managing both interconnected assets and complex supply chains, all while optimizing production and ensuring regulatory compliance.

    Chemicals.  The chemicals industry includes both bulk and specialty chemical companies:

    Bulk chemical producers, which compete primarily on price, are seeking to achieve economies of scale and manage operating margin pressure by building larger, more complex plants located near feedstock sources.

    Specialty chemical manufacturers, which primarily manufacture highly differentiated customer-specific products, face challenges in managing their diverse product lines, multiple plants and complex supply chains. They must, for example, identify where and when to manufacture a product to drive maximum profitability while ensuring high quality and quick turnaround times.

    Pharmaceuticals.  The increasing prevalence of generic drugs and expansion of regulatory requirements are driving pharmaceutical companies to improve their operational performance. They are seeking to optimize their manufacturing and distribution operations to help them meet demanding regulatory requirements, bring new products to market faster during their initial patent protection period and decrease production costs.

    Engineering and construction.  Engineering and construction firms must compete on a global basis in bidding on and executing complex, large-scale projects. They need a digital environment in

64


Table of Contents

      which plant designs can be produced quickly and efficiently using highly accurate cost estimation technology. This, in turn, requires significant collaboration not only internally but also with the manufacturer and, in some cases, other engineering and construction firms.

Similarly, companies in the consumer packaged goods, power, metals and mining, pulp and paper, and biofuels industries are seeking process optimization solutions to address their varied process manufacturing challenges.

    Increasing Complexity of the Process Industries

        In addition to the technical requirements associated with the process industries, several industry trends are driving the growing complexity of these industries:

    Globalization of markets.  Process manufacturers are expanding their operations beyond mature geographic markets in order to take advantage of growing demand and available feedstocks in emerging markets such as China, India, Russia, Latin America and the Middle East. Process manufacturers must be able to design, build and operate an emerging-market plant efficiently and economically. They also need to improve efficiency and reduce costs at their existing plants in mature markets in order to compete with new plants in emerging markets.

    Volatile markets.  Process manufacturers must react quickly to frequent changes in feedstock prices, temporary or longer-term feedstock shortages, and rapid changes in finished product prices. Unpredictable commodity markets strain the manufacturing and supply chain operations of process manufacturers, which must consider, and when appropriate implement, changes in inventory levels, feedstock inputs, equipment usage and operational processes in order to remain competitive.

    Increased margin pressure.  As the result of the increasingly competitive global environment, process manufacturers are seeking to design more efficient new plants and, at the same time, increase throughput and reduce costs at existing plants. These companies must optimize manufacturing operations and supply chain management, because even a relatively small change in feedstock, labor or energy costs, or in throughput, can have a significant impact on profitability.

    Shrinking engineering workforce.  In mature geographic markets the number of chemical engineers is decreasing, as more engineers are retiring than are entering the process industries. Process companies are seeking information technology solutions by which they can capture and manage the knowledge acquired by their engineers through years of experience and can automate tasks traditionally performed by engineers.

    Environmental and safety regulations.  Process companies must comply with an expanding array of data maintenance and reporting requirements under governmental and regulatory mandates, and the global nature of their operations can subject them to numerous regulatory regimes. These companies often face heightened scrutiny and oversight because of the environmental, safety and other implications of their products and manufacturing processes. These companies increasingly are relying upon software applications to model potential outcomes, store operating data and develop reporting capabilities.

    Market Opportunity

        Technology solutions historically have played a major role in helping companies in the process industries improve their manufacturing productivity. In the 1980s process manufacturers implemented distributed control systems, or DCS, to automate the management of plant hardware. DCS use computer hardware, communication networks and industrial instruments to measure, record and automatically control process variables. In the 1990s these manufacturers adopted enterprise resource

65


Table of Contents

planning, or ERP, systems to streamline back office functions and interact with DCS. This allowed process manufacturers to track, monitor and report the performance of each plant, rather than relying on traditional paper and generic word processing spreadsheets.

        Many process manufacturers have implemented both DCS and ERP systems but have realized that their investments in hardware and back-office systems are inadequate. A DCS is only able to control and monitor the process based on a fixed set of parameters and cannot dynamically react to changes in the manufacturing process unless instructed by an end-user. An ERP system can only record what is produced in operations. Although DCS and ERP systems help manage manufacturing performance, neither of these systems can optimize what is produced, how it is produced or where it is produced. Moreover, neither can help a process manufacturer understand how to improve its processes or how to identify opportunities to decrease operating expenses.

        Process optimization software addresses the gap between DCS and ERP systems. This software focuses on optimizing the manufacturing process itself: how the process is run and the economics of that process. By connecting DCS and ERP systems with intelligent, dynamic applications, process optimization software allows a manufacturer to make better, faster economic decisions. This software can optimize a manufacturing environment by, for example, incorporating process manufacturing domain knowledge, supporting real-time decision making, and providing the ability to forecast and simulate potential actions. Furthermore, these solutions can optimize the supply chain by helping a manufacturer to understand the operating conditions in each plant, which enables a manufacturer to decide where best to manufacture products.

        The market for engineering, manufacturing and supply chain process optimization software and services for the energy, chemicals and pharmaceuticals industries was $2.4 billion in 2008, based on information from reports issued in 2009 by ARC Advisory Group. More specifically, based on this information, it is estimated that:

    the engineering market was $443 million in 2008 and will grow 8% annually through 2013;

    the manufacturing market was $1.7 billion in 2008 and will grow 12% annually through 2013; and

    the supply chain market was $279 million in 2008 and will grow 5% annually through 2013.

        The market for process optimization software and services is growing even more rapidly in emerging markets, as process manufacturers extend their operations to take advantage of growing demand and available feedstocks in those markets. According to the ARC reports, the market for engineering, manufacturing and supply chain software and services in all process industries in the Asia Pacific and Latin American regions is expected to grow from $1.2 billion in 2008 to $2.2 billion in 2013, representing a compound annual growth rate of 12%.

aspenONE Solutions

        We provide integrated process optimization software solutions designed and developed specifically for the process industries. Customers use our solutions to improve their competitiveness and profitability by increasing throughput and productivity, reducing operating costs, enhancing capital efficiency, and decreasing working capital requirements. Our aspenONE software applications are organized into two suites, which are centered on our principal business areas of engineering, manufacturing and supply chain:

    aspenONE Engineering.  Our engineering software is used on an engineer's desktop to design new plants, re-design existing plants, and simulate and optimize plant processes.

    aspenONE Manufacturing and Supply Chain.  Our manufacturing software is designed to optimize day-to-day processing activities, enabling process manufacturers to make better, more profitable

66


Table of Contents

      decisions and to improve plant performance. Our supply chain management software is designed to enable process manufacturers to reduce inventory levels, increase asset efficiency and optimize supply chain decisions.

        While a significant number of our customers have already migrated to our new aspenONE licensing model, we continue to offer customers the ability to purchase our applications as point products. By offering point products, we can acquire, retain and potentially up-sell any customer that does not want to migrate to our new licensing model.

        We also offer customer support, professional services and training services to our customers. Professional services are offered as a means to further customize and integrate our technology based on specific customer requirements.

        The key benefits of our aspenONE solutions include:

        Broad and comprehensive software suites.    We believe we are the only software provider that has developed comprehensive suites of software applications addressing the engineering, manufacturing and supply chain requirements of process manufacturers. While some competitors offer solutions in one or two principal business areas, no other vendor can match the breadth of our aspenONE offerings. In addition, we have developed an extensive array of software applications that address extremely specific and complex industry and end-user challenges, such as production scheduling for petroleum companies and solubility modeling for solvent screening.

        Mission-critical, integrated software solutions.    aspenONE provides a standards-based framework that integrates applications, data and models within each of our software suites. Process manufacturers seeking to improve their mission-critical business operations can use the integrated software applications in the aspenONE Manufacturing and Supply Chain suite to support real-time decision-making both for individual production facilities and across multiple sites. In addition, the common data models underlying an aspenONE suite improve collaboration and productivity by enabling data to be entered once and then maintained in a centralized repository accessible across a customer's enterprise.

        Flexible commercial model.    Our new aspenONE licensing model provides customers access to all of the applications within the aspenONE suite or suites they license. This enables customers to use those applications whenever required and to test the applications to best solve whatever critical business challenges the customers face. Customers can easily increase their usage of our software as their business requirements evolve, without disrupting their business processes.

        Hardware-independent technology.    Our software can be easily integrated and used with equipment manufactured by any major process manufacturing hardware vendor. Because of our hardware-independent approach, customers can use our software solutions to create a unified view of their operations, even if their plants use hardware from different vendors.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe our key competitive advantages include, in addition to the comprehensive breadth of our integrated software solutions and the flexibility of our new aspenONE licensing model, the following:

        Market leadership.    We are a leader in each of the markets addressed by our software. Based on information presented in reports issued in 2009 by ARC Advisory Group relating to performance in 2008, in our core process manufacturing industries of energy, chemicals and pharmaceuticals we ranked:

    #1 in the market addressed by our engineering software;

    #2 in the market addressed by our manufacturing software; and

    #1 in the market addressed by our supply chain software.

67


Table of Contents

        Industry-leading innovation based on substantial process expertise.    Over the past 30 years, we have designed a number of major process engineering advances considered to be industry-standard applications. Since our founding, we have built a highly specialized development organization comprised of not only traditional software engineers but also chemical engineers. As of June 30, 2010, approximately 50% of our software development personnel had degrees in chemical engineering or a similar discipline. This approach provides us with substantial process industry expertise, as our developers have critical know-how that allows us to address the specific challenges of our customers.

        Rapid, high return on investment.    Many customers purchase our software because they believe it will provide rapid, demonstrable and significant returns on their investment. For some customers, cost reductions in the first year following installation have exceeded the total cost of our software. For many customers, even a relatively small improvement in productivity can generate substantial recurring benefits due to the large production volumes and limited profit margins typical in process industries. In addition, our solutions can generate organizational efficiencies and operational improvements that can further increase a process company's return on investment.

        Established, diversified customer base.    We view our installed customer base of more than 1,500 customers as an important strategic asset and as evidence of our leadership position. As of June 30, 2010, our installed base included 19 of the 20 largest petroleum companies, all of the 20 largest chemical companies, and 15 of the 20 largest pharmaceutical companies. We consult and collaborate with customers to identify new applications, which leads to innovative, targeted solutions and fosters long-term customer relationships.

Growth Strategy

        Our objective is to further establish and extend our position as a leading global provider of process optimization software and related services to the process industries. We intend to build upon our market and technology leadership position by pursuing the following:

        Continue to provide innovative, market-leading solutions.    We have pioneered a number of industry-standard and award-winning software applications. Over the last three decades, for example, we have built and expanded Aspen Properties, a core element of our engineering applications that provides more than 20,000 physical elements that chemists and engineers can use to perform calculations based on rigorous and proven models and data. We recently introduced applications for electrolyte and biofuel characterizations and methodologies for carbon management. We intend to continue to invest in research and development in order to develop and offer new and enhanced solutions for our aspenONE suites.

        Further penetrate existing customer base.    We have an installed base of over 1,500 customers, but many customers do not use all of our products and services. We intend to target customers that use only one of our aspenONE suites or that do not extensively utilize our professional services and training capabilities. In addition, we believe that many of our customers do not take full advantage of the applications in the aspenONE suite they currently license. As we transition these customers to our new aspenONE licensing model, we will seek to identify ways in which they can improve their business processes by using the entire licensed suite of aspenONE applications, both at an individual user level and across all of their plant locations.

        Expand presence in emerging markets.    Companies in the process industries are expanding their operations in order to take advantage of growing demand and available feedstocks in less mature markets such as China, India, Russia, Latin America and the Middle East. Additionally, process manufacturers with existing plants in these markets are beginning to recognize the value of upgrading their operations to take advantage of process optimization solutions. We historically have derived a significant portion of our total revenue from outside of North America, and we believe we can further

68


Table of Contents


extend our international presence by penetrating emerging markets. We have, for example, recently established a direct sales force and customer support capabilities for Russia and the Middle East.

        Extend vertical reach and indirect sales channel.    We historically focused on the energy, chemicals, and engineering and construction industries and in recent years have increasingly targeted the pharmaceutical industry. We intend to expand beyond our core vertical industries, in part by further developing our indirect channel. We are seeking to develop relationships with third-party resellers that have a presence in certain non-core verticals such as power, consumer package goods, pulp and paper, minerals and mining, and biofuels. We believe these relationships will enable us to reach companies in additional process industries cost effectively and to leverage our indirect channel partners' market experience and domain expertise in those industries.

Products

        Our integrated process optimization software solutions are designed and developed specifically for the process industries. Customers use our solutions to improve their competitiveness and profitability by increasing throughput and productivity, reducing operating costs, enhancing capital efficiency, and decreasing working capital requirements.

        We have designed and developed our software applications across three principal business areas:

    Engineering.  Process manufacturers must address a variety of challenges related to strategic planning, collaborative engineering, economic evaluation, debottlenecking and operational improvement. They must, for example, determine where they should locate facilities, how they can lower manufacturing costs, what they should produce and how they can maximize plant efficiency. Our engineering software applications are used during both the design and the ongoing operation of plant facilities to model and improve the way engineers develop and deploy manufacturing assets. In the design phase, for example, our software supports proposal generation, develops highly accurate cost estimates, generates detailed implementation schedules and manages change orders. Our engineering solutions include desktop and server applications that typically do not require substantial professional services, although services may be provided for customized model designs and process synthesis.

    Manufacturing.  Process manufacturers must address a wide range of manufacturing challenges such as optimizing execution efficiency, reducing costs, selecting the right raw materials, scheduling and coordinating production processes, and identifying an appropriate balance between turnaround times, delivery schedules, cost and inventory. Our manufacturing software products focus on optimizing day-to-day processing activities, enabling customers to make better, faster decisions that lead to improved plant performance and operating results. These solutions include desktop and server applications that help customers make real-time decisions, which can reduce fixed and variable costs and improve product yields.

    Supply chain management.  Process manufacturers must address numerous challenges as they strive to effectively and efficiently manage raw materials inventory, production schedules and feedstock purchasing decisions. Supply chain managers face these challenges in an environment of ever-changing market prices, supply constraints and customer demands. Our supply chain management solutions include desktop and server applications that help customers optimize critical supply chain decisions in order to reduce inventory, increase asset efficiency, and respond more quickly to changing market conditions.

69


Table of Contents

        Our software products can be linked with a customer's DCS and ERP systems to further improve the customer's ability to gather, analyze and use the resulting information across the customer's business processes. By integrating our solutions with their DCS and ERP systems, customers can utilize historical data and develop new models to project and simulate future operational behavior, throughput performance, economic value and profitability.

        Our software applications are organized into two suites: aspenONE Engineering and aspenONE Manufacturing and Supply Chain. These suites are integrated applications that allow end-users to utilize common data models to design process manufacturing environments, forecast and simulate potential actions, monitor operational performance, and manage planning and scheduling activities. The two suites are designed around core modules and applications that allow customers to design, manage and operate their process manufacturing environments, as shown below:

aspenONE Engineering

Business Area
  aspenONE Module   Major Products   Product Descriptions
Engineering   Engineering   Aspen Plus   Process modeling software for conceptual design, optimization and performance monitoring for the chemicals industry

 

 

 

 

Aspen HYSYS

 

Process modeling software for conceptual design, optimization and performance monitoring for the energy industry

 

 

 

 

Aspen Basic Engineering

 

Workflow tool that allows engineers to build, re-use and share process models and data

 

 

 

 

Aspen Economic Evaluation

 

Economic evaluation software for estimating costs of conceptual process designs

 

 

 

 

Aspen Exchanger Design and Rating

 

Software used to design, simulate and optimize the performance of heat exchangers

70


Table of Contents

aspenONE Manufacturing and Supply Chain

Business Area
  aspenONE Module   Major Products   Product Descriptions
Manufacturing   Production Management & Execution   Aspen InfoPlus.21   Data historian software that collects and stores large volumes of data for analysis and reporting

 

 

Advanced Process Control

 

Aspen DMCplus

 

Multi-variable controller software capable of processing multiple constraints simultaneously

Supply Chain

 

Supply & Distribution

 

Aspen Inventory Management & Operations Scheduling

 

Enterprise solution that allows users to manage their supply and demand balancing, inventory and scheduling

 

 

 

 

Aspen Petroleum Supply Chain Planner

 

Economic planning tool that solves multi-commodity, multi-period transportation optimization problems

 

 

 

 

Aspen Retail

 

Enterprise solution for inventory management and truck transportation optimization

 

 

Planning & Scheduling

 

Aspen Collaborative Demand Manager

 

Enterprise solution for forecasting market demand

 

 

 

 

AspenONE Supply Chain for Olefins

 

Software that enables Olefins producers to optimize the purchase, management and processing of feedstocks

 

 

 

 

Aspen Petroleum Scheduler

 

Integrated system that supports comprehensive scheduling and optimization of refinery activities

 

 

 

 

Aspen PIMS

 

Enterprise planning software that optimizes feedstock evaluation, product slate and operational execution

 

 

 

 

Aspen Plant Scheduler

 

Plant scheduling software that optimizes production scheduling

 

 

 

 

Aspen Supply Chain Planner

 

Software for determining what to produce given product demands, inventory, and manufacturing and distribution constraints

        Our product development activities are currently focused on strengthening the integration of our applications and adding new capabilities that address specific mission-critical operational business processes in each industry. As of June 30, 2010, we had a total of 400 employees in our research and development group, which is comprised of software development and quality assurance personnel. As of June 30, 2010, approximately 50% of our research and development group had degrees in chemical engineering or a similar discipline. We incurred research and development costs of $47.4 million in fiscal 2007, $49.9 million in fiscal 2008, $46.4 million in fiscal 2009, and $36.1 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010.

Maintenance and Training

        Maintenance consists primarily of providing customer technical support and access to software fixes and upgrades. Under our new aspenONE licensing model, maintenance is bundled with our licenses and is required for all customers who purchase our aspenONE suites. Customer technical support services are provided throughout the world by our three global call centers as well as via email and through our support website.

71


Table of Contents

        We offer a variety of training solutions ranging from standardized training, which can be delivered in a public forum, on-site at a customer's location or over the Internet, to customized training sessions, which can be tailored to fit customer needs. As of June 30, 2010, we had a total of 147 employees in our customer support and training group.

Professional Services

        We offer professional services focused on implementation of our solution. Our professional services team primarily consists of project engineers with degrees in chemical engineering or a similar discipline, or who have significant relevant industry experience. Our employees include experts in fields such as thermophysical properties, distillation, adsorption processes, polymer processes, industrial reactor modeling, the identification of empirical models for process control or analysis, large-scale optimization, supply distribution systems modeling and scheduling methods. The services provided by our professional services team include implementing and integrating our software applications for customers that are seeking to integrate our technology with their existing systems in order to further improve their plant performance and gain better operational data. We offer our services on either a time-and-material or fixed-price basis. As of June 30, 2010, we had a total of 181 employees in our professional services group.

Customers

        Our software solutions are installed at the facilities of more than 1,500 customers worldwide. These customers include process manufacturers and the engineering and construction firms that provide services to them. Our customers include:

Energy
 
Chemicals
 
Pharmaceutical
BP International Ltd
Exxon Mobil Corporation
Flint Hills Resources, LLC
Instituto Mexicano del Petroleo (PEMEX)
Marathon Oil Corporation
Occidential Petroleum Corporation
OMV Group
Petróleos de Venezuela S.A. (PDVSA)
Repsol YPF, S.A.
Saudi Arabian Oil Co. (SaudiAramco)
Shell Oil Company
Statoil ASA
Suncor Energy Inc.
Total S.A
Valero Energy Corp.
  Air Liquide
BASF
China Petrochemical
International Co. Ltd
The Dow Chemical Company
INEOS
Lyondell Chemical Company
Mitsubishi Chemical USA, Inc.
Saudi Basic Industries Corp (SABIC)
Suid Afrikaanse Steenkool en Olie (Sasol)
     
Engineering and construction
The Bechtel Group, Inc.
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
KBR, Inc.
Technip SA
Técnicas Reunidas, S.A.
WorleyParsons Limited
  Bayer Technology Services GmbH
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Eli Lilly & Company
Pfizer, Inc.
      
Other
Cargill, Incorporated
Lefarge North America Inc.

        No customer accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue in fiscal 2007, 2008 or 2009.

Sales and Marketing

        We employ a value-based sales approach, offering our customers a comprehensive suite of software and services that enhance the efficiency and productivity of their engineering, manufacturing and supply chain operations. We have increasingly focused on selling our products as a strategic investment for our customers and therefore devote an increasing portion of our sales efforts at senior management levels, including senior decision-makers in manufacturing, operations and technology. Our aspenONE solution strategy supports this value-based approach by broadening the scope of optimization across the entire enterprise and expanding the use of process models in the operations environment. In particular, we

72


Table of Contents


offer a variety of training programs focused on illustrating the capabilities of our applications and intend to implement compensatory programs for our sales force that will reward efforts that increase customer usage of currently licensed products.

        Historically, most of our license sales have been generated through our direct sales force. Because the complexity and cost of our products often result in extended sales cycles, we believe that the development of long-term, consultative relationships with our customers is essential to a successful sales strategy. To develop these relationships, we focus our worldwide sales force on a defined set of strategic accounts. In North America we have organized our sales force around specific vertical markets. In the rest of the world the sales force is organized around specific countries or regions.

        In July 2009 we introduced our aspenONE licensing model under which customers receive access to all of the applications within the aspenONE suite or suites they license. This affords customers the ability to use our software whenever required and to test applications to best solve whatever critical business challenges they face. Customers can easily increase their usage of our software as their business requirements evolve, without disrupting their business processes. We believe our new licensing model will further enable our sales force to develop consultative sales relationships with our customers.

        In order to market the specific functionality and other complex technical features of our software, our account managers work with specialized teams of technical sales engineers and product specialists organized for each sales and marketing effort. Our technical sales engineers typically have advanced degrees in chemical engineering or related disciplines and actively consult with a customer's plant engineers. Product specialists share their detailed knowledge of the specific features of our software solutions as they apply to the unique business processes of different vertical industries. In addition, we have a limited number of global account managers, each of whom is focused on a specific global account. Our overall sales force, which consists of quota-carrying sales account managers, sales services personnel, business support engineers, partner organization personnel, industry business unit professionals, marketing personnel and support staff, consisted of 333 employees as of June 30, 2010.

        We supplement our direct sales efforts with a variety of marketing initiatives, including public relations activities, customer relationship programs, campaigns to promote awareness among industry analysts, user groups and events. We have established reseller relationships with select companies that we believe can help us increase sales in specific regions and non-core target markets.

        We also license our software products to universities that agree to use our products in teaching and research. We believe that students' familiarity with our products will stimulate future demand once the students enter the workplace.

Competition

        Our markets in general are highly competitive and characterized by rapid technological change. We expect the intensity of competition in our markets to increase as existing competitors enhance and expand their product and service offerings and as new participants enter the market. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced profitability and loss of market share. We cannot ensure that we will be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors. Some of our customers and companies with which we have strategic relationships also are, or may become, competitors.

        Many of our current and potential competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing, service and other resources than we have. As a result, these companies may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services, or other incentives that we cannot match or offer. These competitors may be in a stronger position to respond more quickly to new technologies and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. We believe they also have adopted and may continue to pursue more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to potential customers,

73


Table of Contents


employees and strategic partners. For example, some competitors may be able to initiate relationships through sales and installations of hardware and then seek to expand their customer relationships by offering process optimization software at a discount.

        In addition, many of our competitors have established, and may in the future continue to establish, cooperative relationships with third parties to improve their product offerings and to increase the availability of their products in the marketplace. Competitors with greater financial resources may make strategic acquisitions to increase their ability to gain market share or improve the quality or marketability of their products.

        Our primary competitors differ among our principal product areas:

    Our engineering software competes with products of businesses such as ABB Ltd., Chemstations, Inc., Honeywell International, Inc., Invensys plc, KBC Advanced Technologies plc, and Shell Global Solutions International BV.

    Our manufacturing software competes with products of companies such as ABB Ltd., Honeywell International, Inc., Invensys plc, OSIsoft, Inc., Rockwell Automation, Inc., Siemens AG, SAP AG and Yokogawa Electric Corporation.

    Our supply chain management software competes with products of companies such as JDA Software Group, Inc., Oracle Corporation and SAP AG.

In addition, we face challenges in selling our solutions to large companies in the process industries that have internally developed their own proprietary software solutions.

        We believe the key competitive differentiator in our industry is the value, or return on investment, that our software and services provide. We seek to develop and offer integrated suites of targeted, high-value vertical industry solutions that can be implemented with relatively limited service requirements. We believe this approach provides us with an advantage over many of our competitors that offer software products that are point solutions or are more service-based. The principal competitive factors in our industry also include:

    breadth, depth and integration of software offerings;

    domain expertise of sales and service personnel;

    consistent global support;

    performance and reliability;

    price; and

    time to market.

Key License Agreements

    Massachusetts Institute of Technology

        In March 1982 we entered into a System License Agreement with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, under which we received a worldwide, perpetual non-exclusive license (with the right to sublicense) to use, reproduce, distribute and create derivative works of the computer programs known as "ASPEN" and the related documentation. The ASPEN program licensed from MIT provides a framework for simulating the steady-state behavior of chemical processes that we utilize in the simulation engine for our Aspen Plus product. MIT has agreed that we would own any derivative works and enhancements of ASPEN that we may create during the term of the agreement. A one-time license fee of $30,000 has been paid in full. MIT has the right to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of any of the following events: if we breach the agreement and do not cure the breach within 90 days

74


Table of Contents

after receiving a written notice from MIT; if we cease to carry on our business; if proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency law are commenced by or against us and not dismissed within 90 days; if we make an assignment for the benefit of our creditors and such assignment is not discontinued within 90 days; or if a receiver is appointed for us and is not discharged within 90 days. In the event of such termination, our license to ASPEN will terminate but the sublicenses granted to our customers prior to termination will remain in effect.

    Honeywell

        In December 2004 we entered into a consent decree with the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, with respect to a civil administrative complaint filed by the FTC in August 2003 alleging that our acquisition of Hyprotech Ltd. and related subsidiaries of AEA Technology plc (Hyprotech) in May 2002 was anticompetitive in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act and Section 7 of the Clayton Act. In connection with the consent decree, we and our subsidiaries (Hyprotech Company, AspenTech Canada Ltd., AspenTech Ltd. and Hyprotech UK Ltd.) entered into a purchase and sale agreement with Honeywell International Inc. and its subsidiaries (Honeywell Control Systems Limited and Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitee), or collectively Honeywell. Pursuant to that agreement and the related ancillary agreements, we sold to Honeywell all assets relating to our operator training business, including the Hyprotech engineering software products used in such business, and all intellectual property rights therein of various legacy Hyprotech products. Under the terms of the transactions:

    we retained a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, royalty-free non-exclusive license (with the limited rights to sublicense) to the Hyprotech engineering software and have the right to continue to develop and sell the Hyprotech engineering products; and

    we retained certain agreements with third parties other than customers or distributors for HYSYS and related products.

        We are subject to ongoing compliance obligations under the FTC consent decree. In July 2009, we announced that the FTC closed an investigation relating to the alleged violations of the decree, and issued an order modifying the consent decree, which became final in August 2009. The modification requires that we continue to provide the ability for users to save input variable case data for Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics software in a standard "portable" format, which will make it easier for users to transfer case data from later versions of the products to earlier versions. We also must provide documentation to Honeywell of the Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics input variables, as well as documentation of the covered heat exchange products. These requirements will apply to all existing and future versions of the covered products released prior to December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2016, at the option of Honeywell. In addition, we are required to provide to Honeywell a license to modify and distribute (in object code form) certain versions of our flare system analyzer software.

        There is no assurance that the actions required by the FTC's modified order and related settlement with Honeywell will not provide Honeywell with additional competitive advantages that could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Intellectual Property

        We regard our software as proprietary. Our strategy is to rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, and to rely on license and confidentiality agreements, and software security measures to further protect our proprietary technology and brand. The laws of many countries in which our products are licensed may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

75


Table of Contents

        We have obtained or applied for patent protection with respect to some of our intellectual property, but generally do not rely on patents as a principal means of protecting intellectual property. As of June 30, 2010 we owned twenty-five patents issued in the United States, four patent applications pending in the United States, and foreign counterparts to several of these cases.

        We conduct business under our trademarks and use trademarks on some of our products. We believe that having distinctive marks may be an important factor in marketing our products. We have registered or applied to register some of our significant trademarks in the United States and in selected other countries. Although we have a foreign trademark registration program for selected marks, the laws of many countries protect trademarks solely on the basis of registration and we may not be able to register or use such marks in each foreign country in which we seek registration. We actively monitor use of our trademarks and have and will enforce our rights to our trademarks.

        We rely on trade secrets to protect certain of our technology. We generally seek to protect these trade secrets by entering into non-disclosure agreements with our employees and customers, and historically have restricted access to our software source code and licenses, which we regard as proprietary information. In certain cases, we have provided copies of source code to customers for the purpose of special product customization or have deposited copies of the source code in third-party escrow accounts as security for ongoing service and license obligations. In these cases, we rely on non-disclosure and other contractual provisions to protect our proprietary rights. Trade secrets may be difficult to protect, and it is possible that parties may breach their confidentiality agreements with us.

        The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to deter misappropriation of our technology or independent development by others of technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. Any misappropriation of our technology or development of competitive technologies could harm our business. We could incur substantial costs in protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights.

        Third parties have asserted, and may assert in the future, claims that our products infringe patents or patent applications under which we do not hold licenses or other rights. Third parties may own or control these patents and patent applications in the United States and abroad. These third parties have brought, and could in the future bring, claims against us that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. Further, if a patent infringement suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay manufacturing or sales of the product that is the subject of the suit before or after the suit is decided on the merits. In addition, we could be forced to redesign a product that uses an allegedly infringing technology. The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial and may require significant commitments of time by our management.

        We believe that the success of our business depends more on the quality of our proprietary software products, technology, processes and know-how than on trademarks, copyrights or patents. While we consider our intellectual property rights to be valuable, we do not believe that our competitive position in the industry is dependent simply on obtaining legal protection for our software products and technology. Instead, we believe that the success of our business depends primarily on our ability to maintain a leadership position by developing proprietary software products, technology, information, processes and know-how. Nevertheless, we attempt to protect our intellectual property rights with respect to our products and development processes through trademark, copyright and patent registrations, both foreign and domestic, whenever appropriate as part of our ongoing research and development activities.

Employees

        As of June 30, 2010, we had a total of 1,289 full-time employees, of whom approximately 700 were located in the United States. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, except for 9

76


Table of Contents


employees of our subsidiary Hyprotech UK Limited who belong to the Prospect union for professionals. We have experienced no work stoppages and believe that our employee relations are satisfactory.

Facilities

        Our principal executive offices are located in leased facilities in Burlington, Massachusetts, consisting of approximately 75,000 square feet of office space. Our lease expires in February 2014. These facilities accommodate our product development, sales, marketing, operations and finance and administrative activities. Subject to the terms and conditions of the lease, we may extend the term of the lease for two successive terms of five years each at 95% of the then-current market rate. As of June 30, 2010, under the lease, we had total non-cancelable lease obligations of $9.4 million. We also will pay additional rent for our proportionate share of operating costs and taxes.

        Prior to September 1, 2007, our principal offices occupied 110,843 square feet of office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The lease of this office space expires on September 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2010, we had multiple agreements, which expire through 2012, to sublease 95,093 square feet of this former office space. We also lease space for our Houston, Texas facilities. This lease encompasses 76,315 square feet and expires in July 2016. We have an agreement, which expires in 2016, to sublease approximately 8,000 square feet of this space. In addition to these two facilities, we also lease office space in Shanghai, China; Reading, England; and other locations.

        We do not own any real property. We believe that our leased facilities are adequate for our anticipated future needs.

Legal Proceedings

    ATME Arbitration and Litigation

        Prior to October 6, 2009, we had an exclusive reseller relationship covering certain countries in the Middle East with AspenTech Middle East W.L.L., a Kuwaiti corporation (now known as Advanced Technology Middle East W.L.L.) that we refer to below as ATME. Under the reseller agreement, we had the right to terminate for, among other things, a material breach in the event of ATME's willful misconduct or fraud. Effective October 6, 2009, we terminated the reseller relationship for material breach by ATME based on certain actions of ATME.

        On November 2, 2009, ATME commenced an action in the Queen's Bench Division (Commercial Court) of the High Court of Justice (England & Wales) captioned In The Matter Of An Intended Arbitration Between AspenTech Middle East W.L.L. and Aspen Technology, Inc., 2009 Folio 1436, seeking preliminary injunctive relief restraining us from taking any steps to impede ATME from serving as our exclusive reseller in the countries covered by the reseller agreement with ATME. We filed evidence in opposition to that request for relief on November 12, 2009. At a hearing on November 13, 2009, the court dismissed ATME's application for preliminary injunctive relief. The court sealed an Order to this effect on November 23, 2009, and further ordered that ATME pay our costs of claim.

        Relatedly, on November 11, 2009, we filed a request for arbitration against ATME in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, captioned Aspen Technology, Inc. v. AspenTech Middle East W.L.L., Case No. 16732/VRO. Our request for arbitration asserted claims against ATME seeking a declaration that ATME committed a material breach of our agreement and that our termination of our agreement was lawful, and seeking damages for ATME's willful misconduct in connection with the reseller relationship. On November 18, 2009, ATME filed its answer to that request for arbitration and asserted counterclaims against us seeking a declaratory judgment that we unlawfully terminated our agreement with ATME and seeking damages for breach of

77


Table of Contents


contract by reason of our purported unlawful termination of our agreement. Our reply to those counterclaims was filed on December 18, 2009.

        We expect a determination to be made in the second half of 2011 with respect to the pending arbitration. However, we can provide no assurance as to the actual timing or outcome of the arbitration. In general, neither party will have the ability to appeal the determination reached. Regardless of the outcome, the proceedings may result in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business. The reseller agreement with ATME contained a provision whereby we could be liable for a termination fee if the agreement were terminated other than for material breach. This fee is to be calculated based on a formula contained in the reseller agreement that we believe was originally developed based on certain assumptions about the future financial performance of ATME, as well as ATME's actual financial performance. Based on the formula and the financial information provided to us by ATME, which we have not yet verified independently, a recent calculation based on the formula would result in a termination fee of between $60 million and $77 million. Under the terminated reseller agreement, no termination fee is owed on termination for material breach. If we are found to have breached the terms of our agreement with ATME, we could be liable for the termination fee, the amount of which may be greater or less than the number indicated above. If we are found liable, we would incur damages that could have a material adverse effect on our cash flow and cash position.

        On March 11, 2010, a Kuwaiti entity (known as ATME Group and affiliated with ATME) filed a lawsuit in a Kuwaiti court naming as defendants ATME, us and a reseller newly appointed by us in Kuwait. In this lawsuit, ATME Group claims that it was an exclusive reseller for ATME in Kuwait and that it therefore is entitled to damages resulting from purported customer contracts in Kuwait.

    Class Action and Opt-out Claims

        In March 2006, we settled class action litigation, including related derivative claims, arising out of our originally filed consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2000 through 2004, the accounting for which we restated in March 2005. Certain members of the class (representing 1,457,969 shares of common stock (or less than 1% of the shares putatively purchased during the class action period)) opted out of the settlement and had the right to bring their own state or federal law claims against us, referred to as "opt-out" claims. Opt-out claims were filed on behalf of the holders of approximately 1.1 million of such shares. One of these actions was settled and three were dismissed. The claims in the remaining actions (described below) include claims against us and one or more of our former officers alleging securities and common law fraud, breach of contract, deceptive practices and/or rescissory damages liability, based on the restated results of one or more fiscal periods included in our restated consolidated financial statements referenced in the class action.

    Herbert G. and Eunice E. Blecker, et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc., et al., filed in June 2006 in the Business Litigation Session of the Massachusetts Superior Court for Suffolk County and docketed as Civ. A. No. 06-2357-BLS1, was an opt-out claim asserted by persons who received 248,411 shares of our common stock in an acquisition. Fact discovery in this action closed in July 2008, and a non-jury trial was conducted in November 2009. In January 2010, the court issued its order granting judgment in our favor and dismissing the case. In February 2010, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal of the judgment.

    380544 Canada, Inc., et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc., filed on February 15, 2007 in the federal district court for the Southern District of New York and docketed as Civ. A. No. 1:07-cv-01204-JFK in that court, is a claim asserted by persons who purchased 566,665 shares of our common stock in a private placement. Certain motions to dismiss filed by other defendants were resolved on May 5, 2009, and discovery is in process. The claims in the 380544 Canada action are for damages totaling at least $4.0 million, not including claims for attorneys' fees. We plan to defend the 380544 Canada action vigorously.

78


Table of Contents

We can provide no assurance as to the outcome of this case or the likelihood of the filing of additional opt-out claims, and these claims may result in judgments against us for significant damages. Regardless of the outcome, such litigation has resulted in the past, and may continue to result in the future, in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business.

Other Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of business, we are also from time to time involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations, proceedings, and threats of litigation consisting of intellectual property, commercial and other matters. The results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and unfavorable resolutions are possible and could materially affect our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. In addition, regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

        While the outcome of these proceedings and claims identified above cannot be predicted with certainty, there are no other matters, as of June 30, 2010, that, in the opinion of management, might have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

79


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

    Biographical Information

        The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages, as of July 1, 2010:

Name
  Age   Position

Mark E. Fusco

    49   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mark P. Sullivan

    53   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Antonio J. Pietri

    44   Executive Vice President, Field Operations

Frederic G. Hammond

    50   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

    50   Senior Vice President, Sales and Strategy

Blair F. Wheeler

    51   Senior Vice President, Marketing

Donald P. Casey

    64   Director

Gary E. Haroian

    58   Director

Stephen M. Jennings

    49   Director

Joan C. McArdle

    58   Director

David M. McKenna

    43   Director

Michael Pehl

    48   Director

        Mark E. Fusco has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2005 and as one of our directors since 2003. Mr. Fusco served as president and chief operating officer of Ajilon Consulting, an IT consulting firm, from May 2002 to January 2005, and as executive vice president of Ajilon Consulting from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Fusco was a co-founder of Software Quality Partners, an IT consulting firm specializing in software quality assurance and testing that was acquired by Ajilon Consulting in 1999, and served as president of Software Quality Partners from 1994 to 1999. From 1994 to 1999, Mr. Fusco also served as president of Analysis and Computer Systems, Inc., a producer of simulation and test equipment for digital communications in the defense industry. Mr. Fusco was a professional ice hockey player for the Hartford Whalers of the National Hockey League, and was a member of the 1984 U.S. Olympic ice hockey team. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration. We believe Mr. Fusco's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive knowledge of our business, his experience in founding and building technology companies as well as his corporate vision and operational knowledge, which provide strategic guidance to the board of directors. As our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Fusco provides essential insight and guidance to our board of directors from an insider perspective of our day-to-day operations. In addition, Mr. Fusco's experience in senior management positions at various other companies brings beneficial leadership and operational experience to our board of directors.

        Mark P. Sullivan has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 1, 2009. He served as a financial consultant to our company from March 2009 through June 2009. From 1994 to December 2008, Mr. Sullivan served in various financial executive positions at Fidelity Investments, a diversified financial services company. From 1987 to 1993, he served as Chief Operating Officer and Principal Finance and Accounting Officer at Westerbeke Corporation, a manufacturer of generators, diesel propulsion engines and other power solutions for commercial and recreational marine applications. During 1987, he served as Consulting Manager in the Business Investigatory Services group of Coopers & Lybrand Company, a public accounting and professional services firm which merged with Price Waterhouse in 1998 to form PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. From 1980 to 1987,

80


Table of Contents


he held a number of financial leadership roles with Analog Devices, Inc., a manufacturer of analog, mixed-signal and digital signal processing integrated circuits used in industrial, communication, computer and consumer applications. He holds a B.A. from Middlebury College and an M.S. in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

        Antonio J. Pietri has served as our Executive Vice President, Field Operations since July 2007. Mr. Pietri served as our Senior Vice President and Managing Director for our Asia-Pacific region from 2002 to June 2007 and held various other positions with our company from 1996 until 2002. From 1992 to 1996, he was at Setpoint Systems, Inc., which we acquired, and before that he worked at ABB Simcon and AECTRA Refining and Marketing, Inc. He holds an M.B.A. from the University of Houston and a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Tulsa.

        Frederic G. Hammond has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since July 2005. From February to June 2005, Mr. Hammond was a partner at the law firm of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP in Boston, Massachusetts. From 1999 through August 2004, Mr. Hammond served as vice president, business affairs and general counsel of Gomez Advisors, Inc., a performance management and benchmarking technology services firm. From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Hammond served as general counsel of Avid Technology, Inc., a provider of digital media creation, management and distribution solutions. Prior to 1992, Mr. Hammond was an attorney with the law firm of Ropes & Gray LLP in Boston, Massachusetts. He holds a B.A. from Yale College and a J.D. from Boston College Law School.

        Manolis E. Kotzabasakis has served as our Senior Vice President, Sales and Strategy since July 2007. Mr. Kotzabasakis served as our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Business Development from January 2005 to June 2007; Senior Vice President, Marketing and Strategy from July 2004 to December 2004; Senior Vice President, Engineering Business Unit from September 2002 to June 2004; Vice President of our Aspen Engineering Suite of Products, Research and Development from 1998 to 2002; and Director of our Advanced Process Design Group from 1997 to 1998. He holds a B.Sc. in Chemical Engineering from the National Technical University of Athens and an M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology.

        Blair F. Wheeler has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing since February 2005. From 2000 to January 2005, Mr. Wheeler served as vice president, marketing of Relicore, Inc., a provider of enterprise IT infrastructure management software that he co-founded. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Wheeler served as vice president, business development for Webline Communications Corp., an Internet communications infrastructure and applications company that was acquired by Cisco Systems, Inc. in 1999. From 1993 to 1998, Mr. Wheeler was head of product marketing and business development for the broadcast products division of Avid Technology, Inc., a provider of digital media creation, management and distribution solutions. Mr. Wheeler was also previously a management consultant with The Boston Consulting Group and a geologist for Amoco Production Company International. He holds a B.S. in Geology and Geophysics from Yale College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

        Donald P. Casey has served as one of our directors since 2004. Since 2001, Mr. Casey has been an information strategy and operations consultant to technology and financial services companies. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Casey served as president and chief operating officer of Exodus Communications, Inc., an Internet infrastructure services provider. From 1991 to 1999, Mr. Casey served as chief technology officer and president of Wang Global, Inc. Mr. Casey previously held executive management positions at Lotus Development Corporation, Apple Computer, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation. He holds a B.S. in Mathematics from St. Francis College. We believe Mr. Casey's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his many years of experience in the software industry, much of it with business software companies. His experience

81


Table of Contents


includes executive management and development roles. We believe Mr. Casey's extensive industry knowledge and industry perspective are beneficial for the board of directors.

        Gary E. Haroian has served as one of our directors since 2003. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Haroian served in various positions, including as chief financial officer, chief operating officer and chief executive officer, at Bowstreet, Inc., a provider of software application tools. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Haroian served as senior vice president of finance and administration and chief financial officer of Concord Communications, Inc., a network management software company. From 1983 to 1996, Mr. Haroian served in various positions, including chief financial officer, president, chief operating officer and chief executive officer, at Stratus Computer, Inc., a provider of continuous availability solutions. Mr. Haroian currently serves as a director of A123 Systems, a company that designs, develops, manufactures and sells advanced, rechargeable lithium-ion batteries and battery systems. He also serves as a director of Network Engines, Inc., a provider of server appliance solutions, Phase Forward Incorporated, a provider of clinical trials and drug safety software, and Unica Corporation, a global provider of enterprise marketing management software. Mr. Haroian previously served on the board of directors of AuthorizeNet. Holdings (formerly known as Lightbridge, Inc.), a provider of transaction and payment processing services from 2005 to 2007, and Embarcadero Technologies, Inc., a provider of database management solutions from 2004 to 2006. Prior to 1983, Mr. Haroian was a Certified Public Accountant. He holds a B.A. in Economics and a B.B.A. in Accounting from the University of Massachusetts Amherst. We believe that Mr. Haroian's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive advisory experience to various emerging technology companies, his service on the boards of directors of other public companies and his financial and accounting expertise.

        Stephen M. Jennings has served as our Chairman of the Board since January 2005 and as one of our directors since 2000. Mr. Jennings has been the Managing Partner of The Monitor Group, a strategy consulting firm since 2006, and has served as a director there since 1996. He also serves as a director of LTX-Credence Corporation, a semiconductor test equipment manufacturer. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Dartmouth College and an M.A. (Oxon) from Oxford University, where he studied Philosophy, Politics and Economics as a Marshall Scholar. We believe Mr. Jennings's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his experience in building companies from earliest stages of growth to mature companies. As a consultant in the technology sector and other industries, he brings valuable different perspectives to the board of directors.

        Joan C. McArdle has served as one of our directors since 1994. Ms. McArdle has served as a senior vice president of Massachusetts Capital Resource Company, an investment company, since 2001, and served as a vice president of Massachusetts Capital Resource Company from 1985 to 2001. She holds an A.B. in English from Smith College. We believe Ms. McArdle's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include her experience in building and financing companies from earliest stages of growth to mature technology companies. In addition, Ms. McArdle's knowledge of the technology industry and venture experience enable her to provide the board of directors with valuable strategic advice.

        David M. McKenna has served as one of our directors since 2006. Since January 2008, Mr. McKenna has been a managing Partner of Advent International Corporation, a private equity firm. From 2003 to December 2007, Mr. McKenna was a Managing Director at the firm. From 1992 to 2000, he held various positions with Advent International. Prior to returning to Advent International, Mr. McKenna was a principal at Bain Capital from 2000 to 2003. He holds a B.A. in English from Dartmouth College. We believe Mr. McKenna's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his experience in building companies from earliest stages of growth to mature technology companies. In addition, Mr. McKenna's knowledge of software industry trends, international markets and private equity experience enable him to provide the board of directors with valuable strategic advice.

82


Table of Contents

        Michael Pehl has served as one of our directors since 2003. Mr. Pehl has been a partner of North Bridge Growth Equity, a growth equity fund, since February 2007. Before joining North Bridge, Mr. Pehl was an operating partner of Advent International Corporation from 2001 to December 2006. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Pehl held various positions, including president, chief operating officer and director, at Razorfish, Inc., a strategic, creative and technology solutions provider for digital businesses. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Pehl was chairman and chief executive officer of International Integration, Inc. (i-Cube), which was acquired by Razorfish, Inc. Prior to joining i-Cube, Mr. Pehl was a founder of International Consulting Solutions, Inc., an SAP implementation and business process consulting firm. We believe Mr. Pehl's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his deep experience in building companies from the earliest stages of growth to mature technology companies, as a seasoned investor in various technology companies, and his insight into capital formation and operational development matters.

    Family Relationships

        There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

    Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Neither Donald Casey nor Stephen Jennings, the members of the compensation committee, is or has ever been an officer or employee of our company or any of our subsidiaries, nor has been party to any related person transaction involving our company. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as members of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board of Directors

    Composition

        The board of directors currently consists of seven members. The board is divided into three classes, with the classes serving for staggered three-year terms. The members of the classes are as follows:

    the class I directors are Mark Fusco and Gary Haroian, and their terms will expire at the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders;

    the class II directors are Donald Casey, Stephen Jennings and Michael Pehl, and their terms will expire at the 2010 annual meeting of stockholders, which is expected to be held in December 2010; and

    the class III directors are Joan McArdle and David McKenna and their terms will expire at the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders.

        Directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

        All of the members of the board of directors are independent as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market with the exception of Mr. Fusco, who serves as our president and chief executive officer.

    Committees

        The board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. All of the members of each of these standing committees are independent as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market and, in

83


Table of Contents


the case of the audit committee, the independence requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act.

    Audit Committee

        The members of the audit committee are Donald Casey, Gary Haroian and Joan McArdle. Mr. Haroian chairs the audit committee. The board of directors has determined that all the members of the audit committee are independent directors as defined under NASDAQ rules, including the independence requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act. The board has determined that Mr. Haroian is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules. The responsibilities of the audit committee include:

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and overseeing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

    oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm, including the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

    reviewing and discussing our audited financial statements and related disclosures with management and our independent registered public accounting firm;

    coordination of the board's oversight of our internal accounting controls for financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures, as well as the administration of our code of business conduct and ethics;

    overseeing our internal audit function;

    establishing policies for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints and concerns regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

    meeting independently with members of our internal auditing staff and our independent registered public accounting firm;

    receiving and reviewing the written disclosures and the letter from the independent registered public accounting firm required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent registered public accounting firm's communication with the Audit Committee concerning independence and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm any disclosed relationships between them and our company; and

    preparing the audit committee report for our annual proxy statement required by SEC rules.

    Compensation Committee

        The members of the compensation committee are Donald Casey and Stephen Jennings. Mr. Casey chairs the compensation committee. The board of directors has determined that all the members of the compensation committee are independent directors as defined under NASDAQ rules. The purpose of the compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of the board of directors relating to compensation of executive officers. Specific responsibilities of the compensation committee include:

    annually reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the independent members of the board with respect to, corporate goals and objectives relevant to chief executive officer and other executive officer compensation;

    making recommendations to the independent members of the board with respect to, the compensation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer and reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

84


Table of Contents

    overseeing an evaluation of executive officers;

    overseeing and administering cash and equity incentive plans;

    reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to director compensation;

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our "Compensation Discussion and Analysis"; and

    preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules.

    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Donald Casey, Gary Haroian, Stephen Jennings and Joan McArdle. Mr. Jennings chairs this committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

    recommending to the board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board committees;

    developing and recommending to the board corporate governance principles; and

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board.

    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions. We have posted a copy of the code of business conduct and ethics in the corporate governance section of our website, www.aspentech.com. We intend to satisfy disclosure requirements regarding amendments to, or waivers from, our code by posting such information on our website.

Director Compensation

        The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid to our non-employee members of the board of directors in fiscal 2010.

Name
  Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash (S)
  Stock
Awards
($)(1)
  Total($)  

Donald P. Casey

  $ 201,638   $ 93,113   $ 294,751  

Gary E. Haroian

    174,638     93,113     267,751  

Stephen M. Jennings

    216,638     93,113     309,751  

Joan C. McArdle

    164,638     93,113     257,751  

David M. McKenna

    102,638     93,113     195,751  

Michael Pehl

    100,138     93,113     193,251  

(1)
The amounts shown represent grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 with respect to restricted stock units granted to the directors. Each restricted stock unit was fully vested on the grant date. The aggregate number of option awards outstanding held by each of our non-employee directors as of June 30, 2010 was as follows: Mr. Casey, 48,000; Mr. Haroian, 48,000; Mr. Jennings, 75,548; Ms. McArdle, 75,548; Mr. McKenna, 24,000; and Mr. Pehl, 60,000.

85


Table of Contents

        In fiscal 2010, we paid our non-employee directors an annual fee of $25,000 for their services as directors, and we paid annual retainers as set forth in the table below. All annual retainers are payable in monthly installments.

Position
  Retainer  

Chairman of the Board

  $ 75,000  

Audit Committee Chair

    30,000  

Audit Committee Member

    20,000  

Compensation Committee Chair

    15,000  

Compensation Committee Member

    7,500  

        We also paid each director $2,500 for participation in our quarterly board meetings, and $2,000 for participation in all other board or committee meetings of at least one hour duration. All participation fees are payable quarterly.

        In January 2008 the board determined to grant each non-employee director options to purchase 21,000 shares of our common stock on the second trading day immediately following our becoming current in our SEC filings. Of those shares, 15,000 would vest immediately on the date of grant and the balance would vest in two equal quarterly installments on the last business day of the two quarters following the date of grant. The options would have an exercise price equal to the closing price of our common stock on the business day immediately preceding the date of grant and would have a term of ten years.

        In October 2009 the board determined to supersede the aforementioned January 2008 resolution and resolved instead to grant 9,750 restricted stock units to each non-employee director contemporaneously with the next annual program grant to our employees. The restricted stock units were granted on November 9, 2009, and were fully vested on the grant date. The board further resolved that each non-employee director be paid cash in an amount equal to 5,250 times the closing price per share of our common stock on the last trading day before the grant date, which was the date of program grants to our employees. Payment was made no later than thirty days following date of grant.

        We require our directors to own shares of our common stock with a dollar value equal to their annual retainer, which they have a period of time to achieve.

Executive Compensation

    Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information regarding our compensation programs and policies for fiscal 2010 for our named executive officers, or NEOs, who consist of:

    Mark Fusco, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

    Mark Sullivan, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

    Antonio Pietri, our Executive Vice President, Field Operations;

    Manolis Kotzabasakis, our Senior Vice President, Sales and Strategy; and

    Frederic Hammond, our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.

    Objectives and Philosophy of Our Executive Compensation Program

        Our compensation philosophy for our executive officers is based on a desire to ensure sustained financial and operating performance, and to reward and retain talent that we believe is critical to our ongoing success. We believe that the compensation of our executive officers should align their interests

86


Table of Contents

with those of our stockholders and focus behavior on the achievement of both near-term corporate targets as well as long-term business objectives and strategies.

        The primary objectives of our executive compensation program are as follows:

    attract and retain talented and experienced executives in the highly competitive technology and software industries;

    reward and retain executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our continued success, and simultaneously align their interests with those of our stockholders by motivating them to increase stockholder value;

    balance retention compensation with pay-for-performance compensation by ensuring that a significant portion of total compensation is determined by financial operating results and the creation of stockholder value; and

    motivate our executives to manage our business to meet short-term and long-term objectives and reward them appropriately for meeting or exceeding them.

        Our compensation is also designed to allow us to attract and retain senior executives critical to our long-term success by providing competitive compensation packages and recognizing and rewarding individual contributions, to ensure that executive compensation is aligned with corporate strategies and business objectives, and to promote the achievement of key strategic and financial performance measures.

        Components of Our Executive Compensation Program

        To achieve these objectives, we use a mix of compensation elements, including:

    base salary;

    annual performance-based and discretionary cash bonuses;

    long-term equity incentives in the form of stock options and restricted stock units;

    employee benefits; and

    severance and change-of-control benefits.

        In determining the amount and form of these compensation elements, we may consider a number of factors, including the following:

    compensation levels paid by companies in our peer group, with a particular focus on target levels for cash compensation based on cash compensation targets of similarly situated officers employed by the peer companies, as we believe this approach helps us to hire and retain the best possible talent while at the same time maintaining a reasonable and responsible cost structure;

    corporate performance, particularly as reflected in achievement of key corporate strategic, financial and operational goals such as growth and penetration of customer base and financial and operational performance, as we believe this encourages our NEOs to focus on achieving our business objectives;

    the need to motivate executives to address particular business challenges unique to a particular year;

    internal pay equity of the compensation paid to one NEO as compared to another, as we believe this contributes to retention and a spirit of teamwork among our executives;

87


Table of Contents

    broader economic conditions, in order to ensure that our pay strategies are effective yet responsible, particularly in the face of any unanticipated consequences of the broader economy on our business; and

    individual negotiations with NEOs, particularly in connection with their initial compensation package, as these executives may be leaving meaningful compensation opportunities at prior employers—or may be declining significant compensation opportunities at other potential employers—in order to come work for us, as well as negotiations upon their departures, as we recognize the benefit to our stockholders of seamless transitions.

        While our compensation committee does not have a formal policy for determining the allocation between cash and non-cash compensation, or short-term and long-term compensation, historically the compensation committee has allocated a greater percentage of an executive's total target compensation to variable compensation and equity compensation as they assume greater responsibility in the organization. The compensation committee determines the percentage mix of compensation they believe is appropriate for each executive taking into account specific responsibilities within the company, the talent and expertise necessary to achieve our corporate objectives, and specific expected performance outcomes for the year.

    Role of the Compensation Committee

        The compensation committee of the board of directors oversees our executive compensation program. In this role, the compensation committee is generally responsible for reviewing, modifying, approving and otherwise overseeing the compensation policies and practices applicable to our employees, including the administration of our equity and employee benefit plans. As part of this responsibility, the compensation committee reviews and approves (or recommends for approval by a majority of the independent directors), the compensation structure for our NEOs. The board is responsible for establishing corporate objectives and targets for purposes of variable cash compensation. For fiscal 2010, the board approved the corporate objectives of global license bookings and cash flow from operations as targets for our cash bonus plan.

        The compensation committee historically has, at its discretion, presented to the board information regarding executive compensation matters for all executives. Compensation matters for all executives other than the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer are approved by the compensation committee and presented to the board for informational purposes. The compensation committee presents to the board its recommendations on compensation matters for the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, including base salary and target bonus levels, for approval by the independent directors. In fiscal 2010, the board approved the compensation committee's recommendations as presented.

        As part of its deliberations, in any given year, the compensation committee reviews and considers materials such as our financial reports and projections, operational data, tax and accounting information that set forth the total compensation that may become payable to executives in various hypothetical scenarios, executive and director stock ownership information, our stock performance data, analyses of historical executive compensation levels and current company-wide compensation levels, industry and peer company benchmark data, and the recommendations of our chief executive officer. The compensation committee may review materials and advice provided by an independent compensation consultant, but did not engage any compensation consultants in determining or recommending the amount, form or any other aspect of executive compensation for fiscal 2010.

    Role of Management

        For NEOs other than our chief executive officer, the compensation committee solicits and considers the performance evaluations and compensation recommendations submitted to the

88


Table of Contents

compensation committee by the chief executive officer. In the case of the chief executive officer, the compensation committee evaluates his performance and determines whether to recommend to the board any adjustments to his compensation. Mark Fusco, our chief executive officer and one of our directors, participated in the meetings of the compensation committee related to the amount of the fiscal 2010 compensation packages for each of the NEOs, other than for Mr. Fusco.

        Our human resources, accounting and finance, and legal departments work with our chief executive officer to design and develop compensation programs applicable to NEOs and other senior executives that the chief executive officer recommends to the compensation committee. These departments also work with the chief executive officer to recommend changes to existing compensation programs, to recommend financial and other performance targets to be achieved under those programs, to prepare analyses of financial data, to prepare peer group data summaries, to prepare other compensation committee briefing materials, and ultimately to implement the decisions of the board and the compensation committee.

    Compensation Benchmarking

        The compensation committee reviews relevant market and industry practices on executive compensation to balance our need to compete for talent with our need to maintain a reasonable and responsible cost structure, as well as with the goal of aligning the interests of the NEOs with those of our stockholders. In making compensation decisions for fiscal 2010, the compensation committee reviewed information on practices, programs and compensation levels implemented by a peer group selected by the compensation committee and also use as a reference point the IPAS Global Technology Survey and Culpepper Global Survey, or collectively the other global industry survey sources.

        Peer Group

        The peer group consists of companies that are U.S. publicly-traded software companies, that have revenue within a specified range of our revenue, have a similar business model, size and ownership structure with a market-cap to revenue ratio of between 1.5 and 4 and that the compensation committee believes compete with us for executive talent. At the time the compensation committee reviewed peer group data for purposes of fiscal 2010, the peer group had annual revenue of between $256 million and $1.07 billion. The composition of the peer group is reviewed and updated by the compensation committee annually, based in part on recommendations of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. For fiscal 2010, the 14 companies included in the peer group were:

ANSYS, Inc.
Epicor Software Corporation
i2 Technologies, Inc.
Informatica Corporation
JDA Software Group, Inc.
Lawson Software, Inc.
Manhattan Associates, Inc.
Mentor Graphics Corporation
Nuance Communications, Inc.
Parametric Technology Corporation
Progress Software Corporation
QAD Inc.
TIBCO Software Inc.
Wind River Systems, Inc.

89


Table of Contents

    Compensation Positioning and Compensation Allocations

        In general, the compensation committee sets cash compensation elements as follows, with compensation above this level possible for exceptional performance:

    base salaries at or near the 50th percentile for our peer group; and

    target cash bonus compensation ranging from the 60th to the 75th percentile for our peer group.

The compensation committee believes targeting each element of cash compensation at these percentiles for our peer group is necessary in order to achieve the primary objectives, described above, of our executive compensation program. The higher percentile for target cash bonuses is intended to highly motivate our executives to achieve the corporate financial and individual objectives that underlie our performance-based bonus plans.

        Benchmarking is not the only factor the compensation committee considers in setting either element of cash compensation. The equity compensation element is not benchmarked to a specific peer group percentile, although peer group data, including mean and distribution data for peer company officers, are analyzed and considered by the compensation committee in the process of determining compensation levels for NEOs. A number of other factors, such as economic conditions, performance and individual negotiations, may play an important role (or no role) with respect to the cash or equity compensation offered to any NEO in a given year. In setting actual compensation levels for a NEO, the compensation committee, in addition to considering peer group data, also considers the NEO's duties and responsibilities and the NEO's ability to influence corporate performance. In addition to peer group analysis, the compensation committee also reviews global industry survey data to confirm the reasonableness of proposed compensation levels. The compensation committee believes this general approach helps us to compete in hiring and retaining the best possible talent while at the same time maintaining a reasonable and responsible cost structure.

        The compensation committee considers actual realized compensation received in determining if compensation programs are meeting their objectives. It does not, however, typically reduce compensation plan targets because of compensation realized from prior awards, in order to avoid creating an inadvertent disincentive for exceptional performance.

    Reasons for Providing, and Manner of Structuring, the Key Compensation Elements in Fiscal 2010

        Base Salary

        The compensation committee recognizes the importance of base salary as an element of compensation that helps to attract and retain our executives. We provide base salary as a fixed source of compensation for our executives, allowing them a degree of certainty as a significant portion of their total compensation is "at risk" and dependent upon the achievement of financial goals and individual objectives. Base salary is used to recognize the performance, skills, knowledge, experience and responsibilities required of all our employees, including our NEOs. We target base salary levels at approximately the 50th percentile of our peer group.

        Each year the compensation committee reviews the annual salaries for each of our NEOs, considering whether existing base salary levels continue to be at approximately the 50th percentile for our peer group and other global industry survey data. In addition to considering the peer group and other global industry survey data, the compensation committee may also, but does not always, consider other factors, including the experience, tenure and performance of a NEO, the scope of the NEO's responsibility, the salary level negotiated by a NEO in any existing employment agreement, broader economic conditions, our financial health, and the extent to which the compensation committee is generally satisfied with the NEO's past performance and expected future contributions.

90


Table of Contents

        Other than for Mark Sullivan, the compensation committee determined to keep base salaries for fiscal 2010 for all our executives at their fiscal 2009 levels due to the current economic environment and the belief that their current base salaries were appropriately competitive as compared to our peer group. We hired Mr. Sullivan in July 2009 and the compensation committee recommended to the board of directors that he be given a base salary of $300,000 for fiscal 2010, which the committee believed was competitive based on his prior experience and taking into account our peer group and other global industry survey data, and the board approved that recommendation.

        Variable Cash Compensation

        In addition to base salary, executives are eligible to earn additional cash compensation through annual (that is, short-term) variable cash bonuses. These are intended to motivate executives to work at the highest levels of their individual abilities and to achieve company-wide operating and strategic objectives as well as individual objectives. The compensation committee recognizes the important role that variable cash compensation plays in attracting and retaining executives and therefore generally seeks to set target levels for variable bonuses (that is, payouts for target performance achievement) so that target cash bonus compensation ranges from the 60th to the 75th percentile for target cash bonus compensation of similarly situated executives at our peer group.

        The compensation committee generally starts the process of determining the target bonus levels, and the corporate and individual performance goals by which performance will be measured under the bonus programs, in the last quarter before the start of the applicable fiscal year. Typically, in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, the compensation committee considers potential performance measures and the target bonus percentages for the next fiscal year. As part of this analysis, the compensation committee considers the likely bonus payouts for the ongoing fiscal year and reviews its preliminary analysis with the chief executive officer, in connection with their consideration of expected financial results for the prior year, budgets for the applicable year and the economic forecast for the applicable year. The compensation committee also considers peer group company data provided by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer. The chief executive officer then makes a recommendation to the compensation committee as to the target bonuses that the other executives should be eligible to earn for the applicable year, and the compensation committee reviews those recommendations. Generally, in the first quarter of a fiscal year, after financial results for the prior year have become available, the compensation committee reviews and finalizes its earlier discussions regarding the structure and elements of compensation for the new fiscal year. Among other things, the board of directors approves the corporate performance goals for the year and the compensation committee determines individual performance goals (other than goals for the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, which the compensation committee recommends to the board of directors for approval).

        The process of the compensation committee for establishing variable cash compensation for fiscal 2010 was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, in accordance with our standard practice. In September 2009 the compensation committee approved the Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for fiscal 2010, or 2010 Executive Plan, an incentive bonus plan for our executives for fiscal 2010. The participants in the 2010 Executive Plan include Mark Fusco, Mark Sullivan, Antonio Pietri, Manolis Kotzabasakis and Frederic Hammond and those other executives who report directly to our chief executive officer.

91


Table of Contents

        2010 Executive Plan

        Any amounts earned under the 2010 Executive Plan are payable in cash and directly tied to achievement of corporate financial targets and individual performance goals. Amounts payable under the 2010 Executive Plan are based and weighted as follows:

    65% of the overall bonus is based on our corporate achievement of target global license bookings (calculated as the net present value of license bookings) of $200 million; and

    35% of the overall bonus is based on our corporate achievement of target cash flow from operations of $22.857 million.

        In connection with the 2010 Executive Plan, the board of directors selected global license bookings and cash flow from operations as the primary corporate performance goals for fiscal 2010. The board chose these goals because it expects that, particularly in light of the implementation of our new aspenONE licensing model, those two goals will be the best indicators of the achievement of the execution of our operating plan in fiscal 2010 and will be important to increasing the value of our common stock, therefore aligning the financial interests of executives with those of our stockholders. The goals are based upon targets approved by the board as part of our fiscal 2010 operating plan. In order for any bonus to be payable to any executive under either the global license bookings or operating cash flow metric, we must achieve at least 70% of the applicable target metric. Each metric is measured and funded independently. Accordingly, the compensation committee generally sets the target performance level for the corporate financial objectives at a level that would only be achieved if we continued to substantially improve on our past levels of performance, and if our executives performed at very high levels. As a result, the compensation committee believed that global license bookings and cash flow from operations targets would be difficult to reach but would be attainable with significant effort, but would not entail taking inappropriate risks.

        An executive must also achieve individual performance objectives established in connection with the 2010 Executive Plan. The compensation committee established, and will assess compliance with, individual performance goals for Mark Fusco, and Mr. Fusco, as chief executive officer, developed, and will assess compliance with, individual goals for the chief financial officer and the three other NEOs covered by the 2010 Executive Plan, subject to the compensation committee's review. The compensation committee approved the individual performance goals for Antonio Pietri, Manolis Kotzabasakis and Frederic Hammond, and recommended to the board approval of the goals for Messrs. Fusco and Sullivan. The board subsequently approved the individual performance goals for each of Messrs. Fusco and Sullivan. Under the 2010 Executive Plan, each executive will receive a performance achievement rating between 80% and 100%, which will be used as a multiplier against the funded level of each financial metric to determine a final earned bonus under each financial metric. As part of the negotiations of initial compensation for Mr. Sullivan when he joined us in July 2009, the compensation committee agreed that payment of his target bonus would be guaranteed for fiscal 2010.

        In fiscal 2010, performance was evaluated at mid-year and at year-end, and the bonus was allocated up to 25% to mid-year and 75% to year-end. Achievement below 25% at mid-year can be made up by the executive at the end of year based on year-end results. The year-end calculation will also weighted by the individual performance assessment rating.

        No award is payable to an executive under the plan if the executive's employment terminates prior to the payment date under the plan; provided that in the event the executive's employment terminates due to death, incapacity or retirement, then any award payable will be prorated.

92


Table of Contents

        In the first half of fiscal 2010, NEOs were eligible to earn a bonus of up to 25% of their annual bonus target under the 2010 Executive Plan. Global license bookings and cash flow from operations targets and actual results were as follows for the first half of fiscal 2010:

Plan Metric
  Financial Target($)   Actual Results($)  

Global license bookings

  $ 82.0 million   $ 85.5 million  

Cash flow from operations

    14.6 million     4.9 million  

        As we exceeded our global license bookings target of $82.0 million, we funded that element at 100%. Since we did not achieve at least 70% of the target cash flow from operations, we did not fund that element of the bonus. Our NEOs received 16.25% of their annual target bonuses (or 65% of their mid-year target bonuses) with the exception of Mr. Sullivan who was paid out at 25% of his annual target bonus consistent with his first year employment agreement for performance during the first half of fiscal 2010.

        The table below indicates the annual and mid-year target bonuses under the 2010 Executive Plan and the payments made for mid-year performance for fiscal 2010.

Named Executive Officer
  Annual Target
Cash Payment($)
  Mid-Year Target
Cash Payment($)
  Mid-Year Actual
Cash Payment($)
 

Mark E. Fusco

  $ 700,000   $ 175,000   $ 113,750  

Mark P. Sullivan

    175,000     43,750     43,750  

Antonio J. Pietri

    275,000     68,750     44,688  

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

    260,000     65,000     42,250  

Frederic G. Hammond

    140,000     35,000     22,750  

        We recently completed our fiscal year and the compensation committee has not yet met to make any further decisions regarding further payouts under the plan.

        In addition to awards based on the performance metrics established in the plan, the compensation committee may make discretionary awards under the plan to eligible employees in such amounts as the committee determines are appropriate and in our best interests.

        Equity Compensation

        We provide a portion of our executive compensation in the form of stock options and restricted stock units that vest over time. We believe that this helps to retain our executives and aligns their interests with those of our stockholders by allowing the executives to participate in our longer-term success through stock price appreciation.

        Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executives. We believe that equity grants help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders, provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance and also create an ownership culture. Our equity awards typically take the form of stock options and restricted stock units. Stock options typically require significant growth in stockholder value to generate long-term value to our executives which is in line with our performance-oriented culture. In addition, the vesting feature of our equity grants is intended to further our goal of executive retention by providing an incentive to an executive to remain in our employ during the vesting period. Restricted stock units have intrinsic value which is important in retaining our executive talent. The compensation committee carefully considers the mix of equity instruments when determining annual equity awards to ensure that the executive's total compensation conforms to our overall philosophy and objectives.

93


Table of Contents

        In determining the size and mix of equity grants to our executives, our compensation committee considers comparative share ownership of executives in our peer group and in the global industry survey data generally between the 50th and 75th percentiles (when available) and also considers the individual executive's performance, contributions and level of responsibility, the executive's ability to significantly influence our growth and profitability, the amount of equity previously awarded to the executive and the vesting status of previous equity awards. In addition, the compensation committee takes into account our company-level performance and the recommendations of the chief executive officer other than for himself.

        We have established equity ownership guidelines of three times base salary for our chief executive officer and one times base salary for our other NEOs.

        Our equity awards typically have taken the form of stock options and restricted stock units. We typically make an initial equity award of stock options and/or restricted stock units to new executives and an annual equity program grant in August each year as part of our overall compensation program. All grants of options and restricted stock units to our executives are approved by the compensation committee. Equity awards for our chief executive officer are determined by the compensation committee and then recommended to the board of directors for approval.

        We set the exercise price of all stock option grants to equal the prior day's closing price of our common stock. Typically, the equity awards we grant to our executives vest pro rata over the first sixteen quarters of a ten-year option term. Vesting and exercise rights cease shortly after termination of employment except in the case of death or disability. Prior to the exercise of an option, or vesting of a restricted stock unit, the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such equity awards, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

        As part of executive compensation planning for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, the compensation committee also made recommendations, following the closing of the applicable prior fiscal year, for annual equity grants for our NEOs to the board of directors. The compensation committee's grant recommendations were made after consideration and discussion about each individual's prior year performance, company performance for the year in question, and a review of peer group and global industry survey data. The compensation committee considered each of these parameters for each of our NEOs and determined both the size of the equity awards and equity mix (the relative balance of options and restricted stock units). However, we became delinquent in our SEC filings in fiscal 2008 and remained delinquent throughout fiscal 2009 because of certain accounting errors we had identified. Our failure to timely file reports under the Securities Exchange Act resulted in a lack of an effective registration statement to register the common stock underlying the contemplated equity awards, so we suspended equity grants until we became current.

        When we initially became current with our Securities Exchange Act filings on November 9, 2009, the compensation committee's prior recommendations were reexamined. The compensation committee determined it was appropriate to recommend the same equity awards previously contemplated to the board of directors for approval. At the time of grant, each equity award was given a separate vesting schedule that provided for upfront vesting of a portion of the grant to offset the delay in our ability to make the equity awards in the applicable previously contemplated fiscal year. The remainder of each grant was scheduled to vest quarterly on the last business day of each fiscal quarter (beginning

94


Table of Contents


March 31, 2010) for a total vesting timeframe of 16 quarters for each grant. On November 9, 2009, we granted stock options and restricted stock units with applicable vesting to our NEOs as follows:

Named Executive Officer
  Type of Equity Award   Number of
Shares Subject
to Award (#)
  Number of Shares
Vested on Grant
Date (#)
  Number of
Unvested Shares
on Grant
Date (#)
  Number of Fiscal
Quarters to Vest
Commencing on
March 31, 2010
 

Mark E. Fusco

  Options     128,000     80,000     48,000     6  

  Restricted stock units     100,000     62,500     37,500     6  

  Restricted stock units     166,667     62,500     104,167     10  

  Restricted stock units     167,000     20,875     146,125     14  

Mark P. Sullivan

 

Restricted stock units

   
65,000
   
8,125
   
56,875
   
14
 

Antonio J. Pietri

 

Restricted stock units

   
67,000
   
41,875
   
25,125
   
6
 

  Restricted stock units     30,000     11,250     18,750     10  

  Restricted stock units     30,000     3,750     26,250     14  

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

 

Options

   
15,360
   
9,600
   
5,760
   
6
 

  Restricted stock units     12,000     7,500     4,500     6  

  Restricted stock units     30,000     11,250     18,750     10  

  Restricted stock units     30,000     3,750     26,250     14  

Frederic G. Hammond

 

Options

   
15,360
   
9,600
   
5,760
   
6
 

  Restricted stock units     12,000     7,500     4,500     6  

  Restricted stock units     20,000     7,500     12,500     10  

  Restricted stock units     20,000     2,500     17,500     14  

    Benefits and Other Compensation

        We maintain broad-based benefits that are provided to all employees, including health and dental insurance, life and disability insurance and a 401(k) plan. Executives are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, in each case on the same basis as other employees. Our NEOs are not entitled to benefits that are not otherwise available to all employees.

    Severance and Change-in-Control Benefits

        Pursuant to executive retention agreements we have entered into with each of our NEOs as of June 30, 2010 and to the provisions of our option agreements, those executives are entitled to specified benefits in the event of the termination of their employment under specified circumstances, including termination following a change in control of our company. We have provided more detailed information about these benefits, along with estimates of value under various circumstances, in the table below under "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control."

        We believe these agreements assist in maintaining a competitive position in terms of attracting and retaining key executives. The agreements also support decision-making that is in the best interests of our stockholders, and enable our executives to focus on company priorities. We believe that our severance and change in control benefits are generally in line with prevalent peer practice with respect to severance packages offered to executives.

        Except with respect to our chief executive officer, our practice in the case of change-of-control benefits under the executive retention agreements has been to structure these as "double trigger" benefits. In other words, the change in control does not itself trigger benefits; rather, benefits are paid only if the employment of the executive is terminated during a specified period after the change in control and under the circumstances described in the Employment and Change in Control Agreements and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control included in a later section of this prospectus. We believe a "double trigger" benefit maximizes shareholder value because it prevents an unintended windfall to executives in the event of a friendly change in control, while still providing them

95


Table of Contents


appropriate incentives to cooperate in negotiating any change in control in which they believe they may lose their jobs.

    Tax and Accounting Considerations

        The accounting and tax treatment of particular forms of compensation do not materially affect our compensation decisions. However, we evaluate the effect of such accounting and tax treatment on an ongoing basis and will make appropriate modifications to compensation policies where appropriate. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or IRC, generally disallows a tax deduction to a publicly-traded company for certain compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid in any taxable year to the chief executive officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers. Qualifying performance-based compensation is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met.

        The compensation committee periodically reviews the potential consequences of Section 162(m), and we generally intend to structure the performance-based portion of our executive compensation, where feasible, to comply with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax-deductible to us. The compensation committee in its judgment may, however, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

    Conclusion

        Through the compensation arrangements described above, a significant portion of each executive's compensation is contingent on our company-wide and his individual performance. Therefore, the realization of benefits by the executive is closely linked to our achievements and increases in stockholder value. We remain committed to this philosophy of paying for performance, recognizing that the competitive market for talented executives and the volatility of our business may result in highly variable compensation in any particular time period. The compensation committee gives careful consideration to our executive compensation program, including each element of compensation for each executive. The compensation committee believes the executive compensation program is reasonable in light of the programs available at the peer group. The compensation committee also believes that the compensation program gives each executive appropriate incentives, based on the executive's responsibilities, achievements and ability to contribute to our performance. Finally, the compensation committee believes that our compensation structure and practices encourages management to work for real innovation, business improvements and outstanding stockholder returns, without taking unnecessary or excessive risks.

    Risk Analysis of Compensation Plans

        The compensation committee has reviewed the compensation policies as generally applicable to our employees, and believes that these policies do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk-taking and that the level of risk that they do encourage is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company. The design of the compensation policies and programs encourages employees to remain focused on both our short- and long-term goals. For example, while the cash bonus plan measures performance on an annual basis, the equity awards typically vest over a number of years, which we believe encourages employees to focus on sustained stock price appreciation, thus limiting the potential for excessive risk-taking.

96


Table of Contents

    Summary Compensation Table

        The following table contains information regarding compensation earned during the last three fiscal years by our NEOs.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   Bonus
($)(1)
  Stock
Awards
($)(2)
  Option
Awards
($)(2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
  Total ($)  
Mark E. Fusco     2010   $ 500,000       $ 4,141,520   $ 506,880   $ 113,750   $ 5,716   $ 5,267,866  
  President and Chief     2009     500,000   $ 350,000                 5,811     855,811  
  Executive Officer     2008     500,000                 420,000     3,305     923,305  
Mark P. Sullivan     2010     300,000     175,000     620,750             9,629     1,105,380  
  Senior Vice President and     2009                              
  Chief Financial Officer     2008                              
Antonio J. Pietri     2010     300,000         1,212,850         44,688     9,479     1,567,017  
  Executive Vice President,     2009     300,000     192,500                 259,050     751,550  
  Field Operations     2008     275,000                 275,000     302,281     852,281  
Manolis E. Kotzabasakis     2010     265,000         687,600     60,826     42,250     6,390     1,062,066  
  Senior Vice President,     2009     265,000                 130,964     7,452     403,416  
  Sales and Strategy     2008     250,000                 224,990     24,370     499,360  
Frederic G. Hammond     2010     275,000         496,600     60,826     22,750     8,074     863,250  
  Senior Vice President,     2009     275,000     70,000                 5,937     350,397  
  General Counsel, and Secretary     2008     250,000                 140,000     2,808     392,808  

(1)
Amounts shown exclude performance-based incentive payments, which are included in "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation."

(2)
Amounts shown represent grant date fair value computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, with respect to restricted stock units and stock options granted to the NEOs. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown disregard the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Each stock option was granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. For a description of the assumptions relating to our valuations of the restricted stock units and stock options, see note 9 to the consolidated financial statements beginning at page F-1.

(3)
Amounts shown consist of awards based on performance under our Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan and Operations Executives Plan. For additional information regarding these awards, see "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Variable Cash Compensation." The amounts earned in fiscal 2009 and 2008 were paid on September 30, 2009 and September 15, 2008, respectively. A portion of the amounts earned for fiscal 2010 has not yet been determined or paid.

(4)
Amounts shown include matching contributions under our 401(k) deferred savings retirement plan and the annual value associated with life and death and disability insurance. The amount shown for Mr. Pietri in fiscal 2010 also includes (a) expatriation foreign tax of $1,000; (b) a Medicare gross-up of $15 and a state gross-up of $57 and (c) $8,414 in matching contributions under our 401(k) deferred savings retirement plan. The amount shown for Mr. Pietri in fiscal 2009 also includes (a) $57,371 for reimbursement of his relocation and housing expenses in connection with his move from Shanghai to Burlington; (b) $172,052 of expatriation foreign tax; and (c) $23,396 for applicable federal, state and medical tax gross-ups. The amount shown for Mr. Pietri in fiscal 2008 includes payments related to his former expatriate assignment as Senior Vice President of Regional Sales and Services in Shanghai, China prior to relocation to Burlington, Massachusetts in July 2007, consisting of: (a) $81,885 for reimbursement of his relocation and housing expenses in connection with his move from Shanghai to Burlington; (b) $1,500 for expatriate executive transition and hardship assistance payments; (c) $146,022 in related Chinese tax payments; (d) $44,260 for applicable federal, state and medical tax gross-ups; (e) $23,549 in tax equalization payments for expatriate benefits; and (f) $786 for foreign goods and services adjustments.

97


Table of Contents

    Grants of Plan-Based Awards

        The following table sets forth contain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our NEOs during fiscal 2010.

 
   
   
   
   
  All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock
or Units
(#)(3)
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)(4)
   
   
 
 
   
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
   
   
 
 
   
  Exercise or
Base Price
of Option
Awards
($/Sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards ($)
 
Name
  Grant Date   Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)(2)
 
Mark E. Fusco   N/A   $ 280,000   $ 700,000   $ 700,000                  
    11/9/2009                 433,667           $ 4,141,520  
    11/9/2009                     117,529   $ 9.55     465,415  
    11/9/2009                     10,471     9.55     41,456  
Mark P. Sullivan   11/9/2009                 65,000             620,750  
Antonio J. Pietri   N/A     110,000     275,000     275,000                  
    11/9/2009                 127,000             1,212,850  
Manolis E. Kotzabasakis   N/A     104,000     260,000     260,000                  
    11/9/2009                 72,000             687,600  
    11/9/2009                     9,600     9.55     38,016  
    11/9/2009                     5,760     9.55     22,810  
Frederic G. Hammond   N/A     56,000     140,000     140,000                  
    11/9/2009                 52,000             496,600  
    11/9/2009                     9,600     9.55     38,016  
    11/9/2009                     5,760     9.55     22,810  

(1)
Consists of performance-based cash incentive bonus awards under the 2010 Executive Plan. Actual amounts of awards are set forth in the summary compensation table above to the extent they have been determined and paid as of the date of this prospectus.

(2)
Under the 2010 Executive Plan, the compensation committee is also permitted to make discretionary bonus payments in excess of the "Maximum." Any such amounts would be reflected under the "Bonus" column in the summary compensation table above.

(3)
Represents restricted stock units granted under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

(4)
Represents stock options granted under the Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan.

        Each of the NEOs participated in our 2010 Executive Plan. For additional information, see "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Reasons for Providing, and Manner of Structuring, the Key Compensation Elements in Fiscal 2010—Variable Cash Compensation—2010 Executive Plan."

98


Table of Contents

    Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

        The following table sets forth certain information as to unexercised options and stock awards held at the end of fiscal 2010 by our NEOs.

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
 
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable(1)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
  Option
Expiration
Date(3)
  Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
(#)(4)
  Market Value
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)(5)
 

Mark E. Fusco

    24,000       $ 8.12     12/10/2013          

    1,100,000         5.73     3/21/2015          

    500,000         5.27     9/15/2015          

    187,500     12,500     10.42     11/17/2016          

    96,000     32,000     9.55     11/8/2019          

                    6,250   $ 68,063  

                    25,000     272,250  

                    83,334     907,507  

                    125,250     1,363,973  

Mark P. Sullivan

                    48,750     530,888  

Antonio J. Pietri

    6,000         14.05     4/9/2011          

    5,188         3.25     8/15/2013          

    21,994         6.57     10/13/2014          

    31,250         5.27     9/13/2015          

    18,750     1,250     10.42     11/14/2016          

                    625     6,806  

                    22,500     245,025  

                    15,000     163,350  

                    16,750     182,408  

Manolis Kotzabasakis

    7,500         30.75     10/17/2010          

    10,000         14.05     4/9/2011          

    9,300         2.98     8/16/2012          

    93,277         2.75     8/15/2013          

    205,211         2.85     8/15/2013          

    37,500         6.57     10/13/2014          

    70,000         5.27     9/13/2015          

    22,500     1,500     10.42     11/14/2016          

    11,520     3,840     9.55     11/8/2019          

                    750     8,168  

                    15,000     163,350  

                    3,000     32,670  

                    22,500     245,025  

Frederic G. Hammond

    200,000         5.27     9/13/2015          

    22,500     1,500     10.42     11/14/2016          

    11,520     3,840     9.55     11/8/2019          

                    750     8,168  

                    15,000     163,350  

                    10,000     108,900  

                    3,000     32,670  

(1)
In connection with our failure to timely file reports under the Securities Exchange Act and consequent lack of an effective registration statement covering shares issuable in connection with certain equity grant awards, in December 2007 the board of directors voted to extend the period of time within which such awards may be exercised. Certain of these awards are subject to this extension.

(2)
Each option has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the date of grant.

99


Table of Contents

(3)
The expiration date of each option occurs ten years after the grant of such option.

(4)
Each restricted stock unit becomes exercisable subject to the holder's continued employment with us as to 25% on achievement of specified performance goals and the balance in twelve equal quarterly installments thereafter.

(5)
The closing price of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2010 was $10.89.

        Vesting dates for each outstanding option award held by the NEOs are as follows:

 
   
  Number of Shares Underlying Vesting Awards  
Vesting Date
  Exercise
Price($)
  Mark E.
Fusco
  Mark P.
Sullivan
  Antonio J.
Pietri
  Manolis E.
Kotzabasakis
  Frederic G.
Hammond
 

9/30/2010

  $ 10.42     12,500         1,250     1,500     1,500  

9/30/2010

    9.55     8,000             960     960  

12/31/2010

    9.55     8,000             960     960  

3/31/2011

    9.55     8,000             960     960  

6/30/2011

    9.55     8,000             960     960  

        Vesting dates for each outstanding restricted stock unit held by the NEOs are as follows:

 
  Number of Shares Underlying Vesting Awards  
Vesting Date
  Mark E.
Fusco
  Mark P.
Sullivan
  Antonio J.
Pietri
  Manolis E.
Kotzabasakis
  Frederic G.
Hammond
 

Fiscal 2011

                               

07/29/2010

    6,250         625     750     750  

09/30/2010

    27,104     4,062     7,937     4,500     3,250  

12/31/2010

    27,105     4,063     7,938     4,500     3,250  

03/31/2011

    27,103     4,062     7,937     4,500     3,250  

06/30/2011

    27,105     4,063     7,938     4,500     3,250  

Fiscal 2012

                               

09/30/2011

    20,854     4,062     3,750     3,750     2,500  

12/31/2011

    20,855     4,063     3,750     3,750     2,500  

03/31/2012

    20,853     4,062     3,750     3,750     2,500  

06/30/2012

    20,855     4,063     3,750     3,750     2,500  

Fiscal 2013

                               

09/30/2012

    10,437     4,062     1,875     1,875     1,250  

12/31/2012

    10,438     4,063     1,875     1,875     1,250  

03/31/2013

    10,437     4,062     1,875     1,875     1,250  

06/30/2013

    10,438     4,063     1,875     1,875     1,250  

    Option Exercises and Stock Vested

        The table below details shares of common stock that vested under restricted stock units and options that were exercised by our NEOs during fiscal 2010.

 
   
   
  Stock Awards  
 
  Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise
  Value Realized
on Exercise($)
  Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting(1)
  Value Realized
on Vesting($)
 

Mark E. Fusco

            225,083   $ 2,223,630  

Mark P. Sullivan

            16,250     164,044  

Antonio J. Pietri

            75,250     737,441  

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

    28,247   $ 205,956     34,500     341,085  

Frederic G. Hammond

            27,000     266,735  

(1)
With respect to shares acquired upon vesting of restricted stock units, each NEO elected to have shares withheld to pay associated income taxes. The number of shares reported represents the gross number prior to withholding of such shares.

100


Table of Contents

    Employment and Change in Control Agreements

        On December 7, 2004, we entered into an employment agreement with Mark Fusco, pursuant to which Mr. Fusco agreed to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under this agreement, in the event of termination of Mr. Fusco's employment (other than for the reasons set forth below), including termination of his employment after a change in control (as defined below) or termination of employment by Mr. Fusco for "good reason" (which includes constructive termination, relocation, or reduction in salary or benefits), Mr. Fusco will be entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to two times the sum of:

    the amount of Mr. Fusco's annual base salary in effect immediately prior to notice of termination (or in the event of termination after a change in control, then the amount of his annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher); and

    the amount of the average of the annual bonuses paid to Mr. Fusco for the three years (or the number of years employed, if less) immediately preceding the notice of termination (or in the event of termination after a change in control, then the amount of the average annual bonuses paid to Mr. Fusco for the three years (or the number of years employed, if less) immediately prior to the change in control, if higher) or the occurrence of a change in control, as the case may be.

        In addition, in lieu of any further life, disability, and accident insurance benefits otherwise due to Mr. Fusco following his termination (other than for the reasons set forth below), including termination after a change in control, we will pay Mr. Fusco a lump sum amount equal to the estimated cost (as determined in good faith by us) to Mr. Fusco of providing such benefits, to the extent that Mr. Fusco is eligible to receive such benefits immediately prior to notice of termination, for a period of two years commencing on the date of termination. We will also pay all health insurance due to Mr. Fusco for a period of two years commencing on the date of termination.

        Mr. Fusco's employment agreement provides that the payments received by him relating to termination of his employment will be increased in the event that these payments would subject him to excise tax as a parachute payment under IRC Section 4999. The increase would be equal to an amount necessary for Mr. Fusco to receive, after payment of such tax, cash in an amount equal to the amount he would have received in the absence of such tax. However, the increased payment will not be made if the total severance payment, if so increased, would not exceed 110% of the highest amount that could be paid without causing an imposition of the excise tax. In that event, in lieu of an increased payment, the total severance payment will be reduced to such reduced amount. We have indemnified Mr. Fusco for the amount of any penalty applicable to any payments Mr. Fusco receives from us as a result of his termination that are imposed by IRC Section 409A.

        However, in the event that Mr. Fusco's employment is terminated for one or more of the following reasons, then Mr. Fusco will not be entitled to the severance payments described above:

    by us for "cause" (as defined below);

    by reason of Mr. Fusco's death or disability;

    by Mr. Fusco without good reason (unless such resignation occurs within 180 days following a change in control); or

    after Mr. Fusco shall have attained age 70.

        Under the terms of Mr. Fusco's employment agreement, in the event of a "potential change in control" (as defined below), Mr. Fusco agrees to remain in our employment until the earliest of:

    three months after the date of such potential change in control;

101


Table of Contents

    the date of a change in control;

    the date of termination by Mr. Fusco of his employment for good reason or by reason of death or retirement; and

    our termination of Mr. Fusco's employment for any reason.

        For the purposes of Mr. Fusco's employment agreement, "cause" for our terminating Mr. Fusco means:

    the willful and continued failure by Mr. Fusco to substantially perform his duties after written demand by the board;

    willful engagement by Mr. Fusco in gross misconduct materially injurious to us; or

    a plea by Mr. Fusco of guilty or no contest to a felony charge.

        For the purposes of Mr. Fusco's employment agreement, a "change in control" is deemed to have occurred if any of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

    continuing directors cease to constitute more than two-thirds of the membership of the board;

    any person or entity acquires, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding voting securities;

    a change in control occurs of a nature that we would be required to report on a current report on Form 8-K or pursuant to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A or any similar item, schedule or form under the Securities Exchange Act, as in effect at the time of the change, whether or not we are then subject to such reporting requirement, including our merger or consolidation with any other corporation, other than:

    a merger or consolidation where (1) our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to represent 51% or more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity outstanding immediately after such transaction, and (2) our directors immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to constitute more than two-thirds of the membership of the board of directors of the surviving or combined entity following such transaction; or

    a merger or consolidation effected to implement our recapitalization (or similar transaction) in which no person or entity acquires 25% or more of the combined voting power of our then outstanding securities; or

    our stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or an agreement for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets (or any transaction having a similar effect).

        For the purposes of Mr. Fusco's employment agreement, a "potential change in control" is deemed to have occurred if any of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

    we enter into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a change in control;

    we or anyone else publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if consummated, would constitute a change in control;

    any person or entity becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 15% or more of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding securities (entitled to vote generally for the election of directors); or

102


Table of Contents

    the board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of Mr. Fusco's employment agreement, a "potential change in control" has occurred.

        On October 28, 2005, we entered into an amendment to our employment agreement with Mr. Fusco. This amendment provides that in the event Mr. Fusco becomes entitled, on the terms and conditions set forth in the employment agreement, to receive a severance payment upon termination of his employment, such a payment must be made within 30 days after the Date of Termination (as defined in the employment agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the severance payment will constitute "nonqualified deferred compensation" subject to the provisions of IRC Section 409A, then the payment instead will be due within 15 days after the earlier of (i) the expiration of six months and one day following the Date of Termination or (ii) Mr. Fusco's death following the Date of Termination. Mr. Fusco's agreement was amended and restated on October 3, 2007 to comply with the applicable provisions of IRC Section 409A.

        We have executive retention agreements with the following executive officers: Mark Sullivan, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Antonio Pietri, our Executive Vice President of Field Operations; Manolis Kotzabasakis, our Senior Vice President, Sales and Strategy; and Frederic Hammond, our Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary; each of whom we refer to as a specified executive.

        Pursuant to the terms of each executive retention agreement, if the specified executive's employment is terminated prior to a change in control without cause, the specified executive will be entitled to the following:

    payment of an amount equal to the specified executive's annual base salary then in effect, payable over twelve months;

    payment of an amount equal to the specified executive's total target bonus for the fiscal year, pro-rated for the portion of the fiscal year elapsed prior to termination, payable in one lump sum;

    payment of an amount equal to the cost to the specified executive of providing life, disability and accident insurance benefits, payable in one lump sum, for a period of one year; and

    continuation of medical, dental and vision insurance coverage to which the specified executive was entitled prior to termination for a period of one year.

        In the event the specified executive's employment is terminated without cause within twelve months following a change in control or by the specified executive for good reason (which includes constructive termination, relocation, a reduction in salary or benefits, or our breach of any employment agreement with the specified executive or a failure to pay benefits when due), then the specified executive shall be entitled to the following:

    payment of an amount equal to the sum of the specified executive's annual base salary then in effect and the specified executive's target bonus for the then-current fiscal year, payable in a single installment;

    payment of an amount equal to the cost to the specified executive of providing life, disability and accident insurance benefits, payable in a single installment, for a period of one year;

    continuation of medical, dental and vision insurance coverage to which the specified executive was entitled prior to termination for a period of one year; and

    full vesting of (a) all of the specified executive's options to purchase shares of our stock, which options may be exercised by the specified executive for a period of twelve months following the date of termination and (b) all restricted stock and restricted stock units then held by the specified executive.

103


Table of Contents

        Each executive retention agreement provides that the total payments received by the specified executive relating to termination of his/her employment will be reduced to an amount equal to the highest amount that could be paid to the specified executive without subjecting such payment to excise tax as a parachute payment under IRC Section 409A, provided that no reduction shall be made if the amount by which these payments are reduced exceeds 110% of the value of any additional taxes that the specified executive would incur if the total payments were not reduced.

        For the purposes of each agreement:

    "change in control" means (a) the acquisition of 50% or more of either the then-outstanding shares of our common stock or the combined voting power of our then-outstanding securities; (b) such time as the members of the board immediately prior to the change in control do not continue to constitute the majority of our directors following the change in control; (c) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange involving our company, unless the transaction would not result in a change in ownership of 50% or more of both our then-outstanding common stock and the combined voting power of our then-outstanding securities; or (d) our liquidation or dissolution;

    "cause" means (a) the willful and continued failure by a specified executive to substantially perform his/her duties for us after delivery by the board of a written demand for performance (other than any such failure resulting from the executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, or any such failure after the executive gives us notice of termination for good reason), and a failure by the specified executive to cure the performance failure within 30 days; or (b) the willful engaging by the specified executive in gross misconduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to us; and

    "good reason" means constructive termination of the specified executive, relocation, a reduction in the specified executive's salary or benefits, our breach of any employment agreement with the specified executive or our failure to pay benefits when due.

        Each executive retention agreement terminates on the earliest to occur of (a) July 31, 2010, (b) the first anniversary of a change in control, and (c) our payment of all amounts due to the specified executive following a change in control. Each agreement is subject to automatic renewal on August 1 of each year, unless we give notice of termination at least seven days prior to the renewal date.

    Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

        The following table sets forth estimated compensation that would have been payable to each of our NEOs as severance or upon a change in control of our company under two alternative scenarios,

104


Table of Contents


assuming the termination triggering severance payments or a change in control took place on June 30, 2010:

Name
  Cash
Payment
($)(1)
  Accelerated
Vesting of
Stock Options
($)(2)
  Accelerated
Vesting of
Restricted
Stock Units
($)(3)
  Welfare
Benefits
($)(4)
  Total ($)  

Mark E. Fusco

                               
 

Termination without cause or with good reason prior to change in control

  $ 2,081,654           $ 30,250   $ 2,111,904  
 

Change in control with termination without cause or with good reason

    2,081,654   $ 48,755   $ 2,611,792     30,250     4,772,451  

Mark P. Sullivan

                               
 

Termination without cause or with good reason prior to change in control

    475,827             12,056     487,883  
 

Change in control with termination without cause or with good reason

    475,827         530,888     12,056     1,018,771  

Antonio J. Pietri

                               
 

Termination without cause or with good reason prior to change in control

    575,827             15,125     590,952  
 

Change in control with termination without cause or with good reason

    575,827     588     597,589     15,125     1,189,129  

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

                               
 

Termination without cause or with good reason prior to change in control

    525,827             15,125     540,952  
 

Change in control with termination without cause or with good reason

    525,827     5,851     449,213     15,125     996,016  

Frederic G. Hammond

                               
 

Termination without cause or with good reason prior to change in control

    415,827             15,065     430,892  
 

Change in control with termination without cause or with good reason

    415,827     5,851     313,088     15,065     749,830  

(1)
Amounts shown reflect payments based on salary and bonus as well as payment of estimated cost of life, disability and accident insurance benefits during the agreement period.

(2)
Amounts shown represent the value of stock options upon the applicable triggering event described in the first column. The value of stock options is based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and $10.89, which was the closing price of the common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the last trading day of fiscal 2010, June 30, 2010.

(3)
Amounts shown represent the value of restricted stock units upon the applicable triggering event described in the first column, based on $10.89, which was the closing price of the common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the last trading day of fiscal 2010, June 30, 2010.

(4)
Amounts shown represent the estimated cost of providing employment-related benefits during the agreement period.

105


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Board Determination of Independence

        The board of directors uses the definition of independence established by The NASDAQ Stock Market. Under applicable NASDAQ rules, a director qualifies as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of the board, he or she does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The board has determined that Donald Casey, Gary Haroian, Stephen Jennings and Joan McArdle do not have any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director of our company, and that each of these directors therefore is an "independent director" as defined in NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(a)(2).

Related-Party Transactions

        The following discussion relates to certain transactions that involve both our company and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or five percent stockholders, each of whom we refer to as a "related party." For purposes of this discussion, a "related-party transaction" is a transaction, arrangement or relationship:

    in which we participate;

    that involves an amount in excess of $120,000; and

    in which a related party has a direct or indirect material interest.

        Since July 1, 2007, there have been no related-party transactions, except for the executive officer and director compensation arrangements described in the sections "Management—Director Compensation" and "—Executive Compensation."

        The board of directors has adopted written policies and procedures for the review of any related-party transaction. If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a "related person transaction," the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our General Counsel. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the audit committee. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the audit committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the audit committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between audit committee meetings, subject to ratification by the audit committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

        A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit committee after full disclosure of the related person's interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:

    the related person's interest in the related person transaction;

    the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;

    the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person's interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;

    whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

106


Table of Contents

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and

    any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

        The audit committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if the audit committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in our best interests. The audit committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

        In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the instructions to the SEC's related person transaction disclosure rule, the board has determined that the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of this policy:

    interests arising solely from the related person's position as an executive officer of another entity (whether or not the person is also a director of such entity), that is a participant in the transaction, where (a) the related person and all other related persons own in the aggregate less than a 10% equity interest in such entity and (b) the related person and his or her immediate family members are not involved in the negotiation of the terms of the transaction and do not receive any special benefits as a result of the transaction, and

    a transaction that is specifically contemplated by provisions of our charter or bylaws.

        The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the manner specified in its charter.

        Since July 1, 2007, there have been no related-party transactions that were specifically contemplated by our charter or bylaws and excepted from the definition of related-party transactions according to the preceding exception.

107


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following tables set forth certain information, as of July 2, 2010, with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

    each person or group that we know to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    each of our executive officers and directors;

    our executive officers and directors as a group; and

    each of the selling stockholders.

        As of July 2, 2010, a total of 92,434,816 shares of common stock were outstanding. In the following table, (a) shares under "Right to Acquire" include shares subject to options or warrants that were vested as of July 2, 2010 or will vest within 60 days of July 2, 2010 and (b) unless otherwise noted, each person identified possesses, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares listed, subject to community property laws where applicable. Shares not outstanding but deemed beneficially owned by virtue of the right of a person to acquire those shares are treated as outstanding only for purposes of determining the number and percent of shares of common stock owned by such person or group. The information in this table is based upon information supplied by executive officers, directors, principal and selling stockholders and Schedules 13G filed with the SEC. The address of all of our executive officers and directors is in care of Aspen Technology, Inc., 200 Wheeler Street, Burlington, Massachusetts 08103.

 
  Prior to Offering    
  After Offering  
 
   
   
  Total    
   
   
  Total  
 
  Outstanding Shares   Right to
Acquire
  Shares
Offered
  Outstanding
Shares
  Right to
Acquire
 
Name of Holder
  Number   %   Number   %  

5% Stockholders

                                                       

Funds managed by Advent
International Corporation
75 State Street, 29th Floor
Boston, MA 02109

   
29,512,336
   
   
29,512,336
   
31.9

%
 
15,000,000
   
14,512,336
   
   
14,512,336
   
15.7

%

Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc
6300 Lamar Avenue
Overland Park, KS 66202

    14,683,233         14,683,233     15.9         14,683,233         14,683,233     15.9  

Third Point LLC
390 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022

    5,021,000         5,021,000     5.4         5,021,000         5,021,000     5.4  

Cadian Capital Management, LLC
461 Fifth Avenue, 24th Floor
New York, New York 10017

    4,785,818         4,785,818     5.2         4,785,818         4,785,818     5.2  

Alydar Partners, LLC
222 Berkeley Street
17th Floor
Boston, MA 02116

    3,989,884         3,989,884     4.3         3,989,884         3,989,884     4.3  

108


Table of Contents

 
  Prior to Offering    
  After Offering  
 
   
   
  Total    
   
   
  Total  
 
  Outstanding Shares   Right to
Acquire
  Shares
Offered
  Outstanding
Shares
  Right to
Acquire
 
Name of Holder
  Number   %   Number   %  

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                                           

Mark E. Fusco

    197,797     1,913,750     2,111,547     2.2 %       197,797     1,913,750     2,111,547     2.2 %

Mark. P. Sullivan

    11,089         11,089     *         11,089         11,089     *  

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

    30,259     467,558     497,817     *         30,259     467,558     497,817     *  

Frederic G. Hammond

    25,568     234,770     260,338     *         25,568     234,770     260,338     *  

Antonio J. Pietri

    55,889     83,807     139,696     *         55,889     83,807     139,696     *  

Joan C. McArdle

    184,750     75,548     260,298     *         184,750     75,548     260,298     *  

Stephen M. Jennings

    9,750     75,548     85,298     *         9,750     75,548     85,298     *  

Michael Pehl

    9,750     60,000     69,750     *         9,750     60,000     69,750     *  

Donald P. Casey

    9,750     48,000     57,750     *         9,750     48,000     57,750     *  

Gary E. Haroian

    9,750     48,000     57,750     *         9,750     48,000     57,750     *  

David M. McKenna

    9,750     24,000     33,750     *         9,750     24,000     33,750     *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)

    402,808     3,225,751     3,628,559     3.8         402,808     3,225,751     3,628,559     3.8  

Selling Stockholders

                                                       

Advent Energy II Limited Partnership

    1,947,835         1,947,835     2.1     990,010     957,825         957,825     1.0  

Advent Partners II Limited Partnership

    208,935         208,935     *     106,194     102,741         102,741     *  

Advent Partners DMC III Limited Partnership

    109,478         109,478     *     55,644     53,834         53,834     *  

Advent Partners GPE-III Limited Partnership

    35,378         35,378     *     17,982     17,396         17,396     *  

Advent Partners GPE-IV Limited Partnership

    182,597         182,597     *     92,807     89,790         89,790     *  

Advent Partners (NA) GPE-III Limited Partnership

    10,513         10,513     *     5,345     5,168         5,168     *  

Advent PGGM Global Limited Partnership

    413,151         413,151     *     209,990     203,161         203,161     *  

Digital Media & Communications III Limited Partnership

    1,907,638         1,907,638     2.1     969,580     938,058         938,058     1.0  

Digital Media & Communications III-A Limited Partnership

    944,435         944,435     1.0     480,020     464,415         464,415     *  

Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited Partnership

    236,057         236,057     *     119,980     116,077         116,077     *  

Digital Media & Communications III-C Limited Partnership

    3,777,641         3,777,641     4.1     1,920,030     1,857,611         1,857,611     2.1  

Digital Media & Communications III-D C.V. 

    708,275         708,275     *     359,990     348,285         348,285     *  

Digital Media & Communications III-E C.V. 

    472,218         472,218     *     240,010     232,208         232,208     *  

Global Private Equity III Limited Partnership

    4,131,728         4,131,728     4.5     2,100,000     2,031,728         2,031,728     2.2  

Global Private Equity IV Limited Partnership

    14,426,457         14,426,457     15.6     7,332,418     7,094,039         7,094,039     7.7  

*
Less than 1.0%

        For information relating to the securities attributed to funds managed by Advent International Corporation, see "—Selling Stockholders" below.

        The securities attributed to Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. are beneficially owned by one or more open-end investment companies or other managed accounts that are advised or sub-advised by Ivy Investment Management Company, or IICO, an investment advisory subsidiary of Waddell & Reed

109


Table of Contents


Financial, Inc., or WDR, or Waddell & Reed Investment Management Company, or WRIMCO, an investment advisory subsidiary of Waddell & Reed, Inc., or WRI. WRI is a broker-dealer and underwriting subsidiary of Waddell & Reed Financial Services, Inc., a parent holding company, or WRFSI. In turn, WRFSI is a subsidiary of WDR, a publicly traded company. The investment advisory contracts grant IICO and WRIMCO all investment and/or voting power over securities owned by such advisory clients. The investment sub-advisory contracts grant IICO and WRIMCO investment power over securities owned by such sub-advisory clients and, in most cases, voting power. Any investment restriction of a sub-advisory contract does not restrict investment discretion or power in a material manner. Therefore, IICO and/or WRIMCO may be deemed the beneficial owner of these securities.

        The securities attributed to Third Point LLC are beneficially owned by Third Point LLC and Daniel S. Loeb and 3,700,900 of these securities are beneficially owned by Third Point LLC, Daniel S. Loeb, Third Point Offshore Master Fund, L.P. and Third Point Advisors II L.L.C.

        The securities attributed to Cadian Capital Management, LLC are beneficially owed by Cadian Capital Management, LLC and Eric Bannasch.

        The securities attributed to Alydar Partners, LLC include (a) 48,112 shares held by Alydar Fund, L.P., (b) 547,109 shares held by Alydar QP Fund, L.P., (c) 1,765,791 shares held by Alydar Fund Limited, (d) 12,260 shares held by Alysheba Fund, L.P., (e) 304,904 shares held by Alysheba QP Fund, L.P., (f) 1,154,267 shares held by Alysheba Fund Limited, (g) 15,508 shares held by Alysun Fund, L.P., (h) 89,642 shares held by Alysun QP Fund, L.P., and (i) 52,291 shares held by Alysun Fund Limited. John A. Murphy, an individual, is managing member of Alydar Capital, LLC and Alydar Partners, LLC, both Delaware limited liability companies, and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities. Alydar Capital, LLC is the general partner of Alydar Fund, L.P., Alydar QP Fund, L.P., Alysheba Fund, L.P., Alysheba QP Fund, L.P., Alysun Fund, L.P. and Alysun QP Fund, L.P. and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities. Alydar Partners, LLC is the investment manager of Alydar Fund, L.P., Alydar QP Fund, L.P., Alysheba Fund, L.P., Alysheba QP Fund, L.P., Alysun Fund, L.P., Alysun QP Fund, L.P., Alydar Fund Limited, Alysun Fund Limited and Alysheba Fund Limited and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities. John Murphy disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities.

        The securities attributed to Ms. McArdle include 175,000 shares of common stock held by Massachusetts Capital Resource Company. Ms. McArdle serves as a senior vice president of Massachusetts Capital Resource Company and may be deemed to have shared voting power over these shares. Ms. McArdle disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein.

Selling Stockholders

        Advent International Corporation is a global private equity firm. Advent International Corporation is the General Partner of Advent Partners II Limited Partnership, Advent Partners DMC III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE-IV Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE-III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners (NA) GPE-III Limited Partnership and Advent International Limited Partnership, which is in turn the general partner of Global Private Equity III Limited Partnership, Global Private Equity IV Limited Partnership, Advent PGGM Global Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-A Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-C Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-D C.V., Digital Media & Communications III-E C.V., and Advent Energy II Limited Partnership. These funds are the selling stockholders in this offering. With respect to the shares of our common stock held by the Advent funds, a group of individuals currently composed of Ernest G. Bachrach, David M. McKenna,

110


Table of Contents


David M. Mussafer, Michael Pehl and Steven M. Tadler exercises voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned by Advent International Corporation. Each of Mr. Bachrach, Mr. Mckenna, Mr. Mussafer, Mr. Pehl and Mr. Tadler disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Advent funds except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

        The selling stockholders purchased an aggregate of 300,300 shares of our Series D-1 convertible preferred stock, or Series D-1 preferred, and related warrants in August 2003. They have converted all of the shares of Series D-1 preferred and have exercised all of the related warrants for shares of our common stock.

Shares Available for Future Sale

        Following completion of this offering, the shares of common stock held by the selling stockholders, will be eligible for resale in the public market, subject to volume limitations, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act and will have the benefit of demand and incidental registration rights granted by us. In connection with this offering, however, each of the selling stockholders has entered into a lock-up agreement as described below.

        Rule 144.    In general, under Rule 144, an affiliate who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal 924,348 shares immediately after this offering (based on shares outstanding as of July 2, 2010); and

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

        Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

        Registration Rights.    Under an investor rights agreement that we entered into as of August 14, 2003, we granted the selling stockholders, as the holders of Series D-1 preferred, registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series D-1 preferred. We have filed the registration statement for this offering pursuant to an exercise of demand registration rights granted to the selling stockholders. Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to file up to three additional demand registration statements with the SEC upon the written request of one or more selling stockholders that request registration of securities having an aggregate market value of at least $10,000,000. We are required to use our best efforts to cause any such registration statement to be declared effective for 45 days or up to 120 days if requested by the underwriter from the date the registration statement is declared effective or until the date on which all shares of common stock registered pursuant to such registration statement have been sold. The selling stockholders may not deliver a notice requesting a demand registration of any underwritten offering until at least 18 months after the closing of any prior underwritten offering, including this offering, registered pursuant to a demand registration request.

        Under the investor rights agreement, we also have granted to the selling stockholders unlimited incidental, or "piggyback," registration rights to have the securities listed above included in any registration statement, subject to certain restrictions, which we propose to file (other than in connection with registration rights granted to other holders of our securities, or to register shares issued in an acquisition or in certain equity financings).

        Under the investor rights agreement, we are obligated to pay all expenses we incur in connection with each registration, including all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses,

111


Table of Contents


fees and expenses of our counsel and of one separate counsel designated by the selling stockholders, state Blue Sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions.

        Lock-up Agreements.    Each of the selling stockholders has agreed that, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus it will not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.:

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition;

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock; or

    make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to registration of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Relationships with Selling Stockholders

        The selling stockholders, as holders of shares of Series D-1 preferred, previously had the right to elect a number of our directors. Two of our seven current directors previously were elected by the selling stockholders in their capacities as holders of such shares of Series D-1 preferred.

        Except for the foregoing, none of the selling stockholders or their affiliates has held any position or office with, or has otherwise had a material relationship with, our company or any of our subsidiaries within the past three years.

112


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description summarizes the material terms of our capital stock, as well as relevant provisions of our certificate of incorporation, as amended, or our charter, and our by-laws and the Delaware General Corporation Law. For a complete description of the terms of our capital stock, please refer to our charter and by-laws.

        Our authorized capital stock consists of 220,000,000 shares. These shares consist of 210,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.10 par value per share, of which 400,000 shares were designated as Series A participating cumulative preferred stock, 40,000 shares were designated as Series B-I convertible preferred stock, 20,000 shares were designated as Series B-II convertible preferred stock, 60,000 shares were designated as Series C preferred stock, 302,000 shares were designated as Series D-1 preferred and 65,000 shares were designated as Series D-2 convertible preferred stock. No shares of our preferred stock are outstanding, and no additional shares of the Series A, C, D-1 or D-2 preferred stock may be issued under our charter.

Common Stock

        Voting.    Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders for each share held on the record date for such vote.

        Dividends.    Subject to any preference rights of holders of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, out of funds legally available for dividends.

        Liquidation.    Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all of our assets available for distribution to stockholders in proportion to the amount of common stock they own. The amount available for common stockholders is calculated after our payment of liabilities. Holders of preferred stock will receive their preferential share of our assets before the holders of common stock receive any assets.

        Other Rights.    Holders of common stock have no right to:

    convert the common stock into any other security,

    have the common stock redeemed, or

    purchase additional shares of common stock to maintain their proportionate ownership interest.

        The common stock does not have any cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares can elect all the directors to be elected by common stockholders and that the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any of those directors. All outstanding shares of common stock are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

        Our charter authorizes the board of directors to issue, without any further action by the stockholders, preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, liquidation preferences, redemption privileges and sinking fund terms. The rights, preferences and restrictions of the preferred stock of each series are or will be fixed by the certificate of designations relating to that series. Any or all of the rights of a series of preferred

113


Table of Contents


stock may be greater than the rights of the common stock. In addition, a series of preferred stock may have other rights, including economic rights senior to our common stock, so that the issuance of such preferred stock would adversely affect the market value of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock may also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without any action by the stockholders.

Certain Provisions of Our Charter and By-Laws

        We must comply with Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a "business combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an "interested stockholder" includes a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock. The existence of this provision generally will have an anti-takeover effect for transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

        Our charter provides for the division of the board into three classes as nearly equal in size as possible with staggered three-year terms. In addition, our charter provides that directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote. Under our by-laws, any vacancy on the board of directors however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The classification of the board and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, control of us.

        Our charter also provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at any annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting and may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our charter further provides that special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by our chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or, if none, our president, or by the board. Under our by-laws, in order for any matter to be considered properly brought before a meeting, a stockholder must comply with certain requirements regarding advance notice to us. The foregoing provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholders' meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions may also discourage another person from making a tender offer for our common stock, because such person, even if it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, would be able to take action as a stockholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called stockholders' meeting, and not by written consent.

        The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's charter or by-laws, unless a corporation's charter or by-laws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our charter and by-laws require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all the shares of our capital stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote to amend or repeal any of the provisions described in the prior two paragraphs.

114


Table of Contents

        Our charter contains certain provisions permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to the liability of directors. The provisions eliminate a director's liability for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty, except in certain circumstances involving wrongful acts, such as the breach of a director's duty of loyalty or acts or omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. Further, our certificate of incorporation contains provisions to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the SEC is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

115


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        The selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name
  Number
of Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 

       

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

       

       

       

       
       
 

Total

    15,000,000  
       

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $            per share from the public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

        The underwriters have an over-allotment option to purchase up to 2,250,000 additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters that exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

        The underwriting discounts and commissions are equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting discounts and commissions are $            per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholders assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

116


Table of Contents

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

 
  Total Paid by Selling
Stockholder
 
 
  Without
over-
allotment
exercise
  With full
over-
allotment
exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be $850,000.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        We have agreed that, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus we will not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.:

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, pledge, sale, disposition or filing, or

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock or any such other securities,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.

        Our directors and executive officers and the selling stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities has agreed that, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus it will not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.:

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, pledge, sale or disposition,

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock, or

117


Table of Contents

    make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to registration of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AZPN."

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, or purchasing and selling shares of, common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' over-allotment option referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that, if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        In addition, in connection with this offering certain of the underwriters (and selling group members) may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market prior to the pricing and completion of this offering. Passive market making consists of displaying bids on The NASDAQ Stock Market no higher than the bid prices of independent market makers and making purchases at prices no higher than these independent bids and effected in response to order flow. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are generally limited to a specified percentage of the passive market maker's average daily trading volume in the common stock during a specified period and must be discontinued when such limit is reached. Passive market making may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the

118


Table of Contents


open market in the absence of these transactions. If passive market making is commenced, it may be discontinued at any time.

        Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

        This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each a "Relevant Member State"), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the "EU Prospectus Directive") is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") an offer of securities described in the prospecuts may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

    to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

    to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

    to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the book-running managers for any such offer; or

    in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

119


Table of Contents

        The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

        This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus for the purposes of Chapter 6D.2 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001, or the Act, in relation to the securities or our company.

        This prospectus is not an offer to retail investors in Australia generally. Any offer of securities in Australia is made on the condition that the recipient is a "sophisticated investor" within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Act or a "professional investor" within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Act, or on condition that the offer to that recipient can be brought within the exemption for 'Small-Scale

120


Table of Contents


Offerings' (within the meaning of section 708(1) of the Act). If any recipient does not satisfy the criteria for these exemptions, no applications for securities will be accepted from that recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of the offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient.

        If a recipient on-sells their securities within 12 months of their issue, that person will be required to lodge a disclosure document with ASIC unless either:

    the sale is pursuant to an offer received outside Australia or is made to a "sophisticated investor" within the meaning of 708(8) of the Act or a "professional investor" within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Act; or

    it can be established that our company issued, and the recipient subscribed for, the securities without the purpose of the recipient on-selling them or granting, issuing or transferring interests in, or options or warrants over them.

        This prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in India. This prospectus or any other material relating to these securities may not be circulated or distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public or any members of the public in India. Further, persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are required to inform themselves about and to observe any such restrictions. Each prospective investor is advised to consult its advisors about the particular consequences to it of an investment in these securities. Each prospective investor is also advised that any investment in these securities by it is subject to the regulations prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India and the Foreign Exchange Management Act and any regulations framed thereunder.

        Our securities may not be offered, sold and delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the Securities and Exchange Act and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and the decrees and regulations thereunder. Our securities have not been registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea for public offering in Korea. Furthermore, our securities may not be resold to Korean residents unless the purchaser of our securities complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government approval requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of our securities.

        Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to use and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

121


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. The underwriters have been represented by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Aspen Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2008 and 2009, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2009, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2007 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and in the registration statement. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedule, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedule thereto. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement. We also are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and file reports and other information with the SEC.

        For further information about us and our common stock, you may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedule to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website. This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the SEC. The registration statement contains more information than this prospectus about us and our common stock, including certain exhibits. You can obtain a copy of the registration statement from the SEC at the address listed above or from the SEC's website.

122


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (KPMG LLP)

  F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Deloitte & Touche LLP)

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited)

  F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited)

  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Aspen Technology, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Aspen Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of June 30, 2008 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2008 and 2009, and the results of its operations and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
November 6, 2009

F-2


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Aspen Technology, Inc.
Burlington, Massachusetts

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and comprehensive income, and cash flows of Aspen Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended June 30, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the year ended June 30, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
April 11, 2008

F-3


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 
   
   
  Nine Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Revenue:

                               
 

Subscription

  $   $   $   $   $ 5,198  
 

Software

    199,761     168,404     179,591     137,979     34,772  
                       
   

Total subscription and software

    199,761     168,404     179,591     137,979     39,970  
 

Services and other

    141,268     143,209     131,989     102,346     88,130  
                       
   

Total revenue

    341,029     311,613     311,580     240,325     128,100  
                       

Cost of revenue:

                               
 

Subscription and software

    21,134     15,916     12,409     8,587     4,887  
 

Services and other

    72,426     69,077     63,411     47,139     43,725  
                       
   

Total cost of revenue

    93,560     84,993     75,820     55,726     48,612  
                       
   

Gross profit

    247,469     226,620     235,760     184,599     79,488  
                       

Operating costs:

                               
 

Selling and marketing(1)

    88,694     94,965     84,126     62,519     69,576  
 

Research and development(1)

    47,396     49,899     46,375     34,904     36,128  
 

General and administrative(1)

    51,342     54,496     58,256     42,923     47,290  
 

Restructuring charges

    4,634     8,623     2,446     2,025     260  
 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

            623     623      
                       
   

Total operating costs

    192,066     207,983     191,826     142,994     153,254  
                       
 

Income (loss) from operations

    55,403     18,637     43,934     41,605     (73,766 )
 

Interest income

    21,909     23,784     22,698     17,046     15,116  
 

Interest expense

    (18,613 )   (17,783 )   (10,516 )   (7,827 )   (6,725 )
 

Other (expense) income, net

    (734 )   3,386     (1,824 )   (3,969 )   (97 )
                       
   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    57,965     28,024     54,292     46,855     (65,472 )
 

Provision for income taxes

    (12,447 )   (3,078 )   (1,368 )   (4,145 )   (8,001 )
                       
   

Net income (loss)

    45,518     24,946     52,924     42,710     (73,473 )
 

Accretion of preferred stock discount and dividends

    (7,290 )                
                       
   

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

  $ 38,228   $ 24,946   $ 52,924   $ 42,710   $ (73,473 )
                       

Earnings (loss) per common share:

                               
 

Basic

  $ 0.54   $ 0.28   $ 0.59   $ 0.47   $ (0.81 )
 

Diluted

  $ 0.50   $ 0.27   $ 0.57   $ 0.46   $ (0.81 )

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                               
 

Basic

    70,879     89,640     90,053     90,042     90,923  
 

Diluted

    91,869     94,092     92,578     92,620     90,923  

(1)
Certain costs previously recorded as Selling and marketing in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been reclassified to Research and development and General and administrative in the current fiscal year, as described in Note 3(y) to these consolidated financial statements.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)

 
  June 30,
2008
  June 30,
2009
  March 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

ASSETS

                   

Current assets:

                   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 134,048   $ 122,213   $ 119,054  
 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,324, $5,809 and $4,161 (unaudited)

    86,870     49,882     28,612  
 

Current portion of installments receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $717, $1,015 and $915 (unaudited)

    51,762     64,531     54,500  
 

Current portion of collateralized receivables, net of unamortized discount

    43,186     38,695     28,849  
 

Unbilled services

    3,459     298     1,995  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    11,710     9,413     8,787  
 

Prepaid income taxes

        13,159     13,670  
 

Deferred tax assets

    2,305     3,795     3,850  
               
   

Total current assets

    333,340     301,986     259,317  
 

Non-current installments receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,596, $1,663 and $1,009 (unaudited)

    82,528     113,390     91,839  
 

Non-current collateralized receivables, net of unamortized discount

    92,163     57,671     34,657  
 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net of accumulated depreciation of $33,185, $27,438 and $29,119 (unaudited)

    11,799     9,604     8,581  
 

Computer software development costs, net of accumulated amortization of $61,397, $65,094 and $66,956 (unaudited)

    5,443     3,918     2,413  
 

Goodwill

    19,019     16,686     17,909  
 

Non-current deferred tax assets

    7,743     10,788     10,556  
 

Other non-current assets

    2,591     1,933     1,745  
               
   

Total assets

  $ 554,626   $ 515,976   $ 427,017  
               

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                   

Current liabilities:

                   
 

Current portion of secured borrowing

  $ 47,816   $ 83,885   $ 33,175  
 

Accounts payable

    6,586     5,135     4,688  
 

Accrued expenses

    61,746     47,882     36,744  
 

Income taxes payable

    13,877     1,888     2,733  
 

Deferred revenue

    86,551     62,801     72,637  
 

Current deferred tax liability

    457     2,481     2,496  
               
   

Total current liabilities

    217,033     204,072     152,473  
 

Long-term secured borrowing

    99,391     28,211     54,211  
 

Long-term deferred revenue

    20,354     16,070     12,923  
 

Non-current deferred tax liability

    725     2,354     2,368  
 

Other non-current liabilities

    44,310     35,859     32,056  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

                   

Stockholders' equity:

                   
 

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.10 par value

                   
   

Authorized—3,636 shares as of June 30, 2008, June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

                   
   

Issued and outstanding—none as of June 30, 2008, June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

             
 

Common stock, $0.10 par value—Authorized—210,000,000 shares

                   
   

Issued—90,235,526 at June 30, 2008; 90,326,513 shares at June 30, 2009; and 92,364,108 at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

                   
   

Outstanding—90,002,062 at June 30, 2008; 90,093,049 shares at June 30, 2009; and 92,130,644 at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    9,024     9,033     9,236  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    493,088     497,478     513,496  
 

Accumulated deficit

    (336,517 )   (283,593 )   (357,066 )
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    7,731     7,005     7,833  
 

Treasury stock, at cost—233,464 shares of common stock as of June 30, 2008, June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    (513 )   (513 )   (513 )
               
   

Total stockholders' equity

    172,813     229,410     172,986  
               
   

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 554,626   $ 515,976   $ 427,017  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER EQUITY (DEFICIT)
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands, except share data)

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
  Treasury Stock    
   
 
 
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
   
 
 
  Number of
Shares
  $0.10 Par
Value
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Number of
Shares
  Cost   Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
  Total
Comprehensive
Income
 

Balance, June 30, 2006

    49,090,499   $ 4,909   $ 372,683   $ (406,981 ) $ 7,300     233,464   $ (513 ) $ (22,602 )      
 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plans

    107,862     11     847                     858        
 

Exercise of stock options

    1,446,354     144     8,354                     8,498        
 

Conversion of warrants

    5,152,379     515     (515 )                          
 

Accrual of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock dividend

            (5,498 )                   (5,498 )      
 

Accretion of discount on Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

            (1,792 )                   (1,792 )      
 

Conversion of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

    33,336,400     3,334     95,473                     98,807        
 

Stock-based compensation

            11,119                         11,119        
 

Translation adjustment

                    2,298             2,298   $ 2,298  
 

Net income

                45,518                 45,518     45,518  
                                       

Balance June 30, 2007

    89,133,494     8,913     480,671     (361,463 )   9,598     233,464     (513 )   137,206   $ 47,816  
 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plans

    51,311     5     462                     467        
 

Exercise of stock options

    362,605     37     2,765                     2,802        
 

Conversion of warrants

    500,203     50     (50 )                          
 

Issuance of restricted stock units

    187,913     19     (1,185 )                   (1,166 )      
 

Stock-based compensation

            10,425                     10,425        
 

Translation adjustment

                    (1,867 )           (1,867 ) $ (1,867 )
 

Net income

                24,946                 24,946     24,946  
                                       

Balance June 30, 2008

    90,235,526     9,024     493,088     (336,517 )   7,731     233,464     (513 )   172,813   $ 23,079  
 

Issuance of restricted stock units

    90,987     9     (369 )                   (360 )      
 

Stock-based compensation

            4,759                     4,759        
 

Translation adjustment

                    (726 )           (726 ) $ (726 )
 

Net income

                52,924                 52,924     52,924  
                                       

Balance June 30, 2009

    90,326,513     9,033     497,478     (283,593 )   7,005     233,464     (513 )   229,410   $ 52,198  
 

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    1,242,001     124     6,012                             6,136        
 

Issuance of restricted stock units (unaudited)

    795,594     79     (3,433 )                           (3,354 )      
 

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                13,439                             13,439        
 

Translation adjustment (unaudited)

                            828                 828   $ 828  
 

Net loss (unaudited)

                      (73,473 )                     (73,473 )   (73,473 )
                                       

Balance March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    92,364,108   $ 9,236   $ 513,496   $ (357,066 ) $ 7,833     233,464   $ (513 ) $ 172,986   $ (72,645 )
                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 45,518   $ 24,946   $ 52,924   $ 42,710   $ (73,473 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities

                               
 

Depreciation and amortization

    19,422     10,917     8,712     6,574     5,143  
 

Net foreign currency loss (gain)

    1,381     (2,791 )   3,828     5,200     1,092  
 

Stock-based compensation

    11,062     10,600     4,670     3,659     13,352  
 

Loss on disposal of property, equipment and leasehold improvements

    332     43     466     406     50  
 

Deferred income taxes

    3,214     (9,375 )   (911 )   1,351     (2 )
 

Provision for bad debts

    2,568     (189 )   (314 )   885     (284 )
 

Loss on impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

            623     623      
 

Amortization of debt costs

    1,183     960              

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                               
 

Accounts receivable

    872     (38,264 )   34,552     36,012     20,484  
 

Unbilled services

    (1,948 )   7,188     2,842     248     (1,729 )
 

Prepaid expenses, other assets and prepaid income taxes

    (1,293 )   (1,175 )   (11,589 )   (11,645 )   106  
 

Installments and collateralized receivables

    (30,872 )   18,889     (8,042 )   (8,523 )   64,514  
 

Income taxes payable

    2,665     (6,066 )   (10,243 )   (3,867 )   844  
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (5,282 )   15,997     (16,784 )   (21,677 )   (12,970 )
 

Deferred revenue

    6,948     39,784     (27,702 )   (23,236 )   6,903  
                       
   

Net cash provided by operating activities

    55,770     71,464     33,032     28,720     24,030  
                       

Cash flows from investing activities:

                               
 

Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements

    (3,143 )   (9,424 )   (2,972 )   (1,794 )   (2,099 )
 

Capitalized computer software development costs

    (3,476 )   (780 )   (2,382 )   (1,917 )   (436 )
 

Purchase price adjustments on previous acquisitions

    (1,295 )   (187 )            
                       
   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (7,914 )   (10,391 )   (5,354 )   (3,711 )   (2,535 )
                       

Cash flows from financing activities:

                               
 

Proceeds from secured borrowings

    168,852     74,129     30,153     5,532     9,501  
 

Repayment of secured borrowings

    (145,105 )   (135,800 )   (68,212 )   (35,900 )   (36,653 )
 

Exercise of stock options

    8,498     2,802             6,136  
 

Payment of tax withholding obligations related to restricted stock

        (1,166 )   (360 )   (288 )   (3,353 )
 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plans

    858     467              
 

Payment of convertible preferred stock dividends

    (33,958 )                
 

Payments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

    (203 )   (193 )            
 

Debt issuance costs

    (1,124 )                
                       
   

Net cash used in financing activities

    (2,182 )   (59,761 )   (38,419 )   (30,656 )   (24,369 )

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    321     469     (1,094 )   (2,144 )   (285 )
                       

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    45,995     1,781     (11,835 )   (7,791 )   (3,159 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    86,272     132,267     134,048     134,048     122,213  
                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 132,267   $ 134,048   $ 122,213   $ 126,257   $ 119,054  
                       

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                               
 

Income taxes paid

    6,696     5,726     28,921     25,015     7,482  
 

Interest paid

    17,958     16,782     10,550     7,834     6,731  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(1) Operations

        Aspen Technology, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is a leading global provider of mission-critical process optimization software solutions, which are designed to manage and optimize plant and process design, operational performance, and supply chain planning. Our aspenONE software and related services have been developed specifically for companies in the process industries, which consist of energy, chemicals, engineering and construction, pharmaceuticals, consumer packaged goods, power, metals and mining, pulp and paper, and biofuels. We operate globally through 26 offices in 22 countries as of June 30, 2010.

(2) Unaudited interim financial information

        The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2010, the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statement of cash flows for the nine months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, and the statement of changes in stockholders' equity for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of our management, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of our statement of financial position at March 31, 2010 and our results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010. The results for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending June 30, 2010.

(3) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Aspen Technology, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(b) Management Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of three months or less when purchased.

(d) Derivative Instruments and Hedging

        We record all derivatives, which consist of foreign currency exchange contracts, on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not accounting hedges must be adjusted to fair value through

F-8


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


earnings. If a derivative is a hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are either offset against the change in fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or included in accumulated other comprehensive income depending on the nature of the hedge. The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. We do not meet the requirements of Accounting Standards Codification 815, "Derivatives and Hedging," in order to account for any derivatives using hedge accounting treatment during the periods presented. Therefore, the changes in fair value of all derivatives are recognized in earnings.

        Historically, it was our practice to enter into foreign currency forward contracts to offset currency risk of foreign denominated receivables. Beginning in late fiscal 2008 we revised this practice to more comprehensively assess our net exposure to foreign currencies. This net exposure arises primarily from the net difference between (a) non-U.S. dollar receipts and (b) non-U.S. dollar operating costs for subsidiaries in foreign countries.

        We record our foreign currency exchange contracts at fair value in our consolidated balance sheet and the related realized or unrealized gains or losses on these contracts are recognized in earnings as a component of other (expense) income, net. During fiscal 2007, 2008, and 2009 the (losses) gains on these contracts were ($0.7) million, $0.4 million, and $0.2 million, respectively. We had no such contracts during fiscal 2010.

        There were no foreign currency derivative financial instruments outstanding as of June 30, 2009 or March 31, 2010.

(e) Depreciation and Amortization

        We provide for depreciation and amortization, primarily computed using the straight-line method, by charges to operations in amounts estimated to allocate the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Asset Classification
  Estimated Useful Life
Computer equipment   3 years
Purchased software   3-5 years
Furniture and fixtures   3-10 years
Leasehold improvements   Life of lease or asset,
whichever is shorter

        Depreciation expense was $5.0 million, $4.1 million, $4.6 million, and $3.1 million (unaudited), for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively.

(f) Revenue Recognition

        We generate revenue from the following sources: (1) licensing software products; (2) providing post contract support (referred to as SMS); and (3) providing professional services including consulting and training. We sell our software products to end users under fixed-term and perpetual licenses. As a standard business practice, we offer extended payment term options for our fixed-term license contracts, which are generally payable on an annual basis. Certain of our fixed-term license agreements include product mixing rights that allow customers the flexibility to change or alternate the use of

F-9


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


multiple products included in the license arrangement after those products are delivered to the customer. We refer to these arrangements as token arrangements. Tokens are fixed units of measure. The amount of software usage is limited by the value of the tokens purchased by the customer.

        Historically, we executed software license arrangements that included contractual provisions that resulted in the "upfront" recognition of license revenue upon delivery of the software products, provided all other revenue recognition requirements were met. We refer to these traditional licensing arrangements as our upfront revenue model.

        In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we began offering a new term licensing model for our software. This new licensing model includes contractual provisions that provide customers with greater flexibility, in that customers receive SMS for the term of the arrangement and the right to unspecified future software products that may be introduced during the term of the arrangement for no additional fee. We refer to this licensing model as the new aspenONE licensing model. Under this licensing model, we recognize revenue over the term of the agreement on a subscription basis beginning when the first payment is due, typically 30 days after signing the agreement, provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met.

        Additionally, in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we also began licensing fixed-term point product arrangements in which customers receive SMS for the term of the arrangement. With the inclusion of SMS for the full term of the license, revenue can no longer be recognized under the upfront revenue model as the aggregate fees are not considered fixed or determinable. Revenue for these arrangements will be recognized as payments become due over the term of the contract, provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met. The related SMS is recognized over the term of the SMS agreement beginning with the due date of the annual payment and reported in services and other on the consolidated statements of operations. Occasionally, we expect certain customers to elect upfront payment terms. For these arrangements with upfront payment, all of the license revenue will be recognized upfront by applying the residual method of accounting when the four revenue recognition requirements below have been met.

        Over the next several years, we expect to transition substantially all of our customers to our new aspenONE licensing model or to point product arrangements with SMS bundled for the contract term. However, during this transition period we expect to execute some license contracts under the upfront revenue model, including perpetual licenses, which will continue to be recognized on an upfront basis.

        Four basic criteria must be satisfied before software license revenue can be recognized: persuasive evidence of an arrangement between us and an end user; delivery of our product has occurred; the fee for the product is fixed or determinable; and collection of the fee is probable.

        Persuasive evidence of an arrangement—We use a contract signed by the customer as evidence of an arrangement for software licenses and SMS. For professional services we use a signed contract and a statement of work to evidence an arrangement. In cases where both a signed contract and a purchase order are required by the customer, we consider both taken together as evidence of the arrangement.

        Delivery of our product—Software and the corresponding access keys are generally delivered to customers via disk media with standard shipping terms of Free Carrier, Aspen Technology's warehouse (i.e., FCA, named place). Our software license agreements do not contain conditions for acceptance.

F-10


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Fee is fixed or determinable—We assess whether a fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement. Significant judgment is involved in making this assessment.

        Under our upfront revenue model, we are able to demonstrate that the fees are fixed or determinable for all arrangements, including those for our term licenses that contain extended payment terms. We have an established history of collecting under the terms of these contracts without providing concessions to customers. In addition, we also assess whether contract modifications to an existing term arrangement constitute a concession. In making this assessment, significant analysis is performed to ensure that no concessions are given. Our software license agreements do not include right of return or exchange. For license arrangements executed under the upfront revenue model, we recognize license revenue upon delivery of the software products, provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met.

        With the introduction of the new aspenONE licensing model, and the changes to the licensing terms of our historical point product agreements sold on a fixed-term basis, we cannot assert that the fees in these arrangements are fixed or determinable because the rights provided to customers and the economics of the arrangements are not comparable to our historical transactions with other customers under the upfront revenue model. As a result, the amount of revenue recognized for these new arrangements will be limited by the amount of customer payments currently due, which generally results in the fees being recognized over the term of the license contracts.

        Collection of fee is probable—We assess the probability of collecting from each customer at the outset of the arrangement based on a number of factors, including the customer's payment history, its current creditworthiness, economic conditions in the customer's industry and geographic location, and general economic conditions. If in our judgment collection of a fee is not probable, revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met.

        We have established vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value for SMS and professional services, but not for our software products. Our VSOE determination is based upon the price charged to similarly situated customers when the elements are sold separately. We allocate the arrangement consideration among the elements included in our multi-element arrangements using the residual method. Under the residual method, the VSOE of the undelivered elements is deferred, and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee for perpetual and term licenses is recognized as revenue upon delivery of the software, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE does not exist for an undelivered element in an arrangement, revenue is deferred until such evidence does exist for the undelivered elements, or until all elements are delivered, whichever is earlier.

        Under the upfront revenue model, the residual license fee is recognized upfront upon delivery of the software provided all other revenue recognition criteria were met. For arrangements entered into since July 2009, the arrangement fees are generally recognized over the term of the license agreement since these arrangements include contractual provisions such as rights to future unspecified software products for no additional fee or because we cannot assert that the fees are fixed or determinable.

Subscription Revenue

        When our fixed-term customers elect to license our products under the new aspenONE licensing model, SMS is included for the entire term of the arrangement and the customer receives the right to

F-11


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


unspecified future software products that may be introduced during the term of the arrangement for no additional fee. These agreements combine the right to use all software products within a given product suite with SMS for the term of the arrangement. Due to our obligation to provide unspecified future software products, we are required to recognize the revenue ratably (i.e., on a subscription basis) over the term of the license, once the four revenue recognition criteria noted above are met. License and SMS revenue for arrangements sold under the new aspenONE licensing model are combined and presented together as subscription revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Software Revenue

        Software revenue consists of all license transactions that do not contain rights to future unspecified software products for no additional fee. Specifically, it includes license revenue recognized under the upfront revenue model upon the delivery of the license products (i.e., both perpetual and term license contracts); license revenue recognized over the term of the license agreements for fixed-term contracts including point product licenses with SMS bundled for the entire license term; and other license revenue derived from transactions that are being recognized over time as the result of not previously meeting one or more of the requirements for recognition under the upfront revenue model.

        The license fees derived from the sale of fixed-term point product arrangements with SMS included for the contract term are recognized under the residual method, as payments come due. The related SMS is recognized over the term of the SMS agreement beginning with the due date of the annual payment and is reported in services and other on the consolidated statement of operations. Occasionally, we expect certain customers to elect upfront payment terms. For these arrangements with upfront payment, all of the license revenue will be recognized upfront by applying the residual method of accounting when the above four revenue recognition requirements have been met.

        Perpetual license arrangements do not include the same rights as those provided to customers under the new aspenONE licensing model. Accordingly, the license fees for perpetual license agreements will continue to be recognized upon delivery of the software products using the residual method provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met. The revenue attributable to perpetual software licenses is recognized in software revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Services and Other

SMS Revenue

        Under the upfront revenue model, SMS is typically included with the license for the initial year of the license term. Under these arrangements, the fair value of SMS is deferred and subsequently amortized into services and other in the consolidated statement of operations over the contractual term of the SMS arrangement. SMS renewals are at the option of the customer.

        For arrangements executed under the new aspenONE licensing model or where point product licenses are sold with SMS for the contract term, the customer commits to SMS for the entire term of the license arrangement. The revenue related to the SMS component of the new aspenONE licensing model is reported in subscription revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. The revenue

F-12


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


related to the SMS component of point product licenses, for which we have VSOE, is reported in services and other in the consolidated statement of operations.

Professional Services

        Professional services are provided to customers on a time-and-materials (T&M) or fixed-price basis and are generally recognized as the services are performed, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. We recognize professional services fees for our T&M contracts based upon hours worked and contractually agreed-upon hourly rates. Revenue from fixed-price engagements is recognized using the proportional performance method based on the ratio of costs incurred, substantially all of which are labor-related, to the total estimated project costs. All revenue amounts are recognized within services and other in the statement of operations. Project costs are based on standard rates, which vary by the consultant's professional level, plus all direct expenses incurred to complete the engagement that are not reimbursed by the client. All project costs are expensed as incurred. The use of the proportional performance method is dependent upon our ability to reliably estimate the direct costs to complete a project. We use historical experience as a basis for future estimates to complete current projects. Additionally, management believes that costs are the best available measure of performance. Reimbursables received from customers for out-of-pocket expenses are recorded as revenue. If the costs to complete a project are not estimable or the completion is uncertain, the revenue is recognized upon completion of the services. Revenue from committed professional services arrangements that are sold within close proximity or in contemplation of a new aspenONE license transaction is deferred and recognized on a ratable basis over the term of the related software arrangement.

        Occasionally, we provide professional services considered essential to the functionality of the software. We recognize the combined revenue from the sale of the software and related services using the percentage-of-completion method. However, when these professional services are combined with, and essential to, the functionality of a new aspenONE license transaction, the amount of combined revenue recognized will be the lesser of the amount determined by either the subscription method or the percentage-of-completion method.

        In the past, we have occasionally been required to commit unanticipated additional resources to complete projects, which have resulted in lower than anticipated income or losses on those contracts. We may experience similar situations in the future. Provisions for estimated losses on contracts are made during the period in which such losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated. To date, such losses have not been significant.

Installments Receivable

        Installments receivable resulting from product sales under the upfront revenue model are discounted to present value at prevailing market rates. Finance fees are recognized using the effective interest method over the relevant license term and are classified as interest income. The amount of the installments receivable is split between current and non-current in the consolidated balance sheets.

        Under the new aspenONE licensing model and for point product arrangements sold with SMS bundled for the entire license term, receivables are recorded when the payments become due and

F-13


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


payable. Payment amounts under extended payment term arrangements are not presented in the consolidated balance sheets as the related arrangement fees are not fixed or determinable. As a result, all contractual payments will be recorded as revenue on a gross basis in the consolidated statements of operations either as subscription or software revenue.

Deferred Revenue

        Under the upfront revenue model and point product arrangements, a portion of the arrangement fee is generally recorded as deferred revenue due to the inclusion of an undelivered element, typically SMS. The amount of revenue allocated to undelivered elements is based on the VSOE of fair value for those elements using the residual method and is earned and recognized as revenue as each element is delivered. Deferred revenue related to these transactions generally consists of SMS and represents payments received in advance of services rendered as of the balance sheet dates.

        Under the new aspenONE licensing model, customers receive SMS for the full contract term, and receive rights to unspecified future products for no additional fee. As VSOE does not exist for both of these undelivered elements, we are required to recognize the revenue ratably (i.e., on a subscription basis) over the term of the license. Therefore, deferred revenue is recorded as each payment comes due and revenue is recognized ratably over the associated license period.

Other Licensing Matters

        Our standard licensing agreements include a product warranty provision. Such warranties are accounted for in accordance with ASC 460, "Guarantees" (ASC 460). The likelihood that we will be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote. Historically, any such payments have been de minimis.

        Under the terms of substantially all of our license agreements, we have agreed to indemnify customers for costs and damages arising from claims against such customers based on, among other things, allegations that our software products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. In most cases, in the event of an infringement claim, we retain the right to (i) procure for the customer the right to continue using the software product; (ii) replace or modify the software product to eliminate the infringement while providing substantially equivalent functionality; or (iii) if neither (i) nor (ii) can be reasonably achieved, we may terminate the license agreement and provide a refund to the customer up to the license fees paid by the customer. Such indemnification provisions are accounted for in accordance with ASC 460. The likelihood that we will be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote. In most cases and where legally enforceable, the indemnification is limited to the amount paid by the customer.

(g) Computer Software Development Costs

        Certain computer software development costs are capitalized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Capitalization of computer software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility. In accordance with ASC 985-20, "Costs of Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Marketed," we define the establishment of technological feasibility as the completion of a detail program design. Amortization of capitalized computer software development costs is provided on a

F-14


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


product-by-product basis using (a) the greater of the amount computed using the ratio that current gross revenue for a product bear to total of current and anticipated future gross revenue for that product or (b) the straight-line method, beginning upon commercial release of the product, and continuing over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, not to exceed three years. Software for internal use is capitalized in accordance with ASC 350-40, "Intangibles Goodwill and Other—Internal Use Software." At each balance sheet date, we evaluate the unamortized capitalized software costs for potential impairment by comparing to the net realizable value of the products. Total computer software costs capitalized were $3.5 million, $0.8 million, $2.4 million and $0.4 million (unaudited) for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Total amortization expense charged to operations was approximately $7.9 million, $6.5 million, $3.9 million and $1.9 million (unaudited) for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively.

(h) Foreign Currency Translation

        The determination of the functional currency of subsidiaries is based on the subsidiaries' financial and operational environment and is normally the local currency. Gains and losses from foreign currency translation related to entities whose functional currency is their local currency are credited or charged to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), included in stockholders' (deficit) equity in the consolidated balance sheets. In all instances, foreign currency transaction gains or losses are credited or charged to the consolidated statements of operations as incurred as a component of other income (expense), net. Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains were ($0.1) million, $2.5 million, ($1.8) million, and ($0.2) million (unaudited) for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively.

(i) Net Income (Loss) Applicable to Common Stockholders

        Basic earnings per share were determined by dividing income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share were determined by dividing income attributable to common stockholders by diluted weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Diluted weighted average shares reflect the dilutive effect, if any, of potential common shares. To the extent their effect is dilutive, employee equity awards and warrants, based on the treasury stock method, and other commitments to be settled in common stock. For the nine months ended March 31, 2010, all potential common shares were anti-dilutive due to the net loss.

F-15


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


The calculations of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Nine Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2009   2010  
 
  Income
(Loss)
  Shares   Per Share
Amount
  Income
(Loss)
  Shares   Per Share
Amount
 
 
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Basic earnings per share:

                                     
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 42,710     90,042   $ 0.47   $ (73,473 )   90,923   $ (0.81 )

Diluted earnings per share:

                                     
 

Employee equity awards

          2,177                          
 

Warrants

          401                          
                           
 

Income giving effect to dilutive adjustments

  $ 42,710     92,620   $ 0.46   $ (73,473 )   90,923   $ (0.81 )
                           

 

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  Income   Shares   Per Share
Amount
  Income   Shares   Per Share
Amount
  Income   Shares   Per Share
Amount
 

Basic earnings per share:

                                                       
 

Net income

  $ 38,228     70,879   $ 0.54   $ 24,946     89,640   $ 0.28   $ 52,924     90,053   $ 0.59  

Diluted earnings per share:

                                                       
 

Employee equity awards

          3,169                 3,897                 2,133        
 

Warrants

          1,467                 555                 392        
 

Incremental shares from assumed conversion of preferred stock

    7,290     16,354                                            
                                       
 

Income giving effect to dilutive adjustments

  $ 45,518   $ 91,869   $ 0.50   $ 24,946     94,092   $ 0.27   $ 52,924     92,578   $ 0.57  
                                       

F-16


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The following potential common shares were excluded from the calculation of dilutive weighted average shares outstanding because the exercise price of the stock options exceeded the average market price of our common stock and/or their effect would be anti-dilutive at the balance sheet date (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Employee equity awards and warrants

    2,313     2,205     2,230     2,259     8,641  

(j) Concentration of Credit Risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are principally cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and installments and collateralized receivables. We place our cash and cash equivalents in financial institutions management believes to be high credit quality. Concentration of credit risk with respect to receivables is limited to certain customers to which we make substantial sales. To reduce risk, we assess the financial strength of our customers. We do not generally require collateral or other security in support of our receivables. As of June 30, 2008, June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010 we did not have any customers that represented more than 10% of total receivables.

        Our business and results of operations are affected by international, national and regional economic conditions. Financial markets in the United States, Europe and Asia have been experiencing extreme disruption in recent months, including, among other things, extreme volatility in security prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, ratings downgrades of certain investments and declining values of others. The global economy has entered a recession. We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of the current disruptions in financial markets, credit availability, and adverse economic conditions throughout the world. These economic developments affect businesses such as ours and those of our customers in a number of ways that could result in unfavorable consequences.

(k) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Discounts

        We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances for the portion of receivables when a loss is reasonably expected to occur. The allowance for doubtful accounts is established to represent the best estimate of the net realizable value of the outstanding accounts and installments receivable. The development of the allowance for doubtful accounts in general is based on a review of past due amounts, historical write-off and recovery experience, as well as aging trends affecting specific accounts and general operational factors affecting all accounts. In addition, factors are developed utilizing historical trends in bad debts, returns and allowances.

        We consider current economic trends when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. If circumstances relating to specific customers change or unanticipated changes occur in the general business environment, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted.

F-17


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The following table summarizes allowance for doubtful accounts activity for accounts and installments receivable for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the nine months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 9,665   $ 10,769   $ 10,637   $ 10,637   $ 8,487  
 

Provision for bad debts

    2,568     752     (1,378 )   204     (321 )
 

Write-offs

    (1,464 )   (884 )   (772 )   (29 )   (2,081 )
                       

Balance, end of year

  $ 10,769   $ 10,637   $ 8,487   $ 10,812   $ 6,085  
                       

        The following table summarizes accounts receivable balances as of June 30, 2008 and 2009, and March 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 
  June 30,   March 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  Gross   Allowance   Net   Gross   Allowance   Net   Gross   Allowance   Net  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Accounts Receivable

  $ 94,194   $ 7,324   $ 86,870   $ 55,691   $ 5,809   $ 49,882   $ 32,773   $ 4,161   $ 28,612  

Installments Receivable

    137,603     3,313     134,290     180,599     2,678     177,921     148,263     1,924     146,339  

Collateralized Receivable

    135,349         135,349     96,366         96,366     63,506         63,506  

        Installments and collateralized receivables are presented net of discounts for future interest established at inception of the note and carry terms of up to five years. Interest income is recognized over the term of the note using the effective interest method. The total of such discounts as of June 30, 2008 and 2009, and March 31, 2010 was as follows (in thousands):

 
  June 30,    
 
 
  March 31,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Current portion of installments receivable

  $ 2,545   $ 3,141   $ 2,485  

Current portion of collateralized receivables

    4,722     1,726     1,169  

Long-term installments receivable

    22,258     27,142     18,819  

Long-term collateralized receivables

    16,060     9,658     5,393  

(l) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Effective July 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of ASC 820, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures" (ASC 820), for financial assets and financial liabilities. Effective July 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of ASC 820 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

F-18


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

    Level 1 Inputs—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

    Level 2 Inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

    Level 3 Inputs—Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

        Cash Equivalents.    Cash equivalents are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 Inputs. We obtain quoted market prices in identical markets to estimate the fair value of our cash equivalents.

        Financial instruments not measured or recorded at fair value in the accompanying financial statements consist of accounts receivable, installments receivable, collateralized receivables, accounts payable and secured borrowings. The estimated fair value of accounts receivable, installments receivable, collateralized receivables and accounts payable approximates the carrying value. The estimated fair value of secured borrowings exceeds the carrying value by $1.4 million and $4.9 million as of June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010. The fair value of secured borrowings was calculated using the market approach, utilizing interest rates that were indirectly observable in markets for similar liabilities.

        The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the accompanying financial statements as of June 30, 2008 and 2009

F-19


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


and March 31, 2010, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

 
  Fair Value Measurement
at Reporting Date Using
 
Description
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

June 30, 2008

                   

Assets:

                   

Cash equivalents

  $ 117,334          

June 30, 2009

                   

Assets:

                   

Cash equivalents

  $ 87,918          

March 31, 2010 (Unaudited)

                   

Assets:

                   

Cash equivalents

  $ 96,000          

        Certain non-financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These include reporting units measured at fair value using market and income approaches in the first step of a goodwill impairment test. Certain non-financial assets, including goodwill, intangible assets and other non-financial long-lived assets, are measured at fair value using market and income approaches on a non-recurring basis when there is an indication that there may be a triggering event which could result in impairment. The adoption of ASC 820 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities had no material impact on the financial statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2010.

(m) Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

        Acquired intangibles are removed from the accounts when fully amortized and no longer in use. Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of the following at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 
   
  June 30, 2008   June 30, 2009  
Asset Class
  Estimated
Useful Life
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net   Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Customer Relationships

  3-12 years   $ 1,691   $ 1,076   $ 615   $ 647   $ 491   $ 156  

        Intangible asset amortization expense was $6.5 million, $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million (unaudited) for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. We expect the remaining balance of intangible assets to be amortized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. Amortization expense is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets.

F-20


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The changes in the carrying amount of the goodwill by reporting unit for fiscal 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Reporting Unit  
Asset Class
  License   Professional
Services
  Maintenance
and Training
  Total  
 

Carrying amount as of June 30, 2008

  $ 2,490   $ 522   $ 16,007   $ 19,019  
   

Impairment loss

        (521 )       (521 )
   

Effect of changes in currency translation

    (15 )   (1 )   (1,796 )   (1,812 )
                   
 

Carrying amount as of June 30, 2009

    2,475         14,211     16,686  
   

Effect of changes in currency translation

    181         1,042     1,223  
                   
 

Carrying amount as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

  $ 2,656   $   $ 15,253   $ 17,909  
                   

        We test goodwill for impairment annually at the reporting unit level using a fair value approach in accordance with the provisions of ASC 350, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other." We conduct our annual impairment test on December 31, of each year. The initial step requires us to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare it to the carrying value, including goodwill, of such reporting unit. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss is to be recognized. However, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of this unit may be impaired. The amount of impairment, if any, is then measured based upon the estimated fair value of goodwill at the valuation date. Our last annual impairment test occurred on December 31, 2009. If an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, goodwill will be evaluated for impairment between annual tests.

        Certain negative macroeconomic factors began to impact the global credit markets in late calendar 2008 and we noted significant unfavorable trends in business conditions in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. In connection with preparing the annual impairment assessment, we identified significant deterioration in the expected future financial performance of the professional services segment compared to the expected future financial performance of this segment at the end of fiscal 2008. As a result, we recognized goodwill and intangible assets impairments of $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively, within the professional services reporting unit during the second fiscal quarter of 2009, which ended December 31, 2008, to write off all of the goodwill and intangible assets of this reporting unit.

        We evaluate our long-lived assets, which include property and leasehold improvements and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, for impairment as events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If we determine that an impairment review is required, we would review the expected future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets. If we determine that the carrying value of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable, we would measure any impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by us to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model.

F-21


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(n) Comprehensive Income

        Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income is disclosed in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders' equity (deficit) and comprehensive income. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 consist of cumulative translation adjustments.

(o) Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

        We adopted ASC 718 "Compensation—Stock Compensation" (ASC 718), effective July 1, 2005. Under the provisions of this statement, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period.

(p) Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets

        We derecognize financial assets, specifically accounts receivable and installments receivable, when control has been surrendered in compliance with ASC 860, "Transfers and Servicing" (ASC 860). Transfers of accounts receivable and installments receivable that meet the requirements of (ASC 860) for sale accounting treatment are removed from the balance sheet and gains or losses on the sale are recognized. If the conditions for sale accounting treatment are not met, or are no longer met, accounts receivable and installments receivable transferred are classified as collateralized receivables in the consolidated balance sheet and cash received from these transactions is classified as secured borrowings. All transfers of assets are accounted for as secured borrowings. Transaction costs associated with secured borrowings, if any, are treated as borrowing costs and recognized in interest expense. When we receive cash from a customer, the collateralized receivable balance is reduced and the related secured borrowing is reclassified to an accrued liability from amounts we must remit to the financial institution. The accrued liability is reduced when payment is remitted to the financial institution.

(q) Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the statutory tax rates and laws expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the timing of the temporary differences becoming deductible. Management considers, among other available information, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, limitations of availability of net operating loss carryforwards, and other matters in making this assessment.

        We do not provide deferred taxes on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries since we intend to indefinitely reinvest either currently or sometime in the foreseeable future. Unrecognized provisions for taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, which are considered indefinitely reinvested, are not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

F-22


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        We are continuously subject to examination by the IRS, as well as various state and foreign jurisdictions. The IRS and other taxing authorities may challenge certain deductions and credits reported by us on our income tax returns. For years prior to fiscal 2008 and in accordance with ASC 450, "Contingencies" (ASC 450) we established reserves for tax contingencies that reflected our best estimate of the deductions or tax credits that we may be unable to sustain, or that were probable to be conceded as part of a broader tax settlement.

        In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASC 740 "Income Taxes" (ASC 740), formerly Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109," (FIN 48), which clarifies the criteria for recognition and measurement of benefits from uncertain tax positions. Under ASC 740, an entity should recognize a tax benefit when it is more-likely-than-not, based on the technical merits, that the position would be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. The amount to be recognized, if the more-likely-than-not threshold was passed, should be measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Furthermore, any change in the recognition, de-recognition or measurement of a tax position should be recorded in the period in which the change occurs.

        We adopted ASC 740 as of July 1, 2007, and any change in net assets as a result of applying ASC 740 is recognized as an adjustment to accumulated deficit on that date. The implementation of ASC 740 on July 1, 2007, resulted in no adjustment to the opening deficit. Although we had $3.6 million of deferred tax assets which were de-recognized upon adoption of ASC 740, these amounts did not result in an adjustment to the accumulated deficit at July 1, 2007 as a result of the full valuation allowance recorded against these deferred tax assets.

        We account for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of the provision for income taxes. As of June 30, 2007, we had accrued $5.9 million of interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. Prior to July 1, 2007, income taxes payable were classified as a current liability. Under ASC 740, we are required to classify those obligations that are expected to be paid within the next twelve months as a current obligation and the remainder as a non-current obligation. As of July 1, 2007, we classified $10.6 million as non-current obligations.

(r) Legal Fees and Contingencies

        We accrue estimated liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation and other sources when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the claim assessment or damages can be reasonably estimated. We believe that we have sufficient accruals to cover any obligations resulting from claims, assessments or litigation that have met this criteria.

(s) Advertising Costs

        We charge advertising costs to expense as the costs are incurred. We incurred advertising expenses of $1.8 million, $3.3 million, $2.5 million and $1.7 million (unaudited) for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively.

F-23


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(t) Research and Development Expense

        We charge research and development expenditures to expense as the costs are incurred. Research and development expenses include salaries, direct costs incurred and building and overhead expenses.

(u) Accounting for Restructuring Accruals

        We follow ASC 420, "Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations." In addition, we consider the guidance where applicable in ASC 712, "Compensation—Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits," and ASC 715, "Compensation—Retirement Benefits." In accounting for these obligations, we are required to make assumptions related to the amounts of employee severance, benefits, and related costs and to the time period over which facilities will remain vacant, sublease terms, sublease rates and discount rates. Estimates and assumptions are based on the best information available at the time the obligation has arisen. The restructuring charge for restructuring programs that have future payments that extend beyond one year is recorded at the net present value of the future cash payments to be made. The discount is then accreted to restructuring expense over the term of the remaining payments. These estimates are reviewed and revised as facts and circumstances dictate; changes in these estimates could have a material effect on the amount accrued on the consolidated balance sheet.

(v) Correction of Immaterial Errors

        During the first and second quarters of fiscal 2010, we identified errors related to stock compensation expense, license and professional services revenue, and income taxes that originated in prior periods and concluded that the errors were not material to any of the previously reported periods or to the periods in which the errors were corrected. These immaterial errors were corrected in the first and second quarter 2010 Interim Financial Statements. The impact to certain captions in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, resulting from the out-of-period component of the correction of immaterial errors, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  September 30, 2009   December 31, 2009  
 
  Increase (Decrease)
  Increase (Decrease)
 
 
  (Unaudited)
 

Total revenue

  $ 93   $ (370 )

Income (loss) from operations

    (722 )   (370 )

Income (loss) before provision for taxes

    (722 )   (370 )

Net income (loss)

    (1,302 )   (1,540 )

        During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we identified certain errors that originated in prior periods and concluded that the errors were not material to any of the previously reported periods. These immaterial errors were corrected in first quarter 2009 Interim Financial Statements and in the information presented in the first quarter and full fiscal year financial statements and disclosures. The

F-24


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


impact to certain captions in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2009, resulting from these out-of-period components of the immaterial corrections, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  September 30, 2008  
 
  Increase (Decrease)
 

Total revenue

  $  

Income from operations

    887  

Income before provision for taxes

    315  

Net income

    (3,618 )

        During the second and fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we identified certain errors that originated in prior periods and concluded that the errors were not material to any of the previously reported periods. These immaterial errors were corrected in the second fiscal quarter 2008 Interim Financial Statements and in the information presented in the fourth quarter and full fiscal year financial statements and disclosures. The impact to certain captions in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2008, resulting from these out-of-period components of the immaterial corrections, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  December 31, 2007   June 30, 2008  
 
  Increase (Decrease)
 

Total revenue

  $ (1,117 ) $ (900 )

Income from operations

    (1,337 )   (907 )

Income before provision for taxes

    (486 )   (747 )

Net income

    358     (1,009 )

(w) Subsequent Events

        We evaluated events occurring between the end of our most recent fiscal year and the date the financial statements were issued. There were no subsequent events to be disclosed based on this evaluation.

(x) Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued ASC 820, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures" (ASC 820), which enhances existing guidance for measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, the FASB permitted companies to partially defer the effective date of ASC 820 for one year for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. We adopted ASC 820 on July 1, 2008. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements." This ASU requires new disclosures including significant transfers into

F-25


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and a reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements including purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis. It also clarifies existing disclosures regarding the level of disaggregation, inputs and valuation techniques. We adopted ASU No. 2010-06 during the third quarter of fiscal 2010 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets or statements of cash flows.

        In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, "Subsequent Events" (ASC 855). ASC 855 establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC 855 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. We adopted ASC 855 on April 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-09, "Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements." As a result of ASU No. 2010-09, ASC 855 no longer requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events have occurred. We adopted ASU No. 2010-09 during the third quarter of fiscal 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-09 did not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets or statements of cash flows.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 805 "Business Combinations" (ASC 805). ASC 805 establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. The authoritative guidance also establishes disclosure requirements which will enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. ASC 805 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We adopted ASC 805 effective July 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 805 will have an impact on our accounting for any future business combinations.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 810, "Consolidation" (ASC 810), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. The authoritative guidance also establishes reporting requirements that provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. ASC 810 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of ASC 810 as of July 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 810 did not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets or statements of cash flows, as there were no minority interests reported as of June 30, 2009.

        In April 2008, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance to ASC 350-30, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—General Intangibles Other Than Goodwill" (ASC 350). The guidance amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC 350. The updated guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of the new guidance as of July 1, 2009. The adoption of the new provisions did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, due to the immaterial value of intangibles as of June 30, 2009.

F-26


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166, "Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets" (SFAS No. 166). SFAS No. 166 removes the concept of a QSPE from ASC 860 and removes the exception from applying FIN 46R. This statement also clarifies the requirements for isolation and limitations on portions of financial assets that are eligible for sale accounting. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after Nov. 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 166 on July 1, 2010. The adoption of SFAS No. 166 will not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets or statements of cash flows.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, "Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)" (SFAS No. 167). SFAS No. 167 amends the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities and affects the overall consolidation analysis under FASB Interpretation No. 46(R). SFAS No. 167 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 167 as of July 1, 2010. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 167 on our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets or statements of cash flows.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168, "The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162" (SFAS No. 168). SFAS No. 168 stipulates the FASB Accounting Standards Codification is the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. SFAS No. 168 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 168 on July 1, 2009. The implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets or statements of cash flows.

        In September 2009, the FASB issued ASC Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13, (previously Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 08-1, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables"). ASU 2009-13 superseded EITF 00-21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables" to eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have Vendor-Specific Objective Evidence (VSOE) or Third-Party Evidence (TPE) before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the standalone selling price for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity's estimated selling price. Application of the "residual method" of allocating an overall arrangement fee between delivered and undelivered elements will no longer be permitted upon adoption of ASU 2009-13. Additionally, the new guidance will require entities to disclose more information about their multiple-element revenue arrangements. ASU 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt ASU 2009-13 on July 1, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 will not have a material effect on our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets or statements of cash flows.

F-27


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(3) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In September 2009, the FASB issued ASC ASU 2009-14 (previously EITF 09-3 "Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements"). ASU 2009-14 amends the scope of software revenue recognition to exclude tangible products that contain both software and non-software components that function together to deliver a product's essential functionality. ASU 2009-14 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt ASU 2009-14 on July 1, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 will not have a material effect on our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets or statements of cash flows.

(y) Reclassifications

        Certain line items within total operating costs of our prior period consolidated statements of operations and Note 16, "Segment and Geographic Information," have been reclassified to conform to currently reported presentations. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we reclassified expenses primarily relating to product management from Selling and marketing to Research and development. Other adjustments were made to reclassify certain allocable expenses from Selling and marketing to General and administrative and immaterial losses and gains on asset disposals to the department where the related assets were utilized. The impact of these reclassifications to our previously presented statements of operations for fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 is represented in the table below (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  Increase / (Decrease)
 

Selling and marketing

  $ (4,693 ) $ (4,717 ) $ (5,024 )

Research and development

    4,693     4,720     4,912  

General and administrative

    332     (69 )   118  

Loss (gain) on sales and disposals of assets

    (332 )   66     (6 )

        Additionally, in fiscal 2010, we reclassified cash flows from changes in other non-current assets in our prior period consolidated statement of cash flows from an investing activity to an operating activity. This reclassification was made as a result of the underlying assets being operating in nature. The impact of this change on our cash flows from operating activities totaled $0.1 million, ($0.6) million and ($0.4) million for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

(4) Restructuring Charges

        Restructuring charges consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Restructuring Charges

  $ 4,634   $ 8,623   $ 2,446   $ 2,025   $ 260  
                       

F-28


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(4) Restructuring Charges (Continued)

        During fiscal 2009, we recorded $2.4 million in restructuring charges. Of this amount, $1.9 million related to headcount reductions and $0.5 million related to changes in the estimates of future operating costs and sublease assumptions related to restructuring programs originating in periods prior to June 30, 2008 and accretion. The $0.3 million (unaudited) in restructuring charges for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 related to $0.3 million of accretion charges being offset by a less than $0.1 million reduction related to revised estimates.

        At June 30, 2009, total restructuring liabilities of $12.2 million consisted of $11.9 million for the closure of facilities and $0.3 million relating to headcount reductions. We anticipate that payments of these liabilities will be made through fiscal 2016.

        The following activity was recorded for the indicated years (in thousands):

 
  Closure/
Consolidation
of Facilities and
Contract
Termination Costs
  Employee
Severance,
Benefits, and
Related Costs
  Total  

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2006

  $ 17,402   $ 750   $ 18,152  
 

Restructuring charge

    1,000     3,634     4,634  
 

Fiscal 2007 payments

    (4,958 )   (3,527 )   (8,485 )
 

Restructuring charge—accretion

    308     1     309  
 

Change in estimate—revised assumption

    (366 )   (30 )   (396 )
               

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2007

    13,386     828     14,214  
 

Restructuring charge

    6,276     545     6,821  
 

Fiscal 2008 payments

    (5,249 )   (1,203 )   (6,452 )
 

Restructuring charge—accretion

    575         575  
 

Change in estimate—revised assumption

    1,366     (139 )   1,227  
               

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2008

    16,354     31     16,385  
 

Restructuring charge

        1,700     1,700  
 

Fiscal 2009 payments

    (5,009 )   (1,604 )   (6,613 )
 

Restructuring charge—accretion

    629         629  
 

Change in estimate—revised assumption

    (55 )   172     117  
               

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2009

    11,919     299     12,218  
 

Restructuring charge (Unaudited)

             
 

Fiscal 2010 payments (Unaudited)

    (3,486 )   (295 )   (3,781 )
 

Restructuring charge—accretion (Unaudited)

    323         323  
 

Change in estimate—revised assumption (Unaudited)

    (61 )   (2 )   (63 )
               

Accrued expenses, March 31, 2010 (Unaudited)

  $ 8,695   $ 2   $ 8,697  
               

(a) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended March 31, 2009

        In the three months ended March 31, 2009, we initiated a worldwide plan to reduce operating expenses by reorganizing business units through headcount reductions. During fiscal 2009, we recorded a charge of $1.7 million associated with headcount reductions. Approximately 70 employees, or 5% of

F-29


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(4) Restructuring Charges (Continued)


the workforce, were eliminated under the restructuring plan. The employees were primarily located in North America and Europe. All business units were affected, including services, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative. As of June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010, there was $0.3 million and $0.0 million (unaudited), respectively, in accrued expenses relating to headcount reductions.

(b) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended June 30, 2007

        In May 2007, we initiated a plan to relocate our corporate headquarters from Cambridge to Burlington, Massachusetts. The relocation resulted in our ceasing to use our prior corporate headquarters leased space, subleasing the space to a third party, and the relocation to a new facility. During fiscal 2008, we recorded a charge of $6.0 million associated with the relocation of certain departments to temporary space. The closure and relocation actions were completed in October 2007. These costs did not meet the criteria for accrual as of June 30, 2007. During fiscal 2009, we recorded an additional $0.4 million in restructuring charges, primarily related to accretion. As of June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010, there was $3.9 million and $3.0 million (unaudited), respectively, remaining in accrued expenses relating to the remaining lease payments.

(c) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended June 30, 2005

        In May 2005, we initiated a plan to consolidate several corporate functions and to reduce our operating expenses. The plan to reduce operating expenses primarily resulted in headcount reductions, and also included the termination of a contract and the consolidation of facilities. These actions resulted in an aggregate restructuring charge of $3.8 million, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2007 and 2008, we recorded an additional $4.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in restructuring charges related to headcount reductions, relocation costs and facility consolidations associated with the May 2005 plan that did not qualify for accrual at June 30, 2005. As of June 30, 2009, there were no remaining accruals associated with the plan.

        Closure/consolidation of facilities:    Approximately $1.0 million and $0.3 million of the restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2007 and 2008, respectively, related to the termination of facility leases.

        Employee severance, benefits and related costs:    Approximately $3.6 million and $0.5 million of the restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2007 and 2008, respectively, related to the reduction in headcount. Approximately 130 employees, or 10% of the workforce, were eliminated under the restructuring plan. The employees were primarily located in North America and Europe. All business units were affected, including services, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative.

(d) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended June 30, 2004

        In June 2004, we initiated a plan to reduce our operating expenses in order to better align our operating cost structure with the current economic environment and to improve operating margins. The plan to reduce operating expenses resulted in the consolidation of facilities, headcount reductions, and the termination of operating contracts. These actions resulted in an aggregate restructuring charge of $23.5 million, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004. During fiscal 2005, we recorded

F-30


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(4) Restructuring Charges (Continued)


$14.4 million related to headcount reductions and facility consolidations associated with the June 2004 restructuring plan that did not qualify for accrual at June 30, 2004. In addition, we recorded $0.4 million in restructuring charges related to the accretion of the discounted restructuring accrual and a $0.8 million decrease to the accrual related to changes in estimates of severance benefits and sublease terms. During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, we recorded a $0.2 million decrease, a $1.2 million decrease, and a less than $0.1 million decrease, respectively, to the accrual primarily due to changes in the estimate of future operating costs and sublease assumptions associated with the facilities, as well as accretion of $0.3 million for each of the respective periods. As of June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010, there was $3.2 million and $2.4 million (unaudited), respectively, remaining in accrued expenses relating to the remaining lease payments.

        Closure/consolidation of facilities:    Approximately $9.1 million of the fiscal 2005 restructuring related to the termination of facility leases and other lease related costs. The facility leases had remaining terms ranging from several months to eight years. The amount accrued is an estimate of the remaining obligation under the lease or actual costs to buy-out leases, reduced by expected income from the sublease of the underlying properties.

        Employee severance, benefits and related costs:    Approximately $4.4 million of the fiscal 2005 restructuring charge, related to a reduction in headcount. In the aggregate, approximately 147 employees, or 9% of the workforce, were eliminated under the restructuring plan implemented by management. The fiscal 2005 restructuring charge related to employees that had not been notified in a manner that would allow for accrual as of June 30, 2004. Such accrual occurred in Q1 of fiscal 2005. A majority of the employees were located in North America, although Europe was affected as well. All business units were affected, including services, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative.

        Impairment of assets:    Approximately $1.0 million of the fiscal 2005 restructuring charge related to charges associated with the impairment of fixed assets associated with the closed and consolidated facilities. These assets were considered to be impaired because their carrying values were in excess of their fair values.

(e) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended December 31, 2002

        In October 2002, management initiated a plan to reduce operating expenses in response to first quarter revenue results that were below expectations and to general economic uncertainties. The plan to reduce operating expenses resulted in headcount reductions, consolidation of facilities, and discontinuation of development and support for certain non-critical products. We accounted for the restructuring charges in accordance with ASC 420. These actions resulted in an aggregate restructuring charge of $28.7 million. During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, we recorded a $0.2 and $0.1 million decrease and a $0.1 million increase, respectively, to the accrual primarily due to a change in the estimate of the facility vacancy term and for additional severance benefits. As of June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010, there was $4.6 million and $3.3 million (unaudited), respectively, remaining in accrued expenses primarily relating to the remaining lease payments.

F-31


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(4) Restructuring Charges (Continued)

(f) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended June 30, 2002

        In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, management initiated a plan to reduce operating expenses and to restructure operations around our two primary product lines, engineering software and manufacturing/supply chain software. We accounted for the related restructuring charges in accordance with ASC 420. We reduced worldwide headcount by approximately 10%, or 200 employees, closed and consolidated facilities, and disposed of certain assets, resulting in an aggregate restructuring charge of $13.2 million. During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, we recorded nominal increases to the accrual, due to changes in sublease assumptions. As of June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010, there was $0.2 million and $0.1 million (unaudited), respectively, remaining in accrued expenses relating to lease payments.

(5) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized Receivables

        We have transferred certain customer installment and trade receivables to financial institutions that are accounted for as secured borrowings. The transferred receivables serve as collateral under the receivable sales facilities. Since December 2007, we have not sold any receivables for the purpose of raising cash, but we have sold some large dollar receivables in order to fund the repurchase of several large groups of smaller receivables previously sold to the banks, for the purpose of simplifying our administration of the programs. The carrying value of the collateralized receivables approximates the carrying value of the equivalent secured borrowings.

        As of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010, receivables totaling $135.3 million, $96.4 million and $63.5 million (unaudited), respectively, were pledged as collateral for the secured borrowings. The secured borrowings totaled $147.2 million, $112.1 million and $87.4 million (unaudited) as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively. The collateralized receivables are presented at their net present value. The interest rate implicit in the installment receivables was 8% as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited). We recorded $11.6 million, $15.1 million, $8.7 million and $5.1 million (unaudited) of interest income associated with the collateralized receivables for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively, and recognized $17.5 million, $16.1 million, $10.5 million, and $6.7 million (unaudited), respectively, of interest expense associated with the secured borrowings. Proceeds from and payments on the secured borrowings are presented as components of cash flows from financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Reductions of secured borrowings are recognized as financing cash flows upon payment to the financial institution and operating cash flows from collateralized receivables are recognized upon customer payment of amounts due.

Traditional Programs

        We historically have maintained arrangements which we refer to as our Traditional Programs to transfer certain of our receivables to financial institutions upon the mutual agreement of us and the financial institution for each such customer receivable. The transfers of customer receivables under these programs have been accounted for as secured borrowings. Under our arrangements with General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America and Silicon Valley Bank (SVB), both parties must agree to enter into each transaction and negotiate the amount borrowed and interest rate secured by each receivable. We received cash proceeds of $148.9 million, $74.1 million, $30.2 million and $9.5 million

F-32


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(5) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized Receivables (Continued)


(unaudited) for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively, related to these programs.

        The collateralized receivables earn interest income and the secured borrowings accrue borrowing costs at approximately the same interest rate. When cash is received from a customer by us, the collateralized receivable balance is reduced and the related secured borrowing is reclassified to an accrued liability for amounts we must remit to the financial institution. The accrued liability is reduced when payment is remitted to the financial institutions. The terms of the customer receivables range from amounts that are due within 30 days to receivables that are due over five years.

        Under the terms of the Traditional Programs we have transferred the receivables to the financial institutions with limited financial recourse to us. Potential recourse obligations are primarily related to one program that requires us to pay interest to SVB when the underlying customer has not paid by the receivable due date. This recourse is limited to a maximum period of 90 days after the due date. The amount of outstanding receivables that have this potential recourse obligation is $43.6 million and $33.1 million (unaudited) at June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively. This ninety-day recourse obligation is recognized as interest expense as incurred and totaled $0.7 million, $0.4 million, $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million (unaudited), for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Otherwise, recourse generally results from circumstances in which we failed to perform requirements related to contracts with the customer. Other than the specific items noted above, the financial institutions bear the credit risk of the customers associated with the receivables the institution purchased.

        In the ordinary course of us acting as a servicing agent for receivables transferred to SVB, we regularly receive funds from customers that are processed and remitted onward to SVB. While in our possession, these cash receipts are contractually owned by SVB and are held by us on their behalf until remitted to the bank. Cash receipts held for the benefit of SVB recorded in our cash balances and current liabilities totaled $0.9 million, $0 and $0 (unaudited) as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively. Such amounts are restricted from our use.

        In June 2008, we paid the outstanding amount under the Bank of America program at its carrying value of $2.7 million inclusive of a one percent pre-payment penalty.

Securitization of Accounts Receivable

        During fiscal 2005 and 2007 we entered into securitization arrangements where we securitized and transferred installment receivables with a net carrying value of $71.9 million and $32.1 million, respectively, and received cash proceeds of $43.8 million and $20.0 million, respectively. These borrowings were secured by collateralized receivables, and the debt and borrowing costs were repaid as the receivables were collected. Neither arrangement met the criteria for a sale and as such had been accounted for as a secured borrowing. We received and retained collections on these securitized receivables after all borrowing and related costs were paid to the financial institution. The financial institutions' rights to repayment were limited to the payments received from the collateralized receivables. Both securitizations were paid off during fiscal 2008 at their respective carrying values of $4.2 million and $12.2 million. The payments resulted in a reclassification to accounts receivable of $9.8 million and to current installments receivable of $17.8 million from the current portion of

F-33


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(5) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized Receivables (Continued)


collateralized receivables, and $23.9 million from non-current collateralized receivables to non-current installment receivables.

        The secured borrowings consist of the following at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 
  June 30,    
 
 
  March 31,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Traditional Programs—weighted average interest rate of 8.1% at March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2009 and 7.6% at June 30, 2008

  $ 147,207   $ 112,096   $ 87,386  
               

Total secured borrowings

    147,207     112,096     87,386  

Less current portion

    47,816     83,885     33,175  
               

Total secured borrowings, less current portion

  $ 99,391   $ 28,211   $ 54,211  
               

        The cash payments on the collateralized receivables fund the secured borrowing payments, and we retain payments received on collateralized receivables that are in excess of the secured borrowings. We have no future cash obligations other than the limited recourse obligations noted above.

(6) Line of Credit

        In January 2003 and through subsequent amendments, we executed a loan arrangement with Silicon Valley Bank. This arrangement provides a line of credit of up to the lesser of (i) $25.0 million or (ii) 80% of eligible domestic receivables. The line of credit bears interest at the greater of the bank's prime rate (3.25% at March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and June 30, 2009) plus 0.5%, or 4.75%. If we maintain a $10.0 million compensating cash balance with the bank the unused line of credit fee will be 0.1875% per annum, otherwise it will be 0.375% per annum. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of our assets and we are required to meet certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum cash balances and an adjusted quick ratio.

        On November 3, 2009, we executed an amendment to the loan arrangement that adjusted certain terms of the covenants, including modifying the date we must provide monthly unaudited and annual audited financial statements to the bank and the maturity date of the credit loan, which was extended to May 15, 2010. As of June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010, there were $7.7 million and $4.4 million (unaudited), respectively, in letters of credit outstanding under the line of credit, and there was $17.5 million and $13.0 million (unaudited), respectively, available for future borrowing.

F-34


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(7) Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

        Property, equipment and leasehold improvements in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,    
 
 
  March 31,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements—at cost

                   

Computer equipment

  $ 9,908   $ 9,538   $ 9,546  

Purchased software

    24,756     17,815     18,846  

Furniture & fixtures

    6,311     5,881     5,722  

Leasehold improvements

    4,009     3,808     3,586  

Accumulated depreciation

    (33,185 )   (27,438 )   (29,119 )
               

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements—net

  $ 11,799   $ 9,604   $ 8,581  
               

        We account for asset retirement obligations in accordance with ASC 410, "Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations." As of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010, the balance of our asset retirement obligations was $0.4 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million (unaudited), respectively.

        Accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,    
 
 
  March 31,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Royalties and outside commissions

  $ 6,576   $ 8,627   $ 4,414  

Payroll and payroll-related

    19,434     13,793     16,224  

Restructuring accruals

    4,658     4,974     4,100  

Amounts due to receivable sale facilities for collections

    5,687     2,724     654  

Other

    25,391     17,764     11,352  
               
 

Total accrued expenses

  $ 61,746   $ 47,882   $ 36,744  
               

        Other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,    
 
 
  March 31,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Restructuring accruals

  $ 11,727   $ 7,244   $ 4,597  

Deferred rent

    2,562     2,333     2,221  

Royalties and outside commissions

    6,368     5,852     4,244  

Other

    23,653     20,430     20,994  
               
 

Total other non-current liabilities

  $ 44,310   $ 35,859   $ 32,056  
               

F-35


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(8) Preferred Stock

        Our Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further stockholder approval, to issue, from time to time, up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Each such series of preferred stock shall have such number of shares, designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges, which may include, among others, dividend rights, voting rights, redemption and sinking fund provisions, liquidation preferences and conversion rights, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors in a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series. Any such series of preferred stock, if so determined by the Board of Directors, may have full voting rights with the common stock or limited voting rights and may be convertible into common stock or another security of our company.

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

        In August 2003, we issued and sold 300,300 shares of Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series D-1 Preferred), along with warrants to purchase up to 6,006,006 shares of common stock at a price of $3.33 per share, in a private placement to several investment partnerships managed by Advent International Corporation for an aggregate purchase price of $100.0 million. Concurrently, we paid cash of $30.0 million and issued 63,064 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock (Series D-2 Preferred), along with warrants to purchase up to 1,261,280 shares of common stock at a price of $3.33 per share, to repurchase all of the outstanding Series B Preferred. In addition, we exchanged existing warrants to purchase 791,044 shares of common stock at an exercise price ranging from $20.64 to $23.99 held by the holders of the Series B Preferred, for new warrants to purchase 791,044 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.08. These transactions are referred to collectively as the Series D Preferred financing.

        We incurred $10.7 million in costs related to the issuance of the Series D-1 and D-2 Preferred (together, the Series D Preferred) and allocated the net proceeds received between the Series D Preferred and the warrants on the basis of the relative fair values at the date of issuance, allocating $15.5 million of proceeds to the warrants. The warrants are exercisable at any time prior to the seventh anniversary of their issue date. The remaining discount on the Series D Preferred was accreted to its redemption value over the earliest period of redemption.

        Each share of Series D Preferred was entitled to vote on all matters in which holders of common stock were entitled to vote, receiving a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it was then convertible. In addition, holders of Series D-1 Preferred, as a separate class, were entitled to elect a certain number of directors, based on a formula as defined in the Series D Preferred Certificate of Designations. The holders of the Series D-1 Preferred were entitled to elect a number of our directors calculated as a ratio of the Series D-1 Preferred voting power as compared to the total voting power of our common stock. Two of our seven current directors previously were elected by the selling stockholders in their capacities as holders of such shares of Series D-1 preferred.

        The Series D Preferred earned cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 8%, which were payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors, in cash or, subject to certain conditions, common stock. As of June 30, 2006, we had accrued $28.5 million in dividends on the Series D Preferred.

F-36


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(8) Preferred Stock (Continued)

        Each share of Series D Preferred was convertible at any time into a number of shares of common stock equal to its stated value divided by the then-effective conversion price. Each share of Series D Preferred was convertible into 100 shares of common stock.

        The Series D Preferred included redemption rights at the option of the holders as follows: 50% on or after August 14, 2009 and 50% on or after August 14, 2010. The shares were redeemable for cash at a price of $333.00 per share, plus accumulated but unpaid dividends.

        The Series D Preferred was subject to redemption at our option, at any time after August 2006 at a price of $416.25 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends if, among other things, the average trading price of our common stock exceeds $7.60 per share for 45 consecutive days. If we made such an election, the holders of the Series D Preferred could elect to convert their Series D Preferred shares into shares of common stock rather than have them redeemed.

        On May 16, 2006, the holders of the Series D Preferred converted 30,000 shares into 3,000,000 shares of common stock. At the time of the conversion we also paid $2.4 million in dividends on the converted shares. In December 2006, the holders of the Series D-1 Preferred converted their remaining 270,300 shares into 27,030,000 shares of common stock. In December 2006, we announced that we would redeem any shares of our Series D-2 Preferred that were not converted by our holders into common shares by January 30, 2007. In January 2007, the remaining 63,064 shares of Series D-2 Preferred were converted by our holders into 6,306,400 shares of common stock. The terms of the Series D-1 and D-2 Preferred required settlement of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon conversion of these shares into common stock and dividend accrual would cease upon such conversion. Accordingly, we paid $27.4 million in cash in December 2006 to the holders of the Series D-1 Preferred, and paid $6.6 million in cash in January 2007 to the holders of the Series D-2 Preferred for dividends accumulated at the date of conversion of the respective tranches of securities.

        As a result of the conversion of the Series D-1 and Series D-2 Preferred and the related dividend payments, the stated value of the Series D-1 Preferred was reduced from $125.5 million as of June 30, 2006 to $0 as of June 30, 2007, common stock outstanding was increased by $3.3 million and additional paid-in-capital was increased by $95.5 million for the portion of the preferred stock converted into common shares.

        In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, the accretion of preferred stock discount and dividend consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2009  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Accrual of dividend on Series D preferred

  $ (5,498 ) $   $   $   $  

Accretion of discount on Series D preferred

    (1,792 )                
                       

  $ (7,290 ) $   $   $   $  
                       

F-37


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(8) Preferred Stock (Continued)

Registration Rights

        In May 2006, we received a demand letter from the Series D-1 Preferred holders, in accordance with the terms of their investor rights agreement with us, requesting registration of all of the shares of common stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of Series D-1 Preferred and the exercise of their warrants in connection with an underwritten public offering per the terms defined in the investor rights agreement. We are required to register the underlying shares at our expense. As of June 30, 2009, the total number of outstanding shares of common stock that would be included by their registration demand letter is 29,512,336.

(9) Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Compensation Plans

        In May 2005, the shareholders approved the establishment of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2005 Plan), which provides for the reservation of up to 4,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan provides for the grant of incentive and nonqualified stock options and other stock-based awards, including the grant of shares based upon certain conditions, the grant of securities convertible into common stock and the grant of stock appreciation rights. Restricted stock and other stock-based awards granted under the 2005 Plan may not exceed, in the aggregate, 4,000,000 shares of common stock. As of June 30, 2009, there were 3,319,386 shares of common stock available for issuance subject to awards under the 2005 Plan.

        In December 2000, the shareholders approved the establishment of the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the 2001 Plan), which provides for the issuance of incentive stock options and nonqualified options. Under the 2001 Plan, the Board of Directors could grant stock options to purchase up to an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of common stock. At July 1, 2002, July 1, 2003 and July 1, 2004, the 2001 Plan was expanded to cover an additional 5% of the outstanding shares on the preceding June 30. In no event, however, may the number of shares subject to incentive options under the 2001 Option Plan exceed 8,000,000 unless the 2001 Plan is amended and such amendment is approved by the shareholders. As of June 30, 2009, there were 305,923 shares of common stock available for grant under the 2001 Plan.

        In December 1996, our shareholders approved the establishment of the 1996 Special Stock Option Plan (the 1996 Plan). This plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options and nonqualified options to purchase up to 500,000 shares of common stock. Stock options become exercisable over varying periods and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. We discontinued our employee stock purchase plan as of June 30, 2007.

        In October 1997, our Board of Directors approved the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, under which the Board of Directors may grant stock purchase rights for a maximum of 1,000,000 shares through September 30, 2007. In December 2000 and 2003, the shareholders voted to increase the number of shares eligible under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan by 2,000,000 and 3,000,000 shares, respectively. Employees are granted options to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of each semi-annual payment period for 85% of the market price of the common stock on the first or last business day of such payment period, whichever was less. The purchase price for such shares was paid through payroll deductions, and the June 30, 2008, maximum allowable payroll deduction was 10% of each eligible employee's compensation. Under the plan, we issued 315,751 shares

F-38


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(9) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)


in 2005, 188,119 shares in 2006, and 107,862 shares in 2007. On July 1, 2007, we issued 51,311 shares under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We discontinued the plan as of June 30, 2008.

General Award Terms

        We issue stock options and restricted stock units to our employees and outside directors, and provide employees the right to purchase stock pursuant to stockholder approved stock option plans. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of our stock at the date of grant; those options generally vest over four years and have 7 or 10-year contractual terms. Restricted stock units (RSUs) vest over four years. Historically, our practice has been to settle stock option exercises and restricted stock vesting through newly issued shares.

Stock Compensation Accounting

        We recognize compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for time vested awards.

        Our stock based compensation is principally accounted for as awards of equity instruments. Our policy is to issue new shares upon the exercise of stock awards. We adopted the simplified method related to accounting for the tax effects of share-based payment awards to employees in ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation" (ASC 718). We use the "with-and-without" approach for determining if excess tax benefits are realized under ASC 718.

        Prior to the adoption of ASC 718 on July 1, 2005, we used the intrinsic value method to account for employee stock awards. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation cost was measured as the difference between the exercise price of the award and the grant date fair market value. We have elected the modified prospective transition method for adopting ASC 718, and consequently prior periods were not modified. Under this method, the provisions of ASC 718 apply to all awards granted or modified after the date of adoption (July 1, 2005). The unrecognized expense of awards not yet vested at the date of adoption is recognized in net income in the periods after the date of adoption using the same valuation method (i.e., Black-Scholes) and assumptions determined under the original provisions of ASC 718.

        During the period from mid-September 2007 until November 9, 2009 and from November 16, 2009 to December 21, 2009, we did not maintain our status as a timely filer with the SEC and we were unable to issue stock-based compensation to our directors and employees. On October 29, 2009 the Board of Directors approved the grant as of November 9, 2009 of 2,727,033 RSUs and 264,640 stock options under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2001 Stock Option Plan, respectively. Since we were not able to grant awards during the period described above, a portion of the awards were vested immediately upon grant. The RSUs were valued at the stock price on the date of grant. We utilized the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of the stock-based compensation. The stock-based compensation expense and its classification (in thousands) in the statement of operations

F-39


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(9) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)


for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the nine months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively was as follows:

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Recorded as expense:

                               
 

Cost of service and other

  $ 1,522   $ 1,254   $ 429   $ 298   $ 1,138  
 

Selling and marketing

    3,424     3,345     928     612     5,030  
 

Research and development

    1,915     1,411     460     314     1,637  
 

General and administrative

    4,201     4,590     2,853     2,409     5,546  
                       

    11,062     10,600     4,670     3,633     13,351  

Capitalized computer software development costs:

    57     18     26     26     1  
                       
 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 11,119   $ 10,618   $ 4,696   $ 3,659   $ 13,352  
                       

        We utilize the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of the stock compensation. There were no stock options granted in fiscal 2009. The weighted-average fair values of the options granted under the stock option plans and shares subject to purchase under the employee stock purchase plan for fiscal 2007 and 2008 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 were calculated using the following assumptions:

 
  Year Ended June 30,    
 
  Nine Months Ended
March 31, 2010
 
  2007   2008
 
  Stock
Option
Plans
  Stock
Purchase
Plans
  Stock
Option
Plans
  Stock Option
Plans
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

Weighted average fair values of options granted

  $7.11   $3.26   $7.26   $3.96

Average risk-free interest rate

  4.8%   5.0%   4.4%   1.4%

Expected dividend yield

  None   None   None   None

Expected life

  5.0 to 6.0   0.5   5.0   3.4

Expected volatility range

  80 - 85%   42 - 53%   80%   57%

Weighted average expected volatility

  80%   46%   80%   57%

        The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends on common stock and have no present intention to pay cash dividends. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the period commensurate with the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a maturity commensurate with the expected life of the options on the date of grant. In fiscal 2008, we calculated the estimated life based upon historical exercise behavior.

F-40


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(9) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        A summary of stock option and RSU activity under all stock option plans for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 is as follows:

 
  Stock Options    
   
 
 
  Restricted Stock Units  
 
   
   
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
   
 
 
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in 000's)
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at June 30, 2006

    9,460,449   $ 7.37                   $  

Granted

    1,148,700     10.61                 723,400     10.42  

Vested (RSUs)

                                 

Exercised

    (1,446,354 )   5.88                          

Cancelled / Forfeited

    (851,230 )   11.77                 (60,200 )   10.42  
                                   

Outstanding at June 30, 2007

    8,311,565     7.64                 663,200     10.42  

Granted

    40,000     10.86                      

Vested (RSUs)

                        (272,965 )   10.42  

Exercised

    (362,605 )   7.71                      

Cancelled / Forfeited

    (249,025 )   9.97                 (68,730 )   10.42  
                                   

Outstanding at June 30, 2008

    7,739,935     7.62                 321,505     10.42  

Granted

                             

Vested (RSUs)

                        (134,477 )   10.42  

Exercised

                             

Cancelled / Forfeited

    (170,720 )   7.96                 (36,415 )   10.42  
                                   

Outstanding at June 30, 2009

    7,569,215     7.61     4.7           150,613     10.42  

Granted

    264,640     9.55                 2,744,283   $ 9.55  

Vested (RSUs)

                            (1,141,910 ) $ 9.60  

Exercised

    (1,242,001 )   4.94                          

Cancelled / Forfeited

    (980,993 )   13.68                 (46,632 ) $ 9.66  
                                   

Outstanding at March 31, 2010

    5,610,861   $ 7.23     4.9           1,706,354   $ 9.85  
                                   

Exercisable at June 30, 2009

    6,859,293   $ 7.26     5.1                

Exercisable at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    5,410,262   $ 7.12     4.8                

Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2009 (unaudited)

    7,232,096   $ 7.36     5.2           137,571   $ 10.42  

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    5,558,946   $ 7.21     4.9           1,603,915   $ 9.85  

        The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during fiscal 2007 and for the nine months ending March 31, 2010 was $10.42 and $9.55 (unaudited), respectively; there were no RSU grants in fiscal 2008 or 2009. For fiscal 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, the total fair value of shares vested from RSU grants was $3.8 million, $1.2 million and $11.0 million (unaudited), respectively.

F-41


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(9) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        At June 30, 2009, the total compensation cost related to unvested stock options and RSU's not yet recognized was $2.9 million. The weighted average period over which this was to be recognized was approximately 9 months.

        At March 31, 2010, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to all unvested stock options and RSUs not yet recognized was $1.2 million (unaudited) and $15.9 million (unaudited), respectively, and is expected to be recorded over the next four years as the awards vest.

        The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the nine months ended March 31, 2010 was $5.8 million (unaudited). During the nine months ended March 31, 2010, we received $6.1 million (unaudited) in cash proceeds from option exercises and paid $3.4 million (unaudited) for withholding taxes on vested RSUs. There were no options exercised in fiscal 2009. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2007 and 2008 was $10.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively. We received $8.5 million and $2.8 million in cash proceeds from option exercises during fiscal 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        At June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010, common stock reserved for future issuance or settlement under equity compensation plans was 11.3 million shares and 8.6 million shares (unaudited), respectively.

        In December 2006 and May 2007, we modified awards for an aggregate of 1,184,470 options for our employees to equal the fair market value on the grant date of our common stock for these awards to avoid certain adverse tax impacts on the individuals. There was no incremental compensation cost resulting from the modifications. A further modification was made in December 2007 to increase the exercise price of certain awards and to provide for cash payments to employees to compensate them for the increase in the exercise price of those awards.

(10) Common Stock

Warrants

        We have issued warrants in connection with various financing activities. These warrants provide for net equity settlement and are accounted for in equity.

        In connection with the May 2002 sale of common stock to private investors, we issued warrants to purchase up to 3,208,333 shares of common stock at a price of $13.20 per share. In August 2003, the warrants were canceled, and new warrants were issued to purchase 1,152,665 shares at an exercise price of $9.76 per share, due to the impact of the Series D Preferred financing on the warrants' anti-dilution provisions. In January 2004, warrants to purchase 129,191 shares of common stock were exercised in a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of 17,922 shares of common stock. During fiscal 2007, the remaining 1,023,474 warrants were exercised in a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of 286,204 shares of our common stock.

        In connection with the August 2003 Series D Preferred financing, we issued warrants with seven-year lives to purchase 7,267,286 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.33 per share. In July 2006, 6,006,006 warrants were exercised in a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of 4,369,336 shares of our common stock. In November 2007, warrants to purchase 630,640 shares of common stock were exercised in a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of 500,203 shares of common stock. As of June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010, warrants to purchase 630,640 shares of common stock were outstanding and exercisable at a price of $3.33.

F-42


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(11) Income Taxes

        Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Domestic

  $ 46,939   $ 10,822   $ 48,095  

Foreign

    11,026     17,202     6,197  
               

Total

  $ 57,965   $ 28,024   $ 54,292  
               

        The provision for income taxes shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is composed of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Federal—

                   
 

Current

  $   $   $ 1,616  
 

Deferred

        457     (1,616 )

State—

                   
 

Current

    1,365     1,419     1,064  
 

Deferred

             

Foreign—

                   
 

Current

    7,868     6,010     (71 )
 

Deferred

    3,214     (4,808 )   375  
               

  $ 12,447   $ 3,078   $ 1,368  
               

        The provision for income taxes differs from that based on the federal statutory rate due to the following (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended June 30,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Federal tax at statutory rate

  $ 20,288   $ 9,808   $ 19,002  

State income taxes

    1,365     299     595  

Subpart F and dividend income

    8,625     3,695     1,467  

Foreign taxes and rate differences

    2,343     (1,952 )   (682 )

Permanent differences

    1,696     980     (501 )

Tax credits

    (8,375 )   (2,988 )   (6,092 )

Federal and foreign tax contingencies

    4,880     2,755     (2,615 )

Return to provision adjustments

            1,000  

Valuation allowance

    (18,375 )   (10,235 )   (12,911 )

Other

        716     2,105  
               

Provision for income taxes

  $ 12,447   $ 3,078   $ 1,368  
               

F-43


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(11) Income Taxes (Continued)

        The approximate tax effect of each type of temporary difference and tax carryforward is as follows (in thousands):

 
  June 30,  
 
  2008   2009  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Federal and state credits

  $ 5,086   $ 2,780  

Foreign tax credits

    4,747      

Foreign loss carryforwards

    4,949     2,370  

Revenue

    1,016     1,294  

Restructuring accruals

    5,538     4,192  

Other reserves and accruals

    15,120     12,013  

Intangible assets

    5,841     4,172  

Property and leasehold improvements

    6,770     4,648  

Other temporary differences

    9,129     13,084  
           

    58,196     44,553  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Revenue

    (1,752 )   (558 )

Intangible assets

    (2,305 )   (1,675 )

Property and leasehold improvements

    (481 )   (645 )

Other temporary differences

    (556 )   (601 )
           

    (5,094 )   (3,479 )

Valuation allowance

    (44,236 )   (31,325 )
           

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  $ 8,866   $ 9,749  
           

        Upon customer payment of certain foreign receivables, withholding taxes are withheld by customers and remitted to local tax authorities as required by statute. Under current U.S. tax law, these withholding taxes may be creditable against U.S. taxes payable subject to certain limitations. The withholding taxes are included in the foreign tax provision as they are withheld and remitted. Utilization of such taxes as foreign tax credits is recorded as a reduction of the domestic tax expense in the period it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against these credits since their potential utilization cannot be determined to be more likely than not. We will recognize the benefit of these credits only when it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

        During fiscal 2008 and 2009, we utilized tax net operating loss carryforwards to reduce the current provision by $16.1 million and $4.1 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2009, we have generated U.S. federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $32.6 million, all of which relate to stock compensation tax deductions in excess of book compensation expense. We record these tax benefits only when such deductions reduce taxes payable as determined on a "with and without" basis. Accordingly, this NOL will reduce federal taxes payable if realized in future periods, but NOL related to such benefits are not included in the table above. In addition we have other tax attributes in the amount of $2.8 million, which when realized will also increase additional paid in capital. We have

F-44


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(11) Income Taxes (Continued)


foreign loss carryforwards of $7.4 million which expire beginning in 2010 and others with no expiration date. We also have State research and development credits, and alternative minimum tax (AMT) credit carryforwards. These benefits are subject to a full valuation allowance and will reduce tax expense in the period that they are realized or the valuation allowance is removed if realization is considered more likely than not. These tax credits and foreign NOL carryforwards expire at various dates from 2010 through 2030, while the AMT credit carryforwards have unlimited carryforward periods.

        We have determined that we underwent an ownership change (as defined under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) during fiscal 2004. As such, the utilization of our federal NOLs and tax credits is limited. Moreover, an ownership change also occurred under the laws of certain states and foreign countries in which we have generated NOLs and tax credits. Accordingly, these NOL and tax credits will also be limited under rules similar to those of section 382. These limitations impact the amount of NOL, if any, that may be utilized in a given year. The full amount of the federal NOL carryforward as of June 30, 2009 is subject to these limitations and would be limited to an approximate $7 million per year limitation. The federal NOLs as of June 30, 2009 begin to expire in 2021.

        A reconciliation of the reserve for uncertain tax positions is as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of June 30, 2007

  $ 23,684  
 

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

    (5,961 )
 

Gross increases—tax positions in current period

    5,975  
 

Currency translation adjustment

    1,133  
       

Balance as of June 30, 2008

    24,831  
 

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period

    5,767  
 

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

    (5,107 )
 

Gross increases—tax positions in current period

    698  
 

Gross decreases—payments

    (1,599 )
 

Gross decreases—lapse of statutes

    (3,764 )
 

Currency translation adjustment

    (1,588 )
       

Balance as of June 30, 2009

  $ 19,238  
       

        Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as income tax expense and accordingly, we recorded approximately $1.6 million for interest and penalties during fiscal 2009. As of June 30, 2009, we had approximately $6.3 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions. At June 30, 2009, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits is $19.2 million, and of that amount, $9.5 million, if recognized, would reduce the effective tax rate. We estimate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that will change within the next twelve months is approximately $0.1 million.

        We expect to reverse $5.7 million of our reserve for uncertain tax positions in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 resulting from the expiration of the statute of limitations related to several uncertain tax positions, primarily related to Canada.

        Fiscal years 2006 to 2009 are open to audit in the United States and 2007 to 2009 in Canada.

        Subsidiaries of Aspen Technology in a number of countries outside of the U.S. and Canada are also subject to tax audits. We estimate that the effects of such tax audits are not material to these consolidated financial statements.

F-45


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(12) Operating Leases

        We lease our facilities and various office equipment under non-cancellable operating leases with terms in excess of one year. Rent expense, net of sublease income, charged to operations was approximately $7.9 million, $7.4 million, $6.8 million, and $5.0 million (unaudited) for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under these leases and scheduled sublease payments as of June 30, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):

Years ended June 30,
  Gross
Payments
  Scheduled
Sublease
Payments
  Net
Payments
 

2010

  $ 12,460   $ 2,789   $ 9,671  

2011

    9,856     2,860     6,996  

2012

    7,685     2,578     5,107  

2013

    4,879     765     4,114  

2014

    3,938     159     3,779  

Thereafter

    5,005     331     4,674  
               
 

Total

  $ 43,823   $ 9,482   $ 34,341  
               

        Due to various restructuring activities (See Note 4) we have vacated certain of our leased space and are subleasing a portion of this space. The scheduled sublease payments are listed above.

        We have issued approximately $7.5 million of standby letters of credit in connection with certain facility leases that expire through 2016.

        In May 2007, we entered into a lease agreement with respect to office space in Burlington, Massachusetts. Commencing September 1, 2007, we moved our principal corporate offices to this location and occupied 60,177 square feet of space. The initial term of the lease commenced with respect to (a) 31,174 square feet of leased premises on September 1, 2007, (b) an additional 29,003 square feet on October 1, 2007 and (c) an additional 1,309 square feet of leased space on October 26, 2007 (d) an additional 1,680 square feet on March 27, 2008 and (e) an additional 11,893 square feet on August 1, 2008. The initial term of the lease will expire seven years and four months following the term commencement date for the third phase of the leased premises. Subject to the terms and conditions of the lease, we may extend the term of the lease for two successive terms of five years each at 95% of the then market rate. Under the lease, we will pay additional rent for our proportionate share of operating expenses and taxes. Future minimum lease payments through January 2015 under this lease of $11.2 million are included in the table above.

        On September 5, 2007, we entered into an additional sublease agreement related to our former office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts, effective October 1, 2007 for approximately 50,000 square feet that expires on September 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2009, we had multiple agreements that expire through 2012 to sublease approximately 106,295 square feet of space in our former office space in Cambridge. These sublease agreements represent $7.6 million of scheduled sublease payments and are included in the above table.

F-46


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(13) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) ATME arbitration

        Prior to October 6, 2009, we had an exclusive reseller relationship covering certain countries in the Middle East with AspenTech Middle East W.L.L., a Kuwaiti corporation (now known as Advanced Technology Middle East W.L.L.) that we refer to below as ATME. Under the reseller agreement, we had the right to terminate for a material breach in the event of ATME's willful misconduct or fraud. Effective October 6, 2009, we terminated the reseller relationship for material breach by ATME based on certain actions of ATME. Under the reseller agreement, we had the right to terminate for a material breach in the event of ATME's willful misconduct or fraud.

        On November 2, 2009, ATME commenced an action in the Queen's Bench Division (Commercial Court) of the High Court of Justice (England & Wales) captioned In The Matter Of An Intended Arbitration Between AspenTech Middle East W.L.L. and Aspen Technology, Inc., 2009 Folio 1436, seeking preliminary injunctive relief restraining us from taking any steps to impede ATME from serving as our exclusive reseller in the countries covered by the reseller agreement with ATME. We filed evidence in opposition to that request for relief on November 12, 2009. At a hearing on November 13, 2009, the court dismissed ATME's application for preliminary injunctive relief. The court sealed an Order to this effect on November 23, 2009, and further ordered that ATME pay our costs of claim.

        Relatedly, on November 11, 2009, we filed a request for arbitration against ATME in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, captioned Aspen Technology, Inc. v. AspenTech Middle East W.L.L., Case No. 16732/VRO. Our request for arbitration asserted claims against ATME seeking a declaration that ATME committed a material breach of our agreement and that our termination of our agreement was lawful, and seeking damages for ATME's willful misconduct in connection with the reseller relationship. On November 18, 2009, ATME filed its answer to that request for arbitration and asserted counterclaims against us seeking a declaratory judgment that we unlawfully terminated our agreement with ATME and seeking damages for breach of contract by reason of our purported unlawful termination of our agreement. Our reply to those counterclaims was filed on or about December 18, 2009.

        The reseller agreement with ATME contained a provision whereby we could be liable for a termination fee if the agreement were terminated other than for material breach. This fee is to be calculated based on a formula contained in the reseller agreement that we believe was originally developed based on certain assumptions about the future financial performance of ATME, as well as ATME's actual financial performance. Based on the formula and the financial information provided to us by ATME, which we have not had the opportunity to verify independently, a recent calculation based on the formula would result in a termination fee of between $60 million and $77 million. Under the terminated reseller agreement, no termination fee is owed on termination for material breach. If we are found to have breached the terms of our agreement with ATME, we could be liable for the full value of the termination fee, which may be greater or less than the number indicated above.

        On March 11, 2010, a Kuwaiti entity (known as ATME Group and affiliated with ATME) filed a lawsuit in a Kuwaiti court naming as defendants ATME, us and a reseller newly appointed by us in Kuwait. In this lawsuit, ATME Group claims that it was an exclusive reseller for ATME in Kuwait and, as such, is entitled to damages resulting from purported customer contracts in Kuwait.

F-47


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(13) Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

(b) Class action and opt-out claims

        In March 2006, we settled class action litigation, including related derivative claims, arising out of our originally filed consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2000 through 2004, the accounting for which we restated in March 2005. Certain members of the class (representing 1,457,969 shares of common stock (or less than 1% of the shares putatively purchased during the class action period)) opted out of the settlement and had the right to bring their own state or federal law claims against us, referred to as "opt-out" claims. Opt-out claims were filed on behalf of the holders of approximately 1.1 million of such shares. One of these actions was settled and three were dismissed. The claims in the remaining actions (described below) include claims against us and one or more of our former officers alleging securities and common law fraud, breach of contract, deceptive practices and/or rescissory damages liability, based on the restated results of one or more fiscal periods included in our restated consolidated financial statements referenced in the class action.

    Herbert G. and Eunice E. Blecker, et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc., et al., filed in June 2006 in the Business Litigation Session of the Massachusetts Superior Court for Suffolk County and docketed as Civ. A. No. 06-2357-BLS1, was an opt-out claim asserted by persons who received 248,411 shares of our common stock in an acquisition. Fact discovery in this action closed in July 2008, and a non-jury trial was conducted in November 2009. In January 2010, the court issued its order granting judgment in our favor and dismissing the case. In February 2010, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal of the judgment.

    380544 Canada, Inc., et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc., filed on February 15, 2007 in the federal district court for the Southern District of New York and docketed as Civ. A. No. 1:07-cv-01204-JFK in that court, is a claim asserted by persons who purchased 566,665 shares of our common stock in a private placement. Certain motions to dismiss filed by other defendants were resolved on May 5, 2009, and discovery is in process. The claims in the 380544 Canada action are for damages totaling at least $4.0 million, not including claims for attorneys' fees. We plan to defend the 380544 Canada action vigorously.

(c) Other

        In the ordinary course of business, we are also from time to time involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations, proceedings, and threats of litigation consisting of intellectual property, commercial and other matters. We are currently defending a claim by a customer in April 2004 for approximately $5.0 million that certain of our software products and implementation services failed to meet its expectations, which we are defending vigorously.

(14) Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans

        We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the IRC covering all eligible employees, as defined. Under the plan, a participant may elect to defer receipt of a stated percentage of his or her compensation, subject to limitation under the IRC, which would otherwise be payable to the participant for any plan year. We may make discretionary contributions to this plan, including making matching contributions up to a maximum of 6% of an employee's pretax contribution. In fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, we made matching

F-48


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(14) Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Continued)


contributions of approximately $0.8 million, $0.8 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million (unaudited), respectively. These contributions, which vested immediately, were expensed in each respective year. Additionally, we maintain certain government mandated and defined contribution plans throughout the world.

(15) Other Investments

        In November 2000, we invested $0.6 million in a global chemical business-to-business e-commerce company supporting major chemical companies in Asia. This investment entitles us to a minority interest in this company and is accounted for using the cost method and, accordingly, is being valued at cost unless an other-than-temporary impairment in its value occurs. No impairments have been recognized through March 31, 2010. This investment is included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

(16) Segment and Geographic Information

        Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer.

        The measurement of the controllable margin for the license operating segment was changed in 2007 to include a greater allocation of expenses from unallocated costs to controllable expenses for that operating segment. This change conformed to management's current approach of cost allocation for internal reporting purposes. All periods presented have been restated to conform to management's current measurement approach.

        We have three operating segments: license, professional services, and maintenance and training. The chief operating decision maker assesses financial performance and allocates resources based upon the three lines of business.

        The license line of business is engaged in the development and licensing of software. The professional services line of business offers implementation, advanced process control, real-time optimization and other professional services in order to provide our customers with complete solutions. The maintenance and training line of business provides customers with a wide range of support services that include on-site support, telephone support, software updates and various forms of training on how to use our products.

        The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. We do not track assets or capital expenditures by operating segments. Consequently, it is not practical to show assets, capital expenditures, depreciation or amortization by operating segments.

F-49


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(16) Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

        The following table presents a summary of operating segments (in thousands):

 
  License   Professional
Services
  Maintenance
and Training
  Total  

Year ended June 30, 2007—

                         

Segment revenues

  $ 199,761   $ 62,653   $ 78,615   $ 341,029  

Segment expenses

    65,992     45,610     16,145     127,747  
                   

Segment operating profit(1)

  $ 133,769   $ 17,043   $ 62,470   $ 213,282  
                   

Year ended June 30, 2008—

                         

Segment revenues

  $ 168,404   $ 59,708   $ 83,501   $ 311,613  

Segment expenses

    69,520     44,037     14,947     128,504  
                   

Segment operating profit(1)

  $ 98,884   $ 15,671   $ 68,554   $ 183,109  
                   

Year ended June 30, 2009—

                         

Segment revenues

  $ 179,591   $ 48,352   $ 83,637   $ 311,580  

Segment expenses

    62,794     39,930     14,887     117,611  
                   

Segment operating profit(1)

  $ 116,797   $ 8,422   $ 68,750   $ 193,969  
                   

Nine months ended March 31, 2009—

                         

Segment revenues (unaudited)

  $ 137,979   $ 38,381   $ 63,965   $ 240,325  

Segment expenses (unaudited)

    45,839     29,504     11,143     86,486  
                   

Segment operating profit(1) (unaudited)

  $ 92,140   $ 8,877   $ 52,822   $ 153,839  
                   

Nine months ended March 31, 2010—

                         

Segment revenues (unaudited)

  $ 39,970   $ 31,350   $ 56,780   $ 128,100  

Segment expenses (unaudited)

    49,165     25,746     11,480     86,391  
                   

Segment operating profit(1) (unaudited)

  $ (9,195 ) $ 5,604   $ 45,300   $ 41,709  
                   

(1)
The Segment operating profits reported reflect only the direct expenses of the operating segment and do not contain an allocation for selling and marketing, general and administrative, development, restructuring and other corporate expenses incurred in support of the segments.

F-50


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(16) Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

Reconciliation to Income Before Provision for Taxes

        The following table presents a reconciliation of total segment operating profit to income before provision for income taxes (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Total segment operating profit for reportable segments

  $ 213,282   $ 183,109   $ 193,969   $ 153,839   $ 41,709  
 

Cost of license and amortization for technology related costs

    (21,511 )   (15,916 )   (12,384 )   (8,587 )   (4,887 )
 

Selling and marketing

    (14,186 )   (13,581 )   (12,662 )   (10,259 )   (9,653 )
 

Research and development

    (33,739 )   (39,850 )   (37,650 )   (28,238 )   (29,097 )
 

General and administrative and overhead

    (74,516 )   (75,900 )   (79,600 )   (58,843 )   (58,226 )
 

Stock-based compensation

    (9,293 )   (10,600 )   (4,670 )   (3,659 )   (13,352 )
 

Restructuring reversal (charges)

    (4,634 )   (8,623 )   (2,446 )   (2,025 )   (260 )
 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

            (623 )   (623 )    
 

Other income (expense)

    (734 )   3,384     (1,824 )   (3,969 )   (97 )
 

Interest income (net)

    3,296     6,001     12,182     9,219     8,391  
                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

  $ 57,965   $ 28,024   $ 54,292   $ 46,855   $ (65,472 )
                       

Geographic Information:

        Revenue to external customers is attributed to individual countries based on the location the product or services are sold. Domestic and international sales as a percentage of total revenue is as follows:

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

United States

    47.2 %   36.4 %   31.3 %

Europe

    29.9 %   33.3 %   26.8 %

Other

    22.9 %   30.3 %   41.9 %
               

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
               

        During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010, there were no customers that individually represented greater than 10% of our total revenue.

        We have long-lived assets of approximately $12.2 million that are located domestically and $1.5 million that reside in other geographic locations as of June 30, 2009.

F-51


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(including data applicable to unaudited periods)

(17) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

        The following tables present quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2010. The below data is unaudited but, in our opinion, reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of this data in accordance with GAAP (in thousands, except per share data).

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  September 30,
2009(1)
  December 31,
2009(1)
  March 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Net revenue

  $ 39,796   $ 42,686   $ 45,618  

Gross profit

    22,327     26,217     30,944  

(Loss) income from operations

    (24,804 )   (29,315 )   (19,647 )

(Loss) income applicable to common stockholders

    (21,062 )   (30,657 )   (21,754 )

Earnings per common share:

                   
 

Basic

  $ (0.23 ) $ (0.34 ) $ (0.24 )
 

Diluted

  $ (0.23 ) $ (0.34 ) $ (0.24 )

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   
 

Basic

    90,107     91,002     91,835  
 

Diluted

    90,107     91,002     91,835  

 

 
  Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended  
 
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007(1)
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008(1)
  September 30,
2008(1)
  December 31,
2008
  March 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
 

Net revenue

  $ 64,838   $ 74,219   $ 74,244   $ 98,312   $ 86,406   $ 82,627   $ 71,292   $ 71,255  

Gross profit

    45,123     52,319     52,794     76,384     67,240     64,463     52,896     51,161  

(Loss) income from operations

    (8,379 )   4,070     1,872     21,074     18,310     18,832     4,463     2,329  

(Loss) income applicable to common stockholders

    (9,003 )   9,258     4,033     20,658     11,653     22,961     8,096     10,214  

Earnings per common share:

                                                 
 

Basic

  $ (0.10 ) $ 0.10   $ 0.04   $ 0.23   $ 0.13   $ 0.26   $ 0.09   $ 0.11  
 

Diluted

  $ (0.10 ) $ 0.10   $ 0.04   $ 0.22   $ 0.12   $ 0.25   $ 0.09   $ 0.11  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                                                 
 

Basic

    88,995     89,602     89,972     89,998     90,019     90,043     90,065     90,087  
 

Diluted

    88,995     94,730     93,834     94,162     94,005     92,030     91,648     92,384  

(1)
See Note 3(v) regarding correction of immaterial errors.

F-52


Table of Contents

15,000,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

J.P. Morgan   Deutsche Bank Securities

                        , 2010


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the various expenses to be incurred by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the shares of common stock being registered hereby. All amounts shown are estimates, except for the SEC registration and the FINRA filing fee.

SEC registration fee

  $ 13,443  

FINRA filing fee

    19,354  

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Accounting fees and expenses

      *

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

      *

Printing, EDGAR formatting and mailing expenses

    50,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

      *
       
 

Total

  $ 850,000  
       

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. We have included such a provision in our certificate of incorporation, as amended, or the charter.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against amounts paid and expenses incurred in connection with an action or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person shall have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal proceeding, if such person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; provided that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the adjudicating court determines that such indemnification is proper under the circumstances.

        Article SEVENTH of our charter provides that no director shall be personally liable for any monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty.

        Article EIGHTH of our charter provides that a director or officer shall be indemnified by us against:

        (a)   all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with any litigation or other legal proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) brought against him or her by virtue of his or her position as one of our directors or

II-1


Table of Contents


officers if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; and

        (b)   all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and amounts paid in the settlement incurred in connection with any action by us or in our right brought against him or her by virtue of his or her position as one of our directors or officers if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a director or officer has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, including the dismissal of an action without prejudice, he or she is required to be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection therewith. Expenses shall be advanced to a director or officer at his or her request, provided that he or she undertakes to repay the amount advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification for such expenses.

        Indemnification is required to be made unless we determine that the applicable standard of conduct required for indemnification has not been met. In the event of our determination that the director or officer did not meet the applicable standard of conduct required for indemnification, or if we fail to make an indemnification payment within sixty days after such payment is claimed by such person, such person is permitted to petition the court to make an independent determination as to whether such person is entitled to indemnification. As a condition precedent to the right of indemnification, the director or officer must give us notice of the action for which indemnity is sought and we have the right to participate in such action or assume the defense thereof.

        Article EIGHTH of the charter further provides that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive, and provides that in the event that the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to expand the indemnification permitted to directors or officers we must indemnify those persons to the fullest extent permitted by such law as so amended.

        We have purchased directors' and officers' liability insurance, which may indemnify our directors and officers against damages arising out of certain kinds of claims that might be made against them based on their negligent acts or omissions while acting in their capacities as such.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        We have not made any sales of securities unregistered under the Securities Act within the past three years.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date
with SEC(1)
  Exhibit
Number
 
    1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement                  
    3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Aspen Technology, Inc., as amended       8-K   August 22, 2003   4  
    3.2   By-laws of Aspen Technology, Inc.       8-K   March 27, 1998   3.2  
    4.1   Specimen certificate for common stock, $.10 par value, of Aspen Technology, Inc.       8-A/A   June 12, 1998   4  
    4.2   Rights Agreement dated March 12, 1998 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent, including form of Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock and form of Rights Certificate       8-K   March 27, 1998   4.1  
    4.2a   Amendment No. 1 dated October 26, 2001 to Rights Agreement dated march 12, 1998 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent       8-A/A   November 8, 2001   4.4  
    4.3   Form of WD Common Stock Purchase Warrants of Aspen Technology, Inc. dated August 14, 2003       8-K   August 22, 2003   99.3  
    5.1*   Opinion of Cooley LLP                  
  10.1   Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.1  
  10.1a   First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated May 5, 1997 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Beacon Properties, L.P., successor-in-interest to Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America       10-K   September 28, 2000   10.2  
  10.1b   Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated August 14, 2000 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and EOP-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C., successor-in-interest to Beacon Properties, L.P.       10-K   September 28, 2000   10.3  
  10.1c   Amendment dated September 5, 2007 to Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.1c  
  10.2   Sublease dated September 5, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park L.L.C. regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.2  
  10.3   Lease dated May 7, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and One Wheeler Road Associates regarding 200 Wheeler Road, Burlington Massachusetts       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.3  
  10.4   System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.4  

II-3


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date
with SEC(1)
  Exhibit
Number
 
  10.5   Amendment dated March 30, 1982 to System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.5  
  10.6†   Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.1  
  10.6a†   Amendment No. 1 dated December 23, 2004 to Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech Canada Ltd., and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.2  
  10.7†   Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Honeywell International, Inc.       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.3  
  10.8†   Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.4  
  10.9†   Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Hyprotech Company and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.5  
  10.10†   Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between AspenTech Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems Limited       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.6  
  10.11†   Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems Limited       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.7  
  10.12   Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.13  
  10.12a   Rider No. 1 dated December 14, 1994, to Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.13a  
  10.12b   Rider No. 2 dated September 4, 2001 to Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.13b  
  10.12c   Waiver and Consent Agreement dated March 31, 2009       10-K   June 30, 2009   10.13c  
  10.13   Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 17, 2004   10.1  
  10.13a   First Amendment dated June 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15a  

II-4


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date
with SEC(1)
  Exhibit
Number
 
  10.13b   Second Amendment dated September 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.1  
  10.13c   Third Amendment dated December 31, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.8  
  10.13d   Fourth Amendment dated March 8, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15d  
  10.13e   Fifth Amendment dated March 31, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   May 10, 2005   10.1  
  10.13f   Sixth Amendment dated December 29, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15f  
  10.13g   Seventh Amendment dated July 17, 2006 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15g  
  10.13h   Eighth Amendment dated September 15, 2006 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15h  
  10.13i   Ninth Amendment dated January 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   May 10, 2007   10.3  
  10.13j   Tenth Amendment dated April 13, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15j  
  10.13k   Eleventh Amendment dated June 28, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15k  
  10.13l   Twelfth Amendment dated October 16, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15l  
  10.13m   Thirteenth Amendment dated December 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15m  
  10.13n   Fourteenth Amendment dated December 28, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       8-K   January 7, 2008   10.2  

II-5


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date
with SEC(1)
  Exhibit
Number
 
  10.13o   Fifteenth Amendment dated January 24, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.2  
  10.13p   Sixteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.3  
  10.13q   Seventeenth Amendment dated November 14, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.4  
  10.13r   Eighteenth Amendment dated January 30, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.5  
  10.13s   Nineteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   June 30, 2009   10.15s  
  10.13t   Twentieth Amendment dated November 3, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   November 9, 2009   10.15t  
  10.14   Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC, Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the lenders named therein.       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.1  
  10.15   Security Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC and Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.2  
  10.16   Release Letter dated December 28, 2007 relating to Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC, Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the Lenders named therein       8-K   January 7, 2008   10.1  
  10.17   Purchase and Sale Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.3  
  10.18   Purchase and Resale Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC and Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.4  
  10.19   Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.1  
  10.20a   Letter Agreement dated February 14, 2003 amending Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22a  

II-6


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date
with SEC(1)
  Exhibit
Number
 
  10.20b   First Loan Modification Agreement dated June 27, 2003 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 29, 2003   10.22  
  10.20c   Second Loan Modification Agreement dated September 10, 2004 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 13, 2004   10.70  
  10.20d   Third Loan Modification Agreement dated January 28, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22d  
  10.20e†   Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 1, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   May 10, 2005   10.2  
  10.20f   Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 6, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22f  
  10.20g   Sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 15, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.5  
  10.20h   Seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 13, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 13, 2005   10.79  
  10.20i   Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 30, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22i  
  10.20j   Ninth Loan Modification Agreement dated July 17, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22j  
  10.20k   Tenth Loan Modification Agreement dated September 15, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 28, 2006   10.84  

II-7


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date
with SEC(1)
  Exhibit
Number
 
  10.20l   Eleventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 27, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.3  
  10.20m   Twelfth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 12, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   May 10, 2007   10.1  
  10.20n   Thirteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 13, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22n  
  10.20o   Fourteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22o  
  10.20p   Fifteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated August 30, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22p  
  10.20q   Sixteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated October 16, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22q  
  10.20r   Seventeenth Loan Modification Agreement dated December 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       8-K   January 7, 2008   10.3  
  10.20s   Eighteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 24, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.7  
  10.20t   Nineteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 11, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.8  
  10.20u   Twentieth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.9  

II-8


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date
with SEC(1)
  Exhibit
Number
 
  10.20v   Twenty-first Loan Modification Agreement dated June 12, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.10  
  10.20w   Twenty-second Loan Modification Agreement dated July 15, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.11  
  10.20x   Twenty-third Loan Modification Agreement dated September 30, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.12  
  10.20y   Twenty-fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated November 14, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.13  
  10.20z   Twenty-fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 15, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.14  
  10.20aa   Twenty-sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   June 30, 2009   10.22aa  
  10.20ab   Twenty-seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated November 3, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   November 9, 2009   10.22ab  
  10.20ac   Twenty-eighth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 2010 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company   X              
  10.21   Form of Negative Pledge Agreement dated January 30, 2003, in favor of Silicon Valley Bank, executed by Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.5  
  10.22   Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and AspenTech Securities Corporation       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.6  
  10.23   Unconditional Guaranty dated January 30, 2003, by AspenTech Securities Corporation in favor of Silicon Valley Bank       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.7  
  10.24   Pledge Agreement, effective as of June 27, 2003, by Aspen Technology, Inc. in favor of Silicon Valley Bank       10-K   September 29, 2003   10.23  

II-9


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date
with SEC(1)
  Exhibit
Number
 
  10.25   Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspentech, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.7  
  10.26   Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated September 27, 2006 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.6  
  10.27   Investor Rights Agreement dated August 14, 2003 among Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein       8-K   August 22, 2003   99.1  
  10.28   Management Rights Letter dated August 14, 2003 among Aspen Technology, Inc. and the entities named therein.       8-K   August 22, 2003   99.2  
  10.29   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated March 19, 2002 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Purchasers named therein.       8-K   March 20, 2002   99.2  
  10.30^   Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan       S-8   September 9, 1996   4.5  
  10.31^   Aspen Technology, Inc. Amended and Restated 1995 Directors Stock Option Plan       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.37  
  10.32^   Aspen Technology, Inc. 1996 Special Stock Option Plan       10-K   September 29, 1997   10.23  
  10.33^   PetrolSoft Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan       S-8   July 28, 2000   4  
  10.34^   Aspen Technology, Inc. Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan       10-K   September 28, 2006   10.54  
  10.35^   Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Restated Stock Option Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.7  
  10.36^   Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended)       10-K   November 9, 2009   10.39  
  10.37^   Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.8  
  10.38^   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.9  
  10.39^   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-G Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.10  
  10.40^   Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted under 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-K   November 9, 2009   10.43  
  10.41^   Aspen Technology, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan       8-K   April 21, 2010   10.1  
  10.42^   Form of Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.45  
  10.43^   Aspen Technology, Inc. Director Compensation Policy   X              
  10.44^   Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2009       8-K   June 30, 2008   99.1  
  10.45^   Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan Fiscal 2009       8-K   June 30, 2008   99.2  

II-10


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date
with SEC(1)
  Exhibit
Number
 
  10.46^   Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2010       8-K   September 11, 2009   99.1  
  10.47^   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective October 3, 2007, between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Mark Fusco       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.50  
  10.48^   Form of Executive Retention Agreement entered into by Aspen Technology, Inc. and each executive officer of Aspen Technology, Inc. (other than Mark E. Fusco)       10-Q   February 9, 2010   10.1  
  10.49^   Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P040380)       8-K   January 5, 2007   10.1  
  10.50^   Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P040002)       8-K   January 5, 2007   10.2  
  10.51^   Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to the Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P0405621)       8-K   January 5, 2007   10.3  
  10.52^   Offer letter dated June 24, 2009 by and between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Mark P. Sullivan   X              
  21.1   Subsidiaries of Aspen Technology, Inc.   X              
  23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP   X              
  23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP   X              
  23.3*   Consent of Cooley LLP                  
  24.1   Power of Attorney of each of the directors and the principal executive, financial and accounting officers of Aspen Technology, Inc. (included on pages II-13 and II-14)   X              

(1)
The SEC File No. is 000-24786, other than Exhibit 10.30 (SEC File No. 333-11651), Exhibit 10.33 (SEC File No. 333-42536) and Exhibit 10.41 (001-34630).

*
To be filed by amendment

Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions

^
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

II-11


Table of Contents

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules

        All schedules are omitted because they are not required or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Burlington, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as of July 29, 2010.

    ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MARK E. FUSCO

Mark E. Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

        We, the undersigned officers and directors of Aspen Technology, Inc. hereby severally constitute and appoint Mark E. Fusco, Mark P. Sullivan and Frederic G. Hammond, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power to them, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed herewith, and any subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering that may be filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and generally to do all such things in our name and on our behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable Aspen Technology, Inc. to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, to said amendments or to any subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering that may be filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated as of July 29, 2010.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ MARK E. FUSCO

Mark E. Fusco
  President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)

/s/ MARK P. SULLIVAN

Mark. P. Sullivan

 

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and principal accounting officer)

/s/ DONALD P. CASEY

Donald P. Casey

 

Director

/s/ GARY E. HAROIAN

Gary E. Haroian

 

Director

II-13


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ STEPHEN M. JENNINGS

Stephen M. Jennings
  Director

/s/ JOAN C. MCARDLE

Joan C. McArdle

 

Director

/s/ DAVID M. MCKENNA

David M. McKenna

 

Director

/s/ MICHAEL PEHL

Michael Pehl

 

Director

II-14


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
    1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement                
 
  3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Aspen Technology, Inc., as amended

 

 

 

8-K

 

August 22, 2003

 

4
 
  3.2

 

By-laws of Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

8-K

 

March 27, 1998

 

3.2
 
  4.1

 

Specimen certificate for common stock, $.10 par value, of Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

8-A/A

 

June 12, 1998

 

4
 
  4.2

 

Rights Agreement dated March 12, 1998 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent, including form of Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock and form of Rights Certificate

 

 

 

8-K

 

March 27, 1998

 

4.1
 
  4.2a

 

Amendment No. 1 dated October 26, 2001 to Rights Agreement dated march 12, 1998 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent

 

 

 

8-A/A

 

November 8, 2001

 

4.4
 
  4.3

 

Form of WD Common Stock Purchase Warrants of Aspen Technology, Inc. dated August 14, 2003

 

 

 

8-K

 

August 22, 2003

 

99.3
 
  5.1*

 

Opinion of Cooley LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
10.1

 

Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.1
 
10.1a

 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated May 5, 1997 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Beacon Properties, L.P., successor-in-interest to Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America

 

 

 

10-K

 

September 28, 2000

 

10.2
 
10.1b

 

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated August 14, 2000 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and EOP-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C., successor-in-interest to Beacon Properties, L.P.

 

 

 

10-K

 

September 28, 2000

 

10.3
 
10.1c

 

Amendment dated September 5, 2007 to Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.1c
 
10.2

 

Sublease dated September 5, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park L.L.C. regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.2
 
10.3

 

Lease dated May 7, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and One Wheeler Road Associates regarding 200 Wheeler Road, Burlington Massachusetts

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.3

Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
  10.4   System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.4
 
10.5

 

Amendment dated March 30, 1982 to System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.5
 
10.6†

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee

 

 

 

10-Q

 

March 15, 2005

 

10.1
 
10.6a†

 

Amendment No. 1 dated December 23, 2004 to Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech Canada Ltd., and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee

 

 

 

10-Q

 

March 15, 2005

 

10.2
 
10.7†

 

Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Honeywell International, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

March 15, 2005

 

10.3
 
10.8†

 

Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee

 

 

 

10-Q

 

March 15, 2005

 

10.4
 
10.9†

 

Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Hyprotech Company and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee

 

 

 

10-Q

 

March 15, 2005

 

10.5
 
10.10†

 

Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between AspenTech Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems Limited

 

 

 

10-Q

 

March 15, 2005

 

10.6
 
10.11†

 

Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems Limited

 

 

 

10-Q

 

March 15, 2005

 

10.7
 
10.12

 

Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.13
 
10.12a

 

Rider No. 1 dated December 14, 1994, to Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.13a
 
10.12b

 

Rider No. 2 dated September 4, 2001 to Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.13b
 
10.12c

 

Waiver and Consent Agreement dated March 31, 2009

 

 

 

10-K

 

June 30, 2009

 

10.13c

Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
  10.13   Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 17, 2004   10.1
 
10.13a

 

First Amendment dated June 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.15a
 
10.13b

 

Second Amendment dated September 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

March 15, 2005

 

10.1
 
10.13c

 

Third Amendment dated December 31, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

March 15, 2005

 

10.8
 
10.13d

 

Fourth Amendment dated March 8, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.15d
 
10.13e

 

Fifth Amendment dated March 31, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

May 10, 2005

 

10.1
 
10.13f

 

Sixth Amendment dated December 29, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.15f
 
10.13g

 

Seventh Amendment dated July 17, 2006 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.15g
 
10.13h

 

Eighth Amendment dated September 15, 2006 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.15h
 
10.13i

 

Ninth Amendment dated January 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

May 10, 2007

 

10.3
 
10.13j

 

Tenth Amendment dated April 13, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.15j

Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
  10.13k   Eleventh Amendment dated June 28, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15k
 
10.13l

 

Twelfth Amendment dated October 16, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.15l
 
10.13m

 

Thirteenth Amendment dated December 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.15m
 
10.13n

 

Fourteenth Amendment dated December 28, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

8-K

 

January 7, 2008

 

10.2
 
10.13o

 

Fifteenth Amendment dated January 24, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.2
 
10.13p

 

Sixteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.3
 
10.13q

 

Seventeenth Amendment dated November 14, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.4
 
10.13r

 

Eighteenth Amendment dated January 30, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.5
 
10.13s

 

Nineteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

June 30, 2009

 

10.15s
 
10.13t

 

Twentieth Amendment dated November 3, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

November 9, 2009

 

10.15t
 
10.14

 

Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC, Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the lenders named therein.

 

 

 

8-K

 

June 20, 2005

 

10.1

Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
  10.15   Security Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC and Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.2
 
10.16

 

Release Letter dated December 28, 2007 relating to Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC, Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the Lenders named therein

 

 

 

8-K

 

January 7, 2008

 

10.1
 
10.17

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC

 

 

 

8-K

 

June 20, 2005

 

10.3
 
10.18

 

Purchase and Resale Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC and Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC

 

 

 

8-K

 

June 20, 2005

 

10.4
 
10.19

 

Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 14, 2003

 

10.1
 
10.20a

 

Letter Agreement dated February 14, 2003 amending Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.22a
 
10.20b

 

First Loan Modification Agreement dated June 27, 2003 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

September 29, 2003

 

10.22
 
10.20c

 

Second Loan Modification Agreement dated September 10, 2004 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

September 13, 2004

 

10.70
 
10.20d

 

Third Loan Modification Agreement dated January 28, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.22d
 
10.20e†

 

Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 1, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

May 10, 2005

 

10.2
 
10.20f

 

Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 6, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.22f

Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
  10.20g   Sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 15, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.5
 
10.20h

 

Seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 13, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

September 13, 2005

 

10.79
 
10.20i

 

Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 30, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.22i
 
10.20j

 

Ninth Loan Modification Agreement dated July 17, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.22j
 
10.20k

 

Tenth Loan Modification Agreement dated September 15, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

September 28, 2006

 

10.84
 
10.20l

 

Eleventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 27, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 14, 2006

 

10.3
 
10.20m

 

Twelfth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 12, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

May 10, 2007

 

10.1
 
10.20n

 

Thirteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 13, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.22n
 
10.20o

 

Fourteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.22o

Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
  10.20p   Fifteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated August 30, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22p
 
10.20q

 

Sixteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated October 16, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.22q
 
10.20r

 

Seventeenth Loan Modification Agreement dated December 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

8-K

 

January 7, 2008

 

10.3
 
10.20s

 

Eighteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 24, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.7
 
10.20t

 

Nineteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 11, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.8
 
10.20u

 

Twentieth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.9
 
10.20v

 

Twenty-first Loan Modification Agreement dated June 12, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.10
 
10.20w

 

Twenty-second Loan Modification Agreement dated July 15, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.11
 
10.20x

 

Twenty-third Loan Modification Agreement dated September 30, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.12

Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
  10.20y   Twenty-fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated November 14, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.13
 
10.20z

 

Twenty-fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 15, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 19, 2009

 

10.14
 
10.20aa

 

Twenty-sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

June 30, 2009

 

10.22aa
 
10.20ab

 

Twenty-seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated November 3, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-K

 

November 9, 2009

 

10.22ab
 
10.20ac

 

Twenty-eighth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 2010 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
10.21

 

Form of Negative Pledge Agreement dated January 30, 2003, in favor of Silicon Valley Bank, executed by Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 14, 2003

 

10.5
 
10.22

 

Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and AspenTech Securities Corporation

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 14, 2003

 

10.6
 
10.23

 

Unconditional Guaranty dated January 30, 2003, by AspenTech Securities Corporation in favor of Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

 

10-Q

 

February 14, 2003

 

10.7
 
10.24

 

Pledge Agreement, effective as of June 27, 2003, by Aspen Technology, Inc. in favor of Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

 

10-K

 

September 29, 2003

 

10.23
 
10.25

 

Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspentech, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

 

8-K

 

June 20, 2005

 

10.7
 
10.26

 

Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated September 27, 2006 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 14, 2006

 

10.6
 
10.27

 

Investor Rights Agreement dated August 14, 2003 among Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein

 

 

 

8-K

 

August 22, 2003

 

99.1

Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
  10.28   Management Rights Letter dated August 14, 2003 among Aspen Technology, Inc. and the entities named therein.       8-K   August 22, 2003   99.2
 
10.29

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated March 19, 2002 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Purchasers named therein.

 

 

 

8-K

 

March 20, 2002

 

99.2
 
10.30^

 

Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

S-8

 

September 9, 1996

 

4.5
 
10.31^

 

Aspen Technology, Inc. Amended and Restated 1995 Directors Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.37
 
10.32^

 

Aspen Technology, Inc. 1996 Special Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

September 29, 1997

 

10.23
 
10.33^

 

PetrolSoft Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

S-8

 

July 28, 2000

 

4
 
10.34^

 

Aspen Technology, Inc. Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

September 28, 2006

 

10.54
 
10.35^

 

Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Restated Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 14, 2006

 

10.7
 
10.36^

 

Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended)

 

 

 

10-K

 

November 9, 2009

 

10.39
 
10.37^

 

Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 14, 2006

 

10.8
 
10.38^

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 14, 2006

 

10.9
 
10.39^

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-G Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 14, 2006

 

10.10
 
10.40^

 

Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted under 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

November 9, 2009

 

10.43
 
10.41^

 

Aspen Technology, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

April 21, 2010

 

10.1
 
10.42^

 

Form of Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.45
 
10.43^

 

Aspen Technology, Inc. Director Compensation Policy

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
10.44^

 

Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2009

 

 

 

8-K

 

June 30, 2008

 

99.1
 
10.45^

 

Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan Fiscal 2009

 

 

 

8-K

 

June 30, 2008

 

99.2
 
10.46^

 

Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2010

 

 

 

8-K

 

September 11, 2009

 

99.1
 
10.47^

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective October 3, 2007, between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Mark Fusco

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.50

Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed with this
Form S-1
  Form   Filing Date with
SEC
  Exhibit
Number
  10.48^   Form of Executive Retention Agreement entered into by Aspen Technology, Inc. and each executive officer of Aspen Technology, Inc. (other than Mark E. Fusco)       10-Q   February 9, 2010   10.1
 
10.49^

 

Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P040380)

 

 

 

8-K

 

January 5, 2007

 

10.1
 
10.50^

 

Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P040002)

 

 

 

8-K

 

January 5, 2007

 

10.2
 
10.51^

 

Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to the Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P0405621)

 

 

 

8-K

 

January 5, 2007

 

10.3
 
10.52^

 

Offer letter dated June 24, 2009 by and between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Mark P. Sullivan

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
23.2

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
23.3*

 

Consent of Cooley LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
24.1

 

Power of Attorney of each of the directors and the principal executive, financial and accounting officers of Aspen Technology, Inc. (included on pages II-13 and II-14)

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
The SEC File No. is 000-24786, other than Exhibit 10.30 (SEC File No. 333-11651), Exhibit 10.33 (SEC File No. 333-42536) and Exhibit 10.41 (001-34630).

*
To be filed by amendment

Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions

^
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement